Home

Manuale Utente User Manual

1. 4 gt ue GD ED The window related to the fonts allows the user to manage introduce delete and edit the name or property of all the character fonts used in the project There is a series of default fonts present in the project that cannot be cancelled but new ones can be added by choosing from those installed on your PC It is also possible to associate a comment to each font added to be displayed only within SmartClick for each font there is also the indication of the memory that to be occupied by installing the font in question It is possible to use up to 32 Fonts during the programming phase 6 are by default and the user can choose between the other 26 Pages are fundamental for the creation of a project they are the real interface between operator and terminal The editing of pages must be based on information accessible to the user and the access policy restrictions on users and navigation procedures links between the pages An enormous quantity of objects that can be selected from a list furnished by SmartClick which will be described in detail in the next chapter can be introduced into these pages Note Up to 50 different project pages can be entered using SmartClick After double clicking the Pages icon of Project Explorer the work area will display a list of the pages introduced into the project Using this list you can introduce new pages and Polymath SmartClick User M
2. Note To check that the panel has been correctly set in the Ethernet network the operator is advised to perform a Ping operation using a different terminal in the network For example using a Windows PC click on Start gt Run gt and write ping kxk kxk kkx REE renlacing the asterisks with the IP address assigned to the panel A command window for checking the actual connection and its speed will appear Note Naturally to have a PC interact with the panel via Ethernet the PC also needs to be configured to access the network with its own IP address the configuration is identical to that seen for the terminal Sharing folders between panel and PC It can sometimes prove useful to share folders in a network to make them accessible to a Windows CE panel in the same network after having first carried out the configuration indicated in the preceding section In this section we shall give an example of how to access a PC folder with Windows XP using a SmartClick project e First of all create a new folder on your PC s hard disk e g C we will rename this folder Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 374 Chapter7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime Shared _SmartClick and then select it by clicking with the right hand mouse key as indicated below seshared Polymathy Explore Search Sharing and Security Dee Send To uk Copy Create Shortcut Delete Rename
3. General Communication ports Main window Eas Ni Exchange areas a ee Start with Pages Start v les j 2 Update DateTime System Tag Every Second v In this mask we set the start up options of the project We in dicate the language of the Operating System English and leave the page displayed on start up as the default option Page Setting Exchange areas The last terminal configuration operation for our project is the definition of the exchange areas After moving to the appro priate mask we specify which of the variables areas created are to be dedicate to these checks General Communication ports Main window Boot configuration Components Status o a es Tag Type Comment TEE OO o Array_var_2 oe var 4 ahmmm Wecauies minsi iamiam We add a status area see Appendix C Status area page 715 by clicking on Add and in the variables menu we assign the variable with the dimension of 6 array_var_6 The are type we will leave as the type of terminal The size of the status areas is always 6 words 493 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 494 Chapter9 Tutorial Command Invoke Tag Result Tag Comment Using the same procedure we now also add a command area to which we assign the variable array_var_4 for the invoke command and the variable array_var_2 for the command to see the results of the operation Thus in runtime word 7 will
4. Height 2 Grid width 1 a x a 3E Grid height 1 The General is used to set identifying properties of the Header Footer page The name is a unique attribute within the project that is other different Headers Footers with the same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick At the bottom of the mask you can define your preferences regarding editing the Headers Footers You can also specify a unit of measurement as a reference options are centimetres pixel inches or millimetres and the height and breadth values of the part of the page occupied and the depth value of the grid for the edging phase Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 170 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Properties Fields General jess 255 255 Background color Border visibility oO Border size 1 Border color Border style Border 3D Flat Use background image C Background image OOO gO Image representation Image horizontal position Image vertical position The Properties mask is identical to the pages one see chap 4 Page Properties page 113 Points relating to print formats XML and Hardcopy When the Print function is called using a predefined command or a Script you can decide to print the Report onto paper or onto file or both In the case of printing onto file the Report specified
5. Internal editing takes place as with the other complex con trols just double click on the area of the trend to be able to edit Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 GES Gerai Properties drra Leet GEBEBGBBGBGG8TfE PEPESCe TERRE ES Fe e a t 2 FF 3 a f t t E raced Creve rand Greve a a A S at fd a od ct B bi F Reo g gH Beak amp d oa F d G In this case too it will be possible to choose from the left hand list the buttons and fields to be displayed on the Trend simply by clicking on them if the button chosen has already been inserted it will be removed For example we insert the Zoom and GoTo buttons that allow us to select the position of the graph For each of the buttons inserted we can edit their respective graphic properties trying always to maintain a homogeneous style within the project EEE E 100 a 67 f D F N a i f r a4 334 0 r r r r N 10 49 01 10 49 03 10 49 05 10 49 07 10 49 09 10 49 1 Editing the Trend chart We can now go on to edit the basic element of the trend view er the chart containing the graph We select the table and af ter double clicking we set the graphical features of representation such as colors and scale values and subdivid ing lines As area color we choose gray and select a white 3 pixel wide Bump border Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 541 Tutorial pan Boh
6. By double clicking on the object we have just added it will be possible to enter the sub masks and decide which properties to assign to it first of all we must indicate the variable the field refers to that is the one whose value will be checked and in relation to which the image to be displayed will be cho sen We select the system variable relating to the ID of the current language SYS_CurrentLanguagelD defined in Phase 3 as illustrated below Edit Dynamiclmage ATE Appearance Behaviour Image Events Identification Name DynamicImage Comment Tag id SYS_LanguageNur v ee Num_pezzi Image list id INT_v ar REAL_var Control type SYS_DateAndTime Es anguagenum Value First bit Last bit Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 527 Tutorial We also assign as an image list the one created in the course of Phase 8 ImageList and attribute the values relating to the images we click on the v key next to the Value option Tag id Tags v sYS_LanguageNur v F3 Image list id ImageList I Control type Value Value ilps First bit Last bit In the window that opens we assign the value 1 for the image eng and 2 for the image ita The IDs of the project languag es are shown as these latter are created Phase 2 take care that they correspond when assigned to items in an image list or text list when necessary F
7. Parameters Return value type Variant v Name Type Comment lt tilt gt After creating the script using Project Explorer enter in the General mask the type of output value None if it is a Subroutine and enter the type in question in the list of input parameters Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 382 Chapter 8 Scripts ESAMSGBOX Method The ESAMSGBOX method serves to make a message window appear on the terminal with the value provided ESAMsgBox This is a Message Box This method is useful for debugging the script as it allows the user to view for example the value of a variable at a given moment of its execution According to the simplest syntax for invoking that method the passage of a value whether constant or variable is as set out in the following example ESAHMI ESAMSGBOX Message Text which in Runtime makes the window containing the message Message Text appear If on the other hand we use the following syntax ESAHMI ESAMSGBOX VariableName in Runtime a window containing the current value of the variable VariableName appears Alternatively the method can be invoked with the passage of two values in this case the first parameter indicates the string to be displayed while the second parameter must be a string that then appears in the title bar of the window See example below ESAHMI ESAMSGBOX Message Text Message Title will mak
8. duplicate existing ones by clicking on Duplicate or delete them by clicking on Delete In addition existing ones can be edited by clicking on Edit For each type of Report the summary of its characteristics is Shown in editable fields Name ID and Comment This mask is useful for gaining a complete view of all the recipes present in the project Definition of a Print Report There are two ways of creating a Print Report e click on Add in the Report list e click on Add or Add and change on the menu appearing after clicking with the right key of the Reports element in the Project Editor In both cases the Report is edited by means of three tabs General Pages and Headers Footers page 163 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 164 Chapter 4 Project Explorer General SENET Pages Headers and footers Identification Name Comment The upper part of the General mask can be used to introduce the general properties of the Report The Report ID is an identifying number of the Report within the project it is a whole number greater than zero The name and ID are unique attributes within the project that is other different Reports with the same name or the same ID number cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick Size A4 id Layout Portrait i Default background color 255 255 255 Margins and grid Units Cent
9. Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a Border to the ASCII field or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Chapter5 243 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 26 Properties of the ASCII Field Properties Description Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle l ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Enabling this option allows you to se Reference variable for the value to be displayed This is anumerical variable Tagld Using the appropriate keys you can create a new variable or edit an exist ing one Determines the flashing of the text the possibilities are No Blinking Slow TextBlink blinking or Rapid Blinking The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed wi
10. Fields List Name Id Exchange areas Status Area Command Area Comment hee ede O Export headers O Use an export language Export language English United States x Use this list to add new types by clicking on the Add key duplicate with the Duplicate key or delete with Delete existing ones For each recipe type the summary of the related characteristics is shown in editable fields This mask is useful for gaining a complete view of all the recipes present in the project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 131 Project Explorer Fields List Font SystemTahoma Tahoma Selected cell Background Color 0 0 0 Text Color 255 255 255 Column headers Font SystemTahoma Tahoma Text Color Background Color Jess 255 255 zi Label R ecipe Name ecipe Id Comment Last Change Time The Fields mask is used to define the character and colours of the Recipe display tables see chap 6 Recipe Editing Table page 401 Here you can specify the character of the rows the colours of the selected cells the characters and the colours of the column headings The way the editing fields relating to the font and the colours is identical to what has already been indicated for the User table It is up to the programmer to choose which labels to assign to the Table headings Each column can have a multilingual label a
11. General MEA Events Data acquisition Source X sample Source Y sample Strobe type Jon Timer x Strobe Timer C O ai Size samples 100 i time 0 hr 0 min 50 sec 0 dsec te Gap between two elements msec 100 ae Warning level O Log to file The file will be saved in the FLASH of the terminal If the logs are too frequent the FLASH could be damaged M Enabled at start up The functional features of the TrendXY and the relative me mory buffer are indicated on this mask First of all as can be seen two distinct tag sources must be indicated and not only one as in Trend since the second Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 DataLog Chapter4 149 Project Explorer variable was the time which will be the object of TrendxXyY monitoring As in the Trend function a value sampling mode must be in dicated The available sampling types and their properties are identical to those on Table 4 and in the successive descrip tions previously shown Events You can associate events Scripts to the various conditions of the trendbufferxyY for example when the trendbufferXyY is full by clicking the Browse button on the right Gomer al Bulter W La a aa wee Foor ters Pale a g igj J Functions Scripts associated te thet event a n air Gales Gales Gas Paramocters of the selected furtas serik The event is activated in the
12. GridVertLine Color GridVertMin LineColor ScaleHor LabelColor CursorFlag Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Defines the color of the horizontal Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the minimum horizontal Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the vertical Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the minimum vertical Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the horizontal scale label Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the cursor is visible 1 in the table or not 0 Chapter8 459 Scripts Table
13. Height 220 as O Override default grid size Width 10 m Height 10 The General window allows you to do the following e Attribute a name and insert any comments on the key board e Define the size of the keyboard e Edit the default size of the grid Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 174 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Configuring the device Properties Fields General Width 240 Height 220 ReleasedBackground Bk_Numeric_Fg l Y PressedBackground Show display T ShowInReleasedMode wm The Properties window allows you to do the following e Assign a position in the page to the keyboard e Define the appearance of the keyboard by selecting a background and foreground picture e Choose whether to show or hide the content in the key board display e Choose whether to show the keyboard in foreground mode It is possible to define a set of properties and working cha racteristics for each device in the project Double click HW Configuration in Explore Project to open the editing page leport_1 ReportPage Keyboards Bik Numer HWConfiguration a gt So8 aa0 ao EAN Grid Project SC207 4 SP1 ETHL SW Configuration Ta Project nm m Tena C2074 SP1 ETH1 H sC2074 SP1 EM1 Ce SW Configuration Pz Tags a Tag a Tag_i a Tag_2 g 3YS_DateAndTime 4 SP1 ETHI gt a Tag_3 9 Languages and fonts 87 300 400 Pages start a Alarms pil
14. Identifying name of the Image field Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Image field which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Chapter5 215 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 22 Properties of the Image Field Properties Description Determines whether there will be a Border to the Image Field or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value BorderVisibility Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds
15. O Enable Min Max J Another option that can be found in the Limits option is the possibility that the user is warned when an incorrect value is attributed to the Tag This option is activated by selecting the Warn if the value introduced is incorrect box When the option is activated a warning will appear under the form of a Popup page every time that the value attribut ed to the Tag is greater or smaller than the previously set lim its Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 84 Chapter 4 Project Explorer After having enabled and set the minimum and maximum limit and having selected the Warn if the value introduced is incor rect option see following image General Value Device Conversion Thresholds Events Input limits on Tag value M Enable Min Max Go M Advice in case of wrong input Type Complete Page for both limits x Complete Page OK CANCEL for both limits from Project Explore click twice on the main page and then use the mouse to drag the Tag inside the page ESSMARTCLICK Prodect Sarari jes Tage EATA oo aH HETA General Halp page Keys Events Page Properties rroject ScZ07ACSPL ETHI Pages x mi Project b HW onfiguratian SP Se2ora srs oT SW Configuration Fa Tage i 3 BRRHRRH Languages and fani B l 7 3 Pages T Start E alarms PopUp pages E alarms gt Recipe types iy Users and passwords E Date
16. Pages ScreenShot Pages V PopUpPages M Images V TextLists V ImageLists Alarms RecipeTypes V Reports V Pipelines V Scripts GlobalScripts TrendBuffers V DataLogs TrendBuffersxyY AB Ethernet MemoryAddresses Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 2 Layout of menus By pressing the Next key a window will open where you can choose the contents of the project to be printed 5 Template Creazione Documento Passo 1 Contenuti Progetto i 15 xj O Titolo Project O Mostra numero della pagina O Mosta cornice pannello O Pagine lt Indietro Pressing the next button opens a window from which it is pos sible to choose the desired page layout HDocument Template Creation Step 1 E x Frontispiece O Include Frontispiece main page for HTML format Content O Title O Author O Company O Project Logo O Company Logo O Document Info By enabling the include title page check box a preview is automatically opened with all default parameters enabled 25 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 26 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Ei Document Template Creation Step 1 f Eg Frontispiece M Include Frontispiece main page for HTML format Content Preview i Title M Author PROJECT DOCUMENTATION M Company M Project Logo i Company Logo MM Document Info y Cancel p Pr
17. Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 497 Tutorial Phase 6 We will now insert the definition of a type of recipe in our Defining recipe project in SmartClick we define only the structure of the rec types ipe the instances themselves of recipes must be defined and appropriately saved or exported to a file in runtime by the op erator BE Fields Recipes Events Identification Name RecipeType Comment The Recipe contains some of the tag element in the tutorial project Exchange areas O Enable exchange areas Command area We use the General mask to set only the name RecipeType and a short comment leaving the default ID set by Smart Click General Recipes Events List Name Tag Device DisplayName Comment Comment RecipeField INT_var RecipeField RecipeField_1 srvyr OQ RecipeField_1 S Num_pezzi INT var REAL_var Internal_Var SYS_DateAndTime SYS_Languagel Array_var_2 4rray_var_4 Array_var_6 Now we use the Fields mask to insert the variables that really make up the recipe In our example we click on Add and add two fields as shown above We introduce two fields containing the variables int_ var and str_var obtaining the following list Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 498 Chapter 9 Tutorial Phase 7 Loading Images General Recipes Events Tag Device DisplayName Recip
18. Tags Sub menu Icon Menu path Function description NA Tags Variables gt Exports Tags Variables Export NA Tags Variables gt Imports Tags Variables Import 1 Icon Not Available Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 44 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Recipes Sub menu Export Import Recipes editor Table 20 Recipe menu functions Icon Menu path Function description Recipes gt Export Exports Recipes Recipes gt Import Imports Recipes Recipes gt Allows to manage the recipes Recipe Editor 1 Icon Not Available Alarms Sub menu Export Import Table 21 Alarms menu functions Icon Menu path Function description Alarms gt Export Exports Alarms Alarms gt Import Imports Alarms 1 Icon Not Available Menu About Help Fi Table 22 menu functions Koli Menu path Function description Allows the information NA gt Information regarding the version of the program to be seen Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 The Toolbar Chapter2 45 Layout of menus Table 22 menu functions Icon Menu path Function description gt Hel Allows to access the Smart we P Click guide 1 Icon Not Available The Toolbar consists of buttons allowing the user to access all SmartClick operations 0gdoaagaod aualii laaa TIEFI 5 ascseaee DOA DE TTET OERRREFEERE T Pas Ps ME es Pe Pe Fa FAFE E 7 Li B G ihe a
19. e Swicthes e Images e Keyboards e Lights e Dynamic objects e Filled polygons e TEMP Library Explorer B Buttons Industrial SwitchesIndustrial Images Keyboards Lights Dynamic objects Filed polygons TEMP Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter6 347 Library Explorer The library allows you to use objects immediately by dragging them with the mouse onto the page fo Alan Page ak Gandral belp page Keys varit A Mouss pointer SLO ard Pana Properties bas This window appears after you have dragged an object onto the page You can now edit the various properties of the object as you like Ma Library Oi O27 Background Transparent Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 348 Chapter 6 Library Explorer Double click an object General Help page Keys Events A Mouse pointer 390 290 Page Properties vy This window appears You can define all the parameters of the variables associated with the object lt 3 Edit Dynamiclmage eel User interface Tdenhficabion Oynamicimage Hide nagekicep Aspe R oles Parewordlevel Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter6 349 Library Explorer Selecting User Interface and then clicking Edit eS Edit Dynamiclmaze General Sees Rotston hh Sh O10 C 270 Fig s Woesibelrty C Horizental O Vertical Hok wiubli Ba
20. 405 Scripts Table 15 ESAPAGEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Method ShowNext Page ShowPage ByName ShowPage ByNumber Show Previous Page ShowHelp Page ClosePopUp PageBy Name ClosePopUp PageBy Number Description Shows the next page following order of page ID number Shows the page identifying it by the input parameter needs a string containing the name of the page to be passed Shows the page identifying it by the input parameter needs an integer containing the page ID to be passed Shows the preceding page following order of page ID number Makes it possible to show the Help defined in SmartClick relating to the page full or popup currently being displayed see chap 5 Help pages page 161 Closes the popup page indicated in the input parameter needs the passage of a string relating to the name of the popup page Closes the popup page indicated in the input parameter needs the passage of an integer relating to the identifying number of the popup page PageName Str PageName Str Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 406 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 15 ESAPAGEMGR methods accessible with Scripts CloseActive PopUp Description Closes the currently active popup page the one in focus does not work if no popup is in focus at the moment the method is invoked CloseAll Closes all currently open PopUp popup pages GetNum Po
21. 568 Appendix C Status area Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix D Command area 569 Appendix D Command area It is often necessary for the terminals in a plant to interact not only with the operators by means of the appropriate periph eral devices like touch screens and keyboards but also with field devices so that commands can be received and status in formation transmitted This information exchange is carried out using special memory areas in the devices called Ex change areas These Exchange areas are therefore structures containing various types of information whose meaning and format is set by the terminal which are regularly exchanged with the device An exchange area Is a tag area see chap 5 Value a pag 126 of one or more words residing in a field device Command response areas variables can also be used by the terminal to respond to a command sent by the device using the Command area To help set command areas SmartClick has a dedicated sec tion that can be reached using Project Explorer see chap 5 Exchange areas a pag 116 In this appendix we list the Command Areas that can be used by the device to change the operating status of the terminal that is send commands The Command tag function and the Response tag have the Same layout and are generally made up of four words Tabella 1 Command Tag Structure and Response Tag Word Description COMMAND_ID cont
22. Chapter 8 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL Irregular line Table 29 Properties of ESACNTRL Irregular line Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the object has currently been drawn ControlLeft or the rectangle containing it If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object or the rectangle containing it has currently been ControiTop drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the outline of the polygon currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value LineColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 00 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Methods of ESACNTRL Broken line Table 30 Methods of ESACNTRL Broken line Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 425 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL Regular polygon The properties and methods of the regular po
23. Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Reference to the image that must be contained within the Field Determines whether the object is ini tially visible It is also possible to as sign a Boolean variable for changes in Runtime or it can be managed with thresholds Determines if the object can move or Lock ae Indicates whether the image should I mageAutoSize automatically sized to fit the dimen sions of the Field BorderStyle Indicates the type of horizontal align ment of the image within the Field which can be Central Leftward or Rightward I mageHAlign Indicates whether the image should maintain the proportions of the source image I mageKeepAspect Ratio Indicates the color selectable using the RGB code or the color palette for which the transparency filter should be applied hmadelrancoarent Indicates whether a transparency filter g P should be applied to the image I mageTransColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 216 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 22 Properties of the Image Field Properties Description Indicates the type of vertical alignment ImageVAlign of the image within the Field which can be Central Top or Bottom Value fields Value fields are objects graphic that can be inserted into a page in order t
24. Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock nae Indicates the values to insert into the scale By clicking on v you enter an editing window in which the value in NumValues tervals and their respective colors can be defined the window also allows you only to specify the limits in relation to the scale to be displayed Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the selector PasswordLevel value see chap 5 Password configu ration page 194 This property is ig nored if the field is Read Only StartAngle Determines the Knob starting position given as an angle Determines the angle in degrees o the aperture of the Knob SweepAngle Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using the cursor keys within a page It also controls the or Tabi ndex der in which data is introduced in sev eral fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Indicates the display type for setting the scale the display of values can be maintained or a text list corresponding to the values can be used ValueType Active if the value is a Text List value Allows you to choose the text list asso ciated with the values in question see chap 5 Text list page 209 TextListid Det
25. GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties aw een i Distribute Center In our example the result obtained will be the one represent ed in the next figure General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties Vertical arrangement Using our example let us add three different colored buttons to the page as indicated in the next figure Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 338 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects GES General Help page Keys Events Page Properties After drawing the three buttons let us click on icon E of the toolbar and draw a Selection area that includes all the objects This activates the arrangement options of the toolbar or Main menu Layout gt Arrange In the examples in this subsection our starting point to illus trate how the arrangement operation works will always be this Same initial situation For vertical arrangements SmartClick takes as its reference the distance between buttons 1 and 2 being the first two from the top We select the buttons using the mouse GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 339 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects To operate a simple vertical arrangement just click on the Icon of the toolbar or Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Ver tically SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that th
26. General Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events FontField SystermTahoma Tahama Area color pressed qe 128 255 x Area color released 255 128 0 x Area visibility Border blink 2 No Blink Border color pressed Border color released o 255 128 0 x Border visibility E mE Emm ae n E mE See Border style Gg i E E O EEEEEEEE EERE E foils fe fete fe een Ee We will now go to the Events mask and change the function associated to the button as we have seen above we choose the function ShowPageByName as shown in the figure below E Events Functions Editor unchone Soripes Sffociated ta this avert Uv ShowrigeNamel Parameters of the selected hanciany sent LJ Store the return vwalye inte Seo Fopup ag w w ES The lower part of the mask contains a request to specify the page to be seen In this phase we can also indicate a page that does not yet exist in the project but that we will edit later on So we now Select the option pop up pages in the first pull down menu the second remains empty as no Pop up pages Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 514 Chapter9 Tutorial exist in our job so far At this point we click on to create one The PopUp page that was created with this operation will be edited in the next section when we deal with the pop up pag es Finally we insert a DateTime field so as to let the operator see the date and time at any
27. Libraries side the context of the project being edited the Library This too is useful as it makes it possible to store save and re use portions of a project each individual element or set of el ements can be put in a library to be easily re usable in new projects A classic example of the use of the Library is when you want to maintain a uniform style in different projects without having to redefine them each time With SmartClick an unlimited number of libraries can be man aged the libraries are managed using the Explorer Library window This chapter describes SmartClick s standard libraries and how to insert objects of the various categories of library in a page of the project Library Explorer Library Explorer is the window that shows the contents of the libraries being worked on and allows them to be managed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 346 Chapter 6 Library Explorer Image of the Explore Libraries Library Explorer Fe o 0u B Buttons Industrial COCOA E C Audio Audio Home Up Down Left gt gt mov Pause op Clok Check aco Start Start Stopg Stopc Openg Open c 9295 O Closed Closed Round Round Generi Pushb Square Square Square Pushb Blue Red Grey Rounde Switches Industrial Keyboards Lights Dynamic objects Filled polygons TEMP The Library comprises the following categories of objects e Buttons
28. Methods of ESACNTRL Touch button Table 48 Methods of ESACNTRL Touch button Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Properties of ESACNTRL Touch Area Table 49 Properties of ESACNTRL Touch area Properties ControlLeft Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the area has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 450 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 49 Properties of ESACNTRL Touch area Properties ControlTop Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object that is the rectangle containing the bar has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Typ RW Control Defines the width of the currently Width drawn area Control Defines the height of the currently Height drawn area Methods of ESACNTRL Touch area Table 50 Methods of ESACNTRL Touch area Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Properties of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer Table 51 Properties of ESACNTRL Slide potentiometer Properties ControlLeft Polymath SmartClick User
29. Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 38 Chapter 2 Layout of menus B Cross reference Elements List Searched element Element name Element type Path NumericField_1 NumericField_1 NumericField Progetto SC2074 SP1 ETH1 Par NumericField_2 NumericField_2 NumericField Progetto SC2074 SP1 ETH1 Pai NumericField NumericField NumericField Progetto S C207 4 SP1 ETH1 Pai Export all selecte Tree View Find element ea lt Back I New Search CERD From the previously described mask using the appropriate keys it is possible to complete the following operations e Export all Export all objects in the list to an Excel or CSV file e Export selected Export selected objects in the list to an Excel or CSV file e Modify After selecting an element from the list it al lows modifying it within the project e Tree view Allows modifying how elements are viewed from table to tree type e Find element Allows a more detailed search among ele ments that have already been searched e New search Allows carrying out a new search from the beginning Projects Tags In the Projects Tags option it is possible to complete a search for elements within the project with two different criteria that can be used both individually and at the same time Search by Name allows carrying out an alphabetic search among elements the Search by Name option is divided into three subgroups 1 Sear
30. Properties e Now select the option Sharing and Protection from the resulting menu This takes you to the window for the Sharing settings e Now move to the Sharing tab as shown in the figure below Shared_Polymath Properties General Sharing Security Customize You can share this folder with other users on your network To enable sharing for this folder click Share this folder C Do not share this folder gt Share this folder Share name Shared_Polymath Comment PO User limit Maximum allowed C Allow this number of users H To set permissions for users who access this Permissions folder over the network click Permissions To configure settings for offline access click Cachi a Caching Windows Firewall is configured to allow this folder to be shared with other computers on the network View your Windows Firewall settings Cancel Apply Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime e We select the option Share this folder we then leave the sharing name unchanged leaving the default one corresponding to the name we chose for the folder in our case Shared SmartClick e Finally we click on the Authorization button to define which users can have access to the folder for details regarding network users consult your network administrator and which actions can be performed Permissions for Shared_
31. Returns an indication of the status of the pipeline referred to in the input parameter the string containing the name of the Pipeline must be provided The complete returned data will have one of the following values and meaningss 1 Inactive Pipeline 2 Active Pipeline 3 Disconnected Pipeline no communication Pipelinel D I nt PipelineNa me Str Pipelinel D I nt Pipeline Name Str Pipelinel D I nt Pipeline Name Str Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Table 9 ESAPIPEMGR methods accessible with Scripts 398 Chapter 8 Scripts GetPipeline StatusBy Number The object ESATI MER Description Returns an indication of Pipelinel D the status of the pipeline Int referred to in the input parameter the number relating to the ID of the Pipeline must be transferred The complete returned data will have one of the following values and meaningss 1 Inactive Pipeline 2 Active Pipeline 3 Disconnected Pipeline no communication This object offers functions relating to the timers in the project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of the type var ESAHMI ESATI MER nomeTimer State ESAHMI ESATI MER nomeTimer Stop ESATI MER properties accessible with Scripts Table 10 ESATIMER properties accessible with Scripts Properties Direction Count Polymath SmartClick User Manual
32. Table 37 Properties of ESACNTRL Dynamic text Properties Description Defines whether the field text is shown barred 1 or in normal FontStrike 0 If modified using a Script Out the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field is enabled 0 or disabled 1 that is whether the user can edit it Disable Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the value of the text currently written onto the field Can be varied by providing a new Value string and the on screen update happens after the Draw method or Refresh Control is invoked Methods of ESACNTRL Dynamic text Table 38 Methods of ESACNTRL Dynamic text Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only the part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Refresh Control Returns the length of the GetTextLen string currently written into the field Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 439 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL ASCII field The properties of the ASCII field accessible using Scripts coincide with those of the Numerical field see chap 8 Properties of ESACNTRL Numerical fie
33. Thresholds Values TAG2 TAG 0 0 0 769 ee DB_10 w_SEND_STATUS Duplicate The first threshold is assigned with the value 10 associating it to green H Thresholds Thresholds Values 0 0 0 3225559 Duplicate A second threshold is now added by clicking on the Aggiungi Add button Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 222 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects H Thresholds Thresholds Values Default 0 0 0 CRESES 11 BR erw Duplicate The second threshold is assigned with the value 20 associa ting it to blue HB Thresholds Thresholds Values 0 0 0 Tse 255 I Duplicate Clicking on the button to end editing If the user should select the Bits type management the sa me amount of values must be introduced as there are Bits de fined to which the desired settings are to be associated Practically the user can assign a different colour to every Bit for example when the second Bit is at 1 the object will be yel Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Objects to which the Thresholds functionality can be applied Chapter5 223 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects low When the third Bit is at 1 the object will be blue when the fourth Bit is at 1 the object will be red and so on If there are more B
34. duplicate and delete them In addition this window makes information available regarding the dimensions in pixels of the image its format and quality it is also possible to edit the Comment relating to each figure Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 155 Project Explorer Preview Picture size Format Quality Comment When a new project is created SmartClick introduces some images intended for specific uses as a default display of alarms Trend Pen etc These can also be used inside for other purposes For the description of how to introduce and change images within a page you are advised to read the following chapter see chap 6 Image Field page 282 Below we describe the procedure for adding an image to a project Add an image To add an image in SmartClick you can use Project Explorer by right clicking on Images then Add new and edit Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 156 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Project Explorer TEEL Project S C207 4 SP1 ETHL Images H Recipe types Jessen g Users and passwords A Data archive Hf Scripts a Global script lr ba cre ol Lists i p A fn Edit i l PA in E Add ers my a a oe E Rename gt ry pF Duplicate pe Bebe a ry E Create Folder ns rs fn Cut trits in E Copy Chr AR E Paste Ctrl a E Paste as Child gt in Configuration columns ae ll ae You access the Image mask describ
35. e Watch List shows only the variables in the Watch List selected by check mark e Reset List Reset List unchecks all variables removing them from the watch list A 1 WARNING When quitting the simulator all the values of the variables the watch list and the simulations are lost To save them for further use use the file menu to export Watch lists Tag values and Simulations Preparation of Terminals before download The Terminals do not require any particular preparation if choosing a USB connection If an ethernet connection is chosen the panel must be connected to the network and the network parameters must be configured as indicated in the hardware manual Video terminal SCxxx Control Panel Network Finally configure the connection gate on the Service page configuration download page of the terminal Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 366 Chapter7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime See hardware manual Video terminal SCxxx Dowloader Configuration Perform the project Download on the Terminal When a project is compiled it can be transferred on to the terminal by means of the Download function to start transfer click on the icon of the instruments bar or on the main menu File gt Download If there are compiled files for the current project version edited SmartClick will display a window relating to the configuration of the hardware connection machine terminal If however no files are
36. evry erry m Ssusuce PSESSHE eStats eseesee eee eo y gt BABZTAARBARA RAE 2 SE S SSP Rese oerssses assess BRABAERABRARZRAAAAZRAAR AAR EARA ARR ESA ART ESD i O C O N VTevescyvy yy ae BERRA BARREAEBRABAAAZLAAAABALELBAAASA TERE EA EB INDEX PYVEE OCUICEION OEE E TA 1 Wiaris omat le E anian a l What does SinanChekdO asistene n E Ai E l TeMi lycea eeeawas sh aeuestadteaad apeaauenmeniesan l ESA Elettronica s Customer Care service ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeees l Lavout of Menis ainainen E eves 3 MiO a E ae mer er Deceit renter ohne ae meen sR 4 TaT oO I eaea NE 45 MANAGING ThE DOVE Cl oidecicesescccecccasenactessdcvceceesesevescecscetnnccosensspestecnase 47 SMAC UCK Start enna deans aitele iauamanane dean sees 47 Creating a project in Wizard mode ccececcceessseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 49 Changing elements within a project eessesssssoeeeesssssssssseeeees 51 Chansme a Project S dala eani na E 56 S EAPO EO ae tovresadunametaen 58 Opening A projeCt xcvesssencsncsencesedausndenesensdtenatmncsmemssetedsadudeensensiets 58 Project Explore sne 61 Operations on elements of the Project Explorer window 62 DEMING THE Panel eorr 64 NOL Ware CONN SULA ON scrinia EE 70 NATTA DIC Serrie n hori asada aac elena bette kerineences 75 Languages and F OMS giccietesinadscosaiedicubideasdoneutuauarertacniadelacaben 104 PAGES ctisrcctlavaitePatets ackeanntesddacnsad E 107 POP
37. i 1 J a K a Chapter5 185 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects them using the Move up and Move down keys To eliminate a function you just need to select it and click on the Delete button Over the next paragraphs we will show in relation to each ob ject the events to which functions and scripts can be as Signed For further details relating to the functions and scripts the reader is advised to consult the appropriate sections of this manual see chap Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 Warning Where two functions can be assigned to the same event the user must take care to furnish an order which is logical for con secutive functions there would be no sense for example in having a function referring to an old page follow a function of Change page If you choose to assign a predefined function to an event the lower part of the window can be used to enter its parameters e g file name name of objects etc If you choose to assign a script to an event you can choose to save the value returned by that script if the script is set to return a value in a variable For further details relating to the assignable functions and the scripts the reader is advised to consult the appropriate chap ters of this manual see chap Appendix B Predefined func tions page 701 e see chap 9 Scripts page 509 Not
38. syncro_cmd is bit struc tured bit 15 confirms transfer from terminal to PLC bit 14 confirms end of transfer from terminal to PLC bit 13 transfer time out elapsed Parameters PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER _ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 trend ID syncro_cmd 571 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 572 Appendix D Command area Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Tabella 2 Command codes and parameters Description Recipe transfer request from terminal to PLC The first two parameters contain the name of the recipe 4 al phanumeric ASCII charac ters parameter 3 is the identifier of the type of reci pe The command can only be used for compatible reci pes see chap 5 Modes of compatibility a pag 190 Recipe sent from PLC to ter minal without overwriting The first two parameters contain the name of the rec ipe 4 alphanumeric ASCII characters parameter 3 is the identifier of the type of recipe The command can only be used for compatible recipes see chap 5 Modes of compatibility a pag 190 Recipe sent from PLC to ter minal with overwriting The first two parameters contain the name of the re
39. 255 Border color released Border visibility v Border size Border style Solid Button 3D Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 179 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects By clicking on the Text Property option we can get into the following window from which it s possible to edit the following properties EJ Edit TouchButton General Apprararce Cee es Behaviour List ol Teats Later Irm ge Fwrnis Taat properties Text Blink Text Color Text H align Text v Align By clicking on the Fuctioning option we can get into the fol lowing window from which it s possible to edit the following properties BS Edit TouchButton Ed General Appearance Text propertles EES ListofTexts Label Image Events Behaviour Disable Hide Password bnw Tab indez Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 180 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects By clicking on the option Text List we can get into the fol lowing window from which it s possible to edit the following properties ES Edit TouchButton General Appearance Text properties Behoviour AMALE Label Image Events List of text Text list value Text list ty pe By clicking on the Label option we can get into the following window from which it s possible to edit the following proper ties H
40. Border blink i No Blink Border color Og 0 0 0 7 Border visibility T Border size Border style Solid Cancel Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 295 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects The following properties can be edited from the Appearance mask Properties Description Determines the color of the Area which can be selected using the RGB AreaColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a BorderVisibility Border to the Table or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize l l whole variable can be assigned or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken Th
41. Chapter2 37 Layout of menus criteria that can be used both individually and at the same time e Search by Name allows carrying out an alphabetic search among elements the Search by Name option is divided into three subgroups 1 Search from to the filter is set by the user who can de fine a search field starting form one letter and finishing with another one the following mask will display all objects whose name is included between M and N of the Numerical Field category and belonging to the entire project B Cross reference Filters M Element s category NumericField V Search By Name Search from m vi to Element s name begin with Mask M Search in All Project only in Save filtering conditions Load filtering conditions 2 Element name begins with The filter is set by the user who defines a search field by selecting the letter at the begin ning of the name for the element to be searched 3 Mask The search filter is the same one of the option Element name begins with e Element category Allows searching within each indi vidual category of elements present in the project e Search in Allows deciding where within the project the search is to be carried out in the entire project or only in a portion of it Once the filters for carrying out the search are selected the following mask is obtained
42. Chapter4 83 Project Explorer Limits Validity ranges can be defined for the tag just created if this restriction has sense in relation to the type of data It is possible to assign these limits to the values of the tag and or to the device If limits are assigned to the Tag i e on the tags of the terminal the limit will have effect in the editing phase if for example a maximum limit is at 100 and the operator inserts a higher value in an editing field the field will automatically be taken to 100 maximum limit However this limit does not prevent a greater value being written in the device memory by a device side process If this is not the case by assigning device limits a value will be read on the terminal within the range set also when the tag on the device assumes values outside of the interval Once the relative box has been enabled it is possible to manually insert the limit values or assign them dynamically by combining them with those of tags This last option can be performed by clicking on and selecting the tag from the drop down menu that will occur as a consequence It will always be possible to access the creation modification of the tags directly from this mask General Yalue Device Conversion Thresholds Events Input limits on Tag value O Enable Min Max O Advice in case of wrong input Type Complete Page for both limits Complete Page OK CANCEL for both limits Input limits on device value
43. ChartA4reaColor Jes 2s 25 0 Chart4reaTop 20 Chart4reaLeft 52 GridHorDivisionColor fes2 292 192 GridHorDivisionNumber 5 GridHorMinDivisionNumber 0 GridVerDivisionColor fisz 292 192 S GridVerDivisionNumber 3 GridVerVisible T HorScaleMode Time only HorScaleTimeFormat JHHmM sS o HorScaleVisible T VerScaleVisible T VerScaleVisibleNumber 1 The following properties can be edited from the Advanced mask Properties Description Indicates the color of the chart area ChartAreaColor which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette Vertical coordinate position of the chart ChartAreaTop Horizontal coordinate position of the ChartAreaLeft chart Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 298 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Description Indicates the color of the divisions of GridHorDivisionColor the horizontal grid can be done using the RGB code or the color palette GridHorDivision Indicates the number of horizontal di Number visions in the grid Indicates the number of horizontal GridHorMinDivision Subdivisions in the grid that is the Number number of horizontal lines between any two divisions Determines the color of the vertical GridVerDivisionColor grid divisions which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette GridVerDivision Indicates the number of vertical divi Number sions in the grid Gri
44. Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking PorgerBunk or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor l l value can be assigned to a whole vari able Determines whether there will be a Border to the Potentiometer or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize l whole variable can be assigned if wished Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 BorderVisibility 278 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 43 Properties of the Knob Potentiometer Properties Description Establishes the Font size for represent ing the text of the scale Indicates the color of the precision in dicator of the Potentiometer This is selected using the RGB code or the col or palette Determines the color of the Potentiom KnobColor eter knob selectable using the RGB code or color palette Indicates the number of subdivision marks appearing between two numer ical divisions These are shorter divi ScaleNotches sion lines than the numerical ones giving greater precision to the re
45. Fields General and Properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 290 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects GEH General Properties 0 17 28 31 17 28 33 17 28 35 17 28 37 17 28 39 17 28 4 The Fields mask allows you to indicate which buttons have to be present together with the table and position them in the ar ea Each button has properties which can be edited in the Properties Editor as happens with normal touch buttons see chap 5 Touch Button page 260 To add or eliminate a but ton just click on the list of buttons present to the left of the table If an object is already present in the page it will appear highlighted within the list it will be visible in the Table Edit Ar ea To move an element button or table just drag it to the desired position Insertable buttons are different and a non editable predefined function can be assigned to each of these e Move Left The button has two functions depending on whether the cursor is displayed or not if the cursor is invisible pressing the key makes the graph move from right to left If however the cursor is visible the button moves it to the left and when it reaches the furthest point the graph moves from right to left by a unit de fined by the principal horizontal division of the grid e Move Right The button has two functions depending on whether the cursor is displayed or not if the cursor is invisible pressi
46. File Fath E Documenti LMASKASMARTCOLITK P Progetti SC Project 001 scpr File Created 01 01 1601 1 00 00 File Modified 01 01 1601 1 00 00 The File Information mask contains the data relating to the current file in which the project is saved such data contains information regarding the name of the file the remote path in which the file is saved and the creation and editing dates of the file Note The name of the project and the name of the file are two quite distinct things the name of the project is a project identifier used only within SmartClick software while the name of the file serves to distinguish the file within the File System of the user s PC Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 58 Chapter 3 Managing the project Components Components HW Configuration SC107A PORT1 PORT2 ETH1 CS1 CJ1 Ethernet ETN21 The Components mask lists all the devices and ESA panels in volved in the current project and added in the course of the creation of the project By clicking on each element in the list you can access the corresponding editing mask Saving a At any point throughout the process of editing the project the project user can save his or her work onto hard disk or a removable Support There are three options for saving the project into a file File gt Save from the main menu Press CTRL S on the keyboard together Click on When the project file is overwritten SmartClick automatically crea
47. Methods of ESACNTRL Indicator Table 46 Methods of ESACNTRL Indicator Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only the part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Refresh Control Properties of ESACNTRL Touch button Table 47 Properties of ESACNTRL Touch button Properties Description Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from the left where the button has currently been drawn ControlLeft If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the button Width Control Defines the height of the button Height Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from the left where the ControlTop button has currently been drawn If this value is changed the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 448 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 47 Properties of ESACNTRL Touch button Properties Description Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of
48. Separates the elements of a ever group oa Layout gt Block Blocks the objects pages Layout gt Un block Un blocks the objects pages Layout gt Re Re dimensions the elements dimension withthe collected maintaining the as control pect Using the Layout menu you can also access all the functions for aligning and positioning the elements within the pages This is done using the submenus Align Arrange and Level that are illustrated below Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 14 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Submenu Align Top Bottom Middle Left Center Right Table 10 Functions of the submenu Layout gt Align Icon Path Menu Description of function Aligns the object in the Alian gt To selection with the top see 2 P chap 6 Alignment of objects page 430 Aligns the object in the E E Angna Bortom selection with the bottom J a hae cade ston wth te et os eee paola secon th ther Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 15 Layout of menus Submenu Arrange Horizontally Right Center Left Vertically Top Middle Bottom Table 11 Functions of the submenu Layout gt Arrange Icon Path Menu Description of function Arranges the object in the Arrange gt selection horizontally see Horizontally chap 6 Arrangement of objects page 434 iii Arranges the object in the ui Arrange gt iRIgnt selection to the
49. Text Color OA Background color psss Name Label User Level The Fields grid window is used to set the graphic properties of the cells of the user list table See chap 6 User List Table page 396 The Font choice box allows you to decide to assign a font to the user list table by clicking on the w icon a window appears for specifying the font and using this each project language can have a font assigned to it In addition this window can be used to define various properties of the font for the table like dimensions and graphic effects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 142 Chapter 4 Project Explorer faroe x Project font English United States jSystemTahoma Font attributes Size O Bold O Italics O Strikeout O Underline Preview Aa Bb Yy Zz 0123456789 In addition you can specify a background and text colour for the cell selected currently The colour can be selected using RGB values or the colour palette obtainable by clicking on the rectangle of the colour Selected cell Text Color ess Background color E E H E E E E m See Font Text Color Background color B III ES 2 Se ol SS i User Level or on the selection arrow Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 143 Project Explorer Text Color ps 2555 285 SSSA E Cel Bee J m lol lot io 7 Headers ofthe columns TI Font E
50. The options Manual validation and viewing only the outline while the objects are being dragged are advised for configuring particularly slow performing machines Utility Sub menu Check updates Project Documentation Convert panel Convert device Remove unused bags Cross reference Table 17 Utility functions menu Icon Menu path Function description Allows to check the presence of new software issues of the SmartClick program Utility gt Updates control Allows a document to be created with the specifics of the project Utility gt Panel Allows the conversion of a panel converts Utility gt Project documents Utility gt Remove Checks if Tags Variables not Tags Variables used are present in the project not used Finds all components used Utility gt Crossed inside the project reference Configured only components are not included in the research NA Utility gt Device Allows the conversion of a de converts vice 1 Icon Not Available Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 23 Layout of menus Update control The Update control option allows verifying if online there are more updated SmartClick versions compared to the one in Stalled Ej Web update This wizard checks if there are updates available on the update server Please check the settings below If they are correct click Next to continue otherwise click Settings to adjust them Autod
51. The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Slide selector pP Note It is advisable to use the Knob selector rather than a potenti ometer if the number of choices the operator can make is to be re stricted giving a limited range of options Properties of the Knob Selector Table 45 Properties of the Knob Selector Properties Description Identifying name of the Selector Must be unique among the graphic elements Comment Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Selector which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable AreaColor Determines whether the Selector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable Border3D Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 281 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 45 Properties of the Knob Selector Properties Description Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking pordern int or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable Determines the color of t
52. This is a code identifying the Long event to start the acquisition of new sample readings for the Buffer selected Possible codes are StrobeType 0 ONTI MER 1 ONSTROBERISE 2 ONSTROBEFALL 3 ONCOMMAND 4 ONTAG Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 401 Scripts Table 12 ESATRENDMGER properties accessible with Scripts Properties Description Used only if StrobeType has a StrobeTag value of 1 or 2 Indicates the name of the variable that triggers the acquisition Used only if StrobeType has a StrobeTimer value of 0 This is the Timer identity code used by the Trend Represents the maximum number of sample readings that can be Saved in the Buffer selected BufferSize value set in SmartClick With Array type trends this value is an exact multiple of the array dimension Represents the number of sample readings currently in the Buffer selected Defines the percentage threshold of the number of samples for Warning which the OnWarningLevel event Level is generated for the buffer selected value set in SmartClick This is a Boolean flag indicating the active state of the buffer Enabled selected If at O the trend activities are ignored while if at 1 the trend functions regularly The number of trend status area bits assigned to the trend If the buffer is full the bit assumes a value of 1 if it is not full 0 if the buffer is not assigned to external bits 1 Polymath SmartClick User M
53. preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Methods of ESACNTRL Line Table 26 Methods of ESACNTRL Line Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 422 Chapter 8 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL Polygon Table 27 Properties of ESACNTRL Polygon Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the object has currently been drawn that is the rectangle containing ControlLeft it 1 this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object or the rectangle containing it has currently been contre ee drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the outline of the polygon currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value LineColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after in
54. ready created to avoid edit again from square one to do this we select the button with the right hand key and Duplicate in the menu that appears General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties m A pom n m Edit Delete Cut Copy zoom In Zoom Out Create table Level Edit common properties Convert to b Local Edit we now have two completely identical buttons General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties The new button is to differ from the first only in three aspects the text of the label Next instead of Back the horizontal position which can also be set by dragging the button to the right and the reference function ShowNextPage rather than ShowPreviousPage In just a few steps we have inserted a second button General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties Using the same procedure that is duplicating and changing the function and the translations of the label we insert anoth er 3 buttons one for the login UserLogin function one for the logout UserLogout function and a last one for quitting runtime and set as indicated below Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 513 Tutorial After duplicating one of the already defined buttons we change the label text we insert Quit and Uscita respec tively for the two languages and the color of the area when the button is released we insert orange as indicated below F
55. rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Project Explorer General FEN Properties Events Name Comment Event of the TAG that raises the alarm Tag Activation Type Activation Value The General mask can be used to set the identifying properties of the alarm like Name and Comment The name is a unique attribute within any given project that is other different alarms with the same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick A variable must be assigned on which the checks relating to the alarm will be carried out depending on the type of variable see chap 4 Value page 79 there will be different modes of checking which may be orientated to the bit or value of the variable The text box asks you to enter the reference value which when reached will generate the alarm absolute value or bit number Properties General Events Group Priority 4larmPriority Error v GQ Description Alarm Description User Data 1 User Data 2 mpe Alarm ISA x 125 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 126 Chapter 4 Project Explorer The specific characteristics of the individual alarm are defined in the Property mask First of all the programmer is asked to enter a membership group for the alarm see chap 4 Alarmgroups page 121 and a description representing the actual text that the operator will read on the panel when the alarm is triggered The description i
56. rev 1 0 Description Defines Timer counting mode possible values of this property are 1 Ascending 0 to Duration 2 Descending Duration to 0 Defines the duration of the Timer The meaning of this value depends on the type of Timer if it is Once Only or Normal the unit of duration is 1 10 second if itis Single alarm the duration is a Date and Time expressed as the number of seconds from 1 1 1970 if it is AlarmTime mode the duration is the current time of day expressed a number of seconds past midnight Chapter8 399 Scripts Table 10 ESATIMER properties accessible with Scripts Properties Description Typ RW e Defines the Timer mode possible Long values of this property are 1 Once onlt 2 Normal 3 Single alarm 4 AlarmTime Defines the current state of the Long Timer possible values of this property are 0 Not Active 1 Counting 2 Terminated 3 Suspended Indicates the current position of Long Count the counter ESATI MER methods accessible with Scripts Table 11 ESATIMER methods accessible with Scripts Method Description Sets the duration value to Duration SetTimer correspond with the input value Returns duration set for timer Starts the timer returns the value of the start timer activity Stops the timer returns the value of the stop timer activity Suspends the timer returns the value of the suspend timer activity The ob
57. tconsimpieaam____ AQ Simple Terminated IconSimpleAlarmTerminated x G j Diagnostic IconDiagnosticalarm J 7 OcorP Fe There is also the option of selecting the images to be associated to the state of the alarm already at the project creation stage SmartClick furnishes a set of default images that can be confirmed or substituted with an image added to the project see chap 4 Add an image page 155 The alarm states to which an image should be attributed are Active Recognised Returned Simple and Diagnostic Priorities List Memoryresources Behavior Fields Alarms groups User Signals Events Name Value Foreground Color Background Color a Ce Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 121 Project Explorer The Priorities mask gives you the possibility of managing the set of properties that can be assigned to an alarm As default SmartClick offers three priority levels to each of which there IS a corresponding value Advice 200 Error 100 and Fatal Error 0 The Add and Delete keys respectively allow you to add priority levels to and remove them from the list the three initial levels predefined by SmartClick cannot be removed When a new priority is added it has to be assigned a priority value that permits it to be classified relative to the other already existing levels For example if you wish to introduce a priority of a level lower than the three predefined ones we will nee
58. the validation of only the object currently being edited a project can be globally validated by clicking on the icon of the Toolbar or main menu using File gt Validates Project while partial validation requires a click on File gt Validates Current There is also a choice as to whether to let SmartClick perform a validation in real time signals problems as they are edited or whether validation should be carried out only when requested by the appropriate commands This function can be configured using the main menu by clicking on Tools gt Options The Errors mask contains a report in real time of the errors and warnings relating to the project being validated The errors appear in red while the warnings appear in yellow color If we double click on the description of the problem SmartClick will focus the application on the origin of the error Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 362 Chapter 7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime that is on the mask Properties Editor work area mask etc where a correction can be made As soon as they are corrected in the appropriate area the errors disappear Compilation Compilation is the operation whereby a project created with SmartClick is transformed into files ready to be sent to the panel to be then interpreted by the VT s firmware To start off the compilation of a project click on the icon in the Toolbar or use the main menu File gt Compile Any errors or
59. which can be selected using the RGB code or col or palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be man aged with thresholds AreaColorPressed Determines the color of the Area of the button when released which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned toa whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds AreaColorReleased Determines whether the Button has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border when the button is depressed using BorderColorPressed the RGB code or color palette The val ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border when the button is released using BorderColorReleased the RGB code or color palette The val ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether there will be a BorderVisibility Border to the button or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 262 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects T
60. 0 Chapter8 437 Scripts Table 37 Properties of ESACNTRL Dynamic text Properties Description Defines whether the current field text should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking TextBlink If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the font to use for writing the text Can be edited by FontFace inserting the string relating to the Name name of the Font one of those included in the project The change will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines the size of the field text Can be changed by attributing the required value The change will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field text is shown in Italics 1 or in Roman 0 If modified using a Script the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field text is shown in Bold 1 or in Roman FontBold 0 If modified using a Script the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field text is shown underlined 1 orin normal Font 0 If modified using a Script Underline the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 438 Chapter 8 Scripts
61. 2 5 x Start export 04 10 2011 16 27 39 i Exporting Tags in file TEST xls Tag exported Tag Tag exported Tag_1 Tag exported al Tag exported Tag_2 Finish export 04 10 2011 16 27 39 Open Export Folder Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 99 Project Explorer Import Tags Options Utilities Translations Recipes Alarms Alio MNowiro By clicking on the sub menu Import the following screen is obtained Tags Import Choose type of import Excel format O PLC Format It is possible to select the format type with which to import va riables e Excel Format standard Excel format e PLC Format previously exported variables are impor ted automatically by using the PLC application in use Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 LOO Chapter 4 Project Explorer Excel Format i J Tags Import lei Fa Excel format PLC Format After clicking Next and selecting the file to be imported the following screen is obtained EN Import Hox Choose the tags to import Starting importing from row 4 P3 OT E Pcl Tag RTUMaster s address 0_ fea TU Master s address 0 frase Tu Master s address 0 Select all Deselect All O Overwrite existing var O Stop importing if encounter 1 errors q ia Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 101 Project E
62. Bool be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of the rectangle of the field currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long BorderColor value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the border of the rectangle of the field should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 5 2 Rapid blinking pore uns If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 441 Scripts Table 40 Properties of ESACNTRL Symbol field Properties Description Defines the color of the internal area of the field currently being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the field is enabled 0 or disabled 1 that is whether the user can edit it Disable Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method De
63. Border Border Flashing Chapter5 231 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 232 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Recipe Type Name Text Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignment Text Vertical Alignment Disabled Hidden Recipe Comment Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignment Text Vertical Alignment Disabled Hidden Keyboard Display Area Colour Border Colour Text Colour Numerical Field Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 233 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects A Numerical Field can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Value Fields gt Numerical field After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the Field The purpose of the Numerical Field is to show the operator the updated value of a particular variable These fields can be also be edited to become Edit value fields The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn abo
64. Create Table 1 Functions in the File menu ete Path Menu Description of function Creates a new Wizard project File gt New see chap 4 Managing the project page 83 File gt Open Opens an existing project NA File gt Close Closes the project NA piss eave ce Saves the project with a T different name path File gt Print Prints the project File gt Validate Validates all the project see project chap 8 Validation page 461 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 5 Layout of menus Table 1 Functions in the File menu Icon Path Menu File gt Compile File gt Run project File gt Download A File gt Validate current Description of function Validates the element currently selected Compiles the project see chap 8 Compiling Downloading and Runtime page 461 Opens the project simulator see chap 8 Compiling Downloading and Runtime page 461 Downloads the project onto the panel see chap 8 Compiling Downloading and Runtime page 461 NA File gt Exit Exits from SmartClick 1 Icon Not Available Edit menu Delete Cr Ctrl p Chrl s ctrl E Ctri Table 2 Functions of the Edit menu Icon Path Menu Modify gt Annul Modify gt Repeat Edit gt Copy Edit gt Paste Description of function Annuls the previous operation Repeats the following operation Cuts t
65. DefaultFooter to edit these objects just click on the Edit button It is also possible to add new objects by clicking on Add duplicate by clicking on Duplicate or delete ones already present by clicking on Delete Fields Using this mask you can edit the way the Header Footer will actually appear in the pages into which it is called it is edited just like in the case of normal pages with various objects being introduced and properties being set see chap 6 Managing a page page 254 To introduce an object simply click on the respective icon and immediately after draw where in the page you wish the outline of the area to contain it to be placed The next chapter describes all the procedures for introducing the graphic objects together with their related meanings and tools Using this mask you can however set the dimensions of the Frame Click on the fa icon to select it and then move the cursor to one of the red corners by dragging it in line with the desired dimensions this operation can also be performed by the General mask as set out in the next section Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 169 Project Explorer You cannot use this mask to move the object in that its position could be at the top of the page if used as a Header or at the bottom if used as a Footer General Fields ASEE Properties Name DefaultHeader Comment Units Centimeters width 2
66. Determines whether the Button has a background or should be transparent OffStateAreaVisibility when it is OFF a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the area of the button in ON state which can be se lected using the RGB code or color pal ette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds OnStateAreaColor Determines whether the Button has a background or should be transparent OnStateAreaVisibility when it is ON a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Reference variable whose value is checked Using the appropriate keys you can create a new variable or edit an existing one Indicates the value that the reference variable must assume for the button to ValueStateOff be OFF if the button goes to OFF by being pressed the value of the vari able is updated to that value Indicates the value that the reference variable must assume for the button to ValueStateOn be ON if the button goes to ON by be ing pressed the value of the variable is updated to that value Indicates whether the button should be disabled The value can be associat ed with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Disable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 288 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 49 Properties of a Bistable butt
67. Edit TouchButton F4 General Appearance Text properties Behaviour List of Tests FIT Image Events Lahel Text max len Text translate disable Text multi line Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 181 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects By clicking on the Image option we can get into the fol lowing window from which it s possible to edit the following properties B Edit TouchButton Coeneral Appearance TeRi propertios Bathaviour List ol Texts Labeli ACTA Evusrits Image suliesane Image H align Image keep sepect ratio Image bransparent olor Image transparent Image W align Image list value Image list type By clicking on the Events option we can get into the fol lowing window from which it s possible to associate an event function or script to the object see chap 5 Properties of the Touch button page 261 B Edit TouchButton ed General Appearance Text propertias Behaviour List of Texts Label Image JENIS Cwenkts foresees PO Onkeleased OnPresand Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 182 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Changes in the graphic properties of an object cause an im mediate redrawing of the object on the page which is notice able to the programmer Over the next paragraphs we will show the editable properties of each object and the meanings of these prope
68. Editing page default grid size Width 10 Height 10 O Show focus O Show mouse cursor V Use SIP keyboards O Beep on key press Y Hide Taskbar M Show confirmation messages O Use default dialogs size Dialogs size Persistent Data Flush Interval min Edit mode idle timeout sec Help pages font From the main window previous image it is possible to change the Dialog Boxes size disabling the check box Use default dia logs size Once disabling such option the user will be able to con figure the new sizes This value is unique for all the dialog boxes and can not be changed at Runtime level The events which use the new Dialog Box are the User login and all the related to Recipes functions see chap 6 Events related to Recipes page 251 Configuring the Boot General Communication ports Main window Efij esjitieiiiiy Exchange areas Components Start up Start with Pages x Start JOQ Update DateTime System Tag Every Second 7 This mask allows the user to set the page to be displayed when the project is opened By clicking on the ig icon a new page can be added while theld icon opens the editor of the page selected In addition the Runtime refresh frequency of the DateAndTime system Tag see Appendix A System Variables page 693 can be defined a refresh of once a second or once a minute can be set Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Projec
69. Keys List Name Mode Duration Direction lt j R gt Duplicate We set a One shot Timer called Timer to last 1 7 seconds with an ascending direction Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 484 Chapter 9 Tutorial Phase 3 Configuration of variables and Memory areas Without doubt data management is the most important as pect in creating a project for the work of the terminal It is es sential to have a clear idea of the structure the data needs to respect in runtime and how the operator can access them With SmartClick internal variables as well as device and sys tem variables can be managed see chap 5 RefreshGroups page 123 It is also possible to manage memory areas dedi cated for example to status indication commands Naturally the list of variables can be accessed at any point during the editing of the project In our example we do this to define some examples of each type of variable Defining device variables If we click twice on the Tags option of the Project Explorer we access the list of variables defined in the project Now click on Add to insert the new variables Refresh Groups Groups Tags List Folder Name Memory Address Address Type Group Conversion Limit ca a RTU Master slow peripherals iddre a a RTU Master slow peripherals Adi Class_0_5 500 msec eens a RTU Master slow peripherals Adc Class_0_5 500 msec RTU Master slow peripherals A
70. OFF The machine is now in STAND BY The upper part of the mask can be used to change the identifying properties of the list The Name of a list is a unique attribute within any given project that is other different lists with the same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick The lower part of the mask can be used to edit the text list itself new texts can be added or existing ones deleted To Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Image list Chapter4 153 Project Explorer move a text just select it and click on the Up or Down keys according to the operation to be performed If there is more than one language in a project see chap 4 Languages page 104 you can go on to define the translation for each text in the list as shown in the following figure SCLER i 5 x English United States Italian Italy ss The machine is now ON The T key allows to insert symbols into the description In SmartClick there are objects whose purpose it is to be text containers useful for creating value fields see chap 6 Value fields page 285 Each Image list can contain an indefinite number of texts the sole limits are those deriving from the Hardware configuration of the panel When you double click on the Image list icon in Project Explorer the causes the table of Image lists to appear in the work area this list can be used to introdu
71. Passwords using the User List check can display and change the access credentials name password only of users with the same or higher numbered levels than his her own e g an operator on level 5 can see and change the password of levels 5 6 7 8 9 and 10 The password configuration of the access levels is made up of four edit masks General Users Users Events and Fields By means of the Mask Password edit it is possible to determine if the password is to be displayed or hidden with asterixes during configuration see chap 2 Various menu page 21 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 137 Project Explorer General GBA Users Users events Fields General parameters O Logout automatically when panel is idle Idle timeout sec 60 O After a user s logout show always a particular page Page to show Pages z TOO O Login using password only Log users activity V Enable logging of users login logout Log to file User log The file will be saved in the FLASH of the terminal If the logs are too frequent the FLASH could be damaged Timestamp format DD MM YYYY hh mm 24h M Erase logs after 3 Days The General mask is used to configure the panel such that it executes the logout automatically after a certain period of Inactivity you can also define which page to go to see once a user has completed the logout This window can also be used to set the procedures f
72. Project Explorer there are two masks for editing Scripts General and Scripts These are described in the next Subsections For more information on the table and the meaning of the events that can be associated to a Script readers are advised to consult the next chapter see chap 6 Events related to Pipelines page 252 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Project Explorer General Script E Identification Name Script Comment Parameters Return value type None x Name Type Comment Using the General mask you can set the identifying properties of the Script The Name is a unique attribute within the project that is other different Scripts with the same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick It is also necessary to define whether the Script must return a value to the application and what type of value this must be Number String or Variant Use the table at the bottom of the mask to specify the input parameters to the function with their related Names Types Number String or Variant and Comments visible only in SmartClick Scripts Ea General Script Sub ESAStartup 1 ESaStartup script z i 4 b The Script mask contains only one text input window inside of which you enter the code relating to the functions the Script will have For more information regarding the uses of Scripts Polymath Smar
73. Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects jects is selected After their division the elements return to be ing separately editable Depth order of objects When there is an overlapping of more than one object in a page the operator can establish display priority policy for the overlapping objects By selecting one of the objects it is pos sible to determine at what depth level to position it by press ing one of the four keys also to be found in the Main menu Layout gt Level To understand the way the four options work let us take the example given in the previous section we select the red but ton GES General Help page Keys Events Page Properties now by clicking on 4 Layout gt Level gt Move to First Level the button is brought to the top level above all the other ob jects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 330 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects 4b HW Contigut ation Start Alarms GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties ia fam G A fe Ees x l TETEE F Ie h Ema AE Qang Alignment of objects When there are two or more objects in a page the operator can use the tools supplied by SmartClick to obtain their auto matic alignment these tools can be accessed directly via the Main menu Layout gt Align or via the respective icons of the toolbar as described below To describe the various behaviors
74. SIEMENS cze p a The last operation is to give a name to our project and a de scription allowing us to identify it The names and the descrip tions given in this phase have no functional value in the project but serve only to make identifying it easier At this point we click on Continue and then End to conclude the project set up operations SmartClick now creates all the connections we need to inter act with the panel device communication ports addresses etc The project s Hardware settings can of course be changed at any time simply by clicking on Hardware Configu ration in Project Explorer When configuring the Software we can define the global pref erences relating to our project In our example we customize the project by stipulating two languages three user levels a personalized font not one of the default ones and a Timer We shall however leave the options relating to the transla tions of messages and systems alarms unchanged The pro grammer can of course decide to customize every single message Setting project languages We wish to produce a multi language project in which it will be up to the end user operator to decide the language with which to interact with the panel in runtime in practice this means choosing the language in which the messages the er rors and the texts that appear in the pages will appear In our example we shall set two languages Italian
75. Scripts Table 45 Properties of ESACNTRL Indicator Properties Description Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of the rectangle containing the indicator currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for pOreerColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the border of the rectangle containing the indicator Should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking BoreerBung If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the bar currently being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the value the indicator refers to Editing this property Value provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 447 Scripts
76. Str 391 The object ESARECI PETYP This object offers functions relating to the management of the recipe types in the project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of ESAHMI ESARECI PETYP GetFirstRecipeTypeName Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 392 Chapter 8 Scripts ESARECI PETYP methods accessible with Scripts Table 6 ESARECIPETYP methods accessible with Scripts Method Description GetFirst Returns the name of the RecibeTvpe first recipe type in ama yp ascending order of the IDs set using SmartClick Returns the name of the recipe type after the one just displayed in GetNextt ascending order of the IDs RecipeType set using SmartClick Name Requires the method GetFirstRecipeTypeName to have been called at least once The object This object offers functions relating to the management of the ESARECIPEARC filing of recipes in the project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of ESAHMI ESARECI PEARC Recipel mport filename xml ESARECI PEARC methods accessible with Scripts Table 7 ESARECIPEARC methods accessible with Scripts Method GetFirst RecipeName Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Structur Name Str Returns the name of the first recipe in the terminal belonging to the type specified Needs as an input parameter the type of recip
77. The default contents of the Fields mask include the Alarm Grid table whose properties will be dealt with in the next subsec tions see chap 5 Properties page 316 Using this mask you can proceed to indicate which buttons should be present with the table and position them within the area To insert or remove a button just click on the list of buttons to the left of the table if an object is already present in the page it will ap pear highlighted within the list and will be visible in the Table Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Edit Area To move an element button or table just drag it to the desired position The buttons that can be inserted are different and each has a predefined non editable function as Signed to It e Add User allows the operator to add a new user e Delete User allows the operator to remove the user se lected e Change Password allows the operator to change the password relating to the user selected Fields AAGE Properties Events Identification Name UserDirectory Comment O Override default grid size Width 10 HH Height 10 The General mask can be used to insert a name and an iden tifying comment for the User table being edited In addition you can overwrite the default dimensions of the editing grid of the page see chap 5 Main window page 113 introducing new measures i
78. User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 195 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects The characteristics of the Rectangle must be set in the Prop erties Editor as indicated in the following section Properties of the Rectangle Table 13 Properties of the Rectangle Properties Description Identifying name of the Rectangle Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Area that can be selected using the RGB code or AreaColor color palettes The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Rectangle Should have a background or if it must AreaVisibility be transparent a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 196 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 13 Properties of the Rectangle Properties Description Determines the color of the Border which can be selected
79. W Use last language The configuration window for Languages allows the user to manage the project languages that can be displayed on the panel Up to eight languages can be introduced at the programming level and at least one language always needs to be present To introduce a new language to the project just click on Add For each language added a decimal and group needs to be indicated as well as a system language and a Font for the related system messages Naturally you can delete languages present in the project by pressing Delete duplicate by clicking on Duplicate or change the settings of the existing ones by clicking on the corresponding fields in the list table in this window you can also indicate the language to be used when the project starts up on the terminal The Tools key allows to access two windows e Translations if a multilanguage project is created ev ery time a text is introduced the possibility of translat ing it into all languages is given In this way a Wizard will start that will guide the user through the translation process e Columns configuration for modifying the structures of the columns at will Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 105 Project Explorer ES wizard lel x Choose the languages A nglish United States Select the desired languages and select Next ES wizard Eoix MAOGA CEE a System Messages H S
80. a bar to the page Value fields gt Adds an indicator to the page I ndicator Submenu Simple Controls Touch button Touch area Touch key Continuous selector Discrete selector Continuous knob Discrete knob Table 7 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Simple Controls Icon Path Menu Description of function Adds a touch button to the page see chap 6 Simple Controls page 333 Simple Controls gt Adds a touch area to the page Touch Area Determines the keys and is used only during the configuration of the run time keyboard Simple Controls gt Touch Button Simple controls gt Touch Keyboard Button Simple Controls gt Adds a slide potentiometer Slide with no predefined values to Potentiometer the page Simple Controls gt Adds a slide selector with Slide Selector predefined values to the page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 11 Layout of menus Table 7 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Simple Controls Icon Path Menu Description of function Simple Controls gt Adds a knob potentiometer Potentiometer without predefined values to Knob the page Simple Controls gt Adds a selector knob with Selector Knob predefined values to the page Submenu Complex controls Push button Switch button Frame Trend Trends Log viewer Active alarms viewer Historic alarm viewer Users directory Reci
81. a file From the previous image by clicking on the words it is possi ble to select the image you wish to load by choosing from the File and Library options Choose the source from which load the image We then select the Italian flag Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 500 Chapter 9 Tutorial Hd Choose library item Tine nibri ae heared a_i orey e c wel ai tiari byi bi hifibir ustu S mn ia BZ 2 You will be sent back to the image editing mask where you can set size and features and image color variations see chap 5 Operations performable on an image page 214 A General width 400 z Haigha aj z Recue Normal al Ditheeing More a Format Prag uality Phase 8 When defining a project it may be useful to display images or Defining text dynamic texts to the operator in relation to the value of a vari and image lists able For this reason SmartClick allows you to define object lists that can then be invoked in the project in association with a variable depending on the value of the variable assigned one or another item in the list will be shown Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 501 Tutorial Let us now create a simple list of images using the two images of the flags introduced in the previous section The procedure for creating the list is the usual one double click in Project Ex plorer on the option ImageList
82. a group of graphic elements as a single block so as to be able to perform cumulative operations on all the elements To group two or more elements select them simultaneously using the mouse to construct an area to enclose them Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 328 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects HES General Help page Keys Events Page Properties and click on the icon of the toolbar or Layout gt Group us ing the Main menu 144 BE 5808 AoC HW Config uration Start Group GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties The type of object created is Group Field and when selected the Properties Editor can be used to attribute the properties relating to dimensions and position besides the name and identifying comment in the context of SmartClick Once a Group Field is created it is possible to edit the position of the objects within it or delete and add objects after double click ing on the group Itself In this way you access the Group ed itor in which it is also possible to set the Group s general properties and dimensions This operation can of course be performed on all the types of graphic element described in this chapter Moreover the ele ments of a group can be disaggregated later by clicking on the key Layout gt Separate active only when a group of ob Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 329
83. and English To 479 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 480 Chapter 9 Tutorial carry out this operation we go to the appropriate page by clicking on the Project Explorer option Languages Languages used into this panel Active Id Language Dec Symbol Grouping Symbol System Language ae C Ballon Italy a A lt MT By default SmartClick inserts English in the project while by clicking on Add a new language can be introduced In our case Italian is introduced as a second default language we can always change the project languages by selecting them from the pull down menu Startup Language Italian Italy aie at eal Using the same page we Set Italian as the display language at the opening the project in runtime In any case the oper ator can change the current display language by using the commands that give us access to it List Active Name Font Name Size Kb Comment Times s Tret achet MS Univers 45 Light Univers 47 CondensedLig Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 481 Tutorial Inserting a new font Now let us add two more fonts to display the project texts with List Active Name Font Name Size Kb Comment System Font C feo Ei eS a System Font at ati aS ilii Duplicate System Font Ux Delete For example we sel
84. and see chap Appendix D Command area page 719 A synchronized transfer is defined at the moment the function is attributed or the script instruction see chap 9 Scripts page 509 Let us give a practical example Supposing we are performing a synchronized download then at the request for a transfer of data the devices will behave as follows e the terminal will send the data transfer request to the PLC WORDO BIT1 of the Status Area e the PLC responds enabling the transfer using bit 4 of WORDO of the Command Area e At this point the data transfer will begin WORDO BITO of the Status Area e At the end of the transfer the terminal will signal to the PLC WORDO BIT3 of the Status Area that the down load has terminated e the PLC will respond confirming the reception WORDO BITO of the Command Area If during the data transfer the handshake times are not re spected the terminal puts at 1 in the Status Area the Error In Transferring bit bit 14 download bit 15 upload For all the graphic elements described in this chapter it is pos sible to perform a series of useful operations aimed at further improving the graphic presentation of the project In this section we will give a complete description of practical examples relating to standard operations like grouping align ment and distribution Grouping of two or more graphic elements The grouping function is useful whenever you want to deal with
85. and the project we have just finished editing will start on the panel automatically Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix A System Variables 547 Appendix A System Variables In this section we analyse the meaning of one particular type of variable the system variable inside the terminal which in RUNTIME is a read only variable In general these represent the operating status of the terminal and the project currently being executed System variables can be created in the project the same way as other variables and be managed and used in the same way see chap 5 General pag 124 The name of the default system variables begins with the prefix SYS_ followed by a String identifying its function To represent the system variables in the project SmartClick makes a system library available containing predefined pages for displaying this type of variable see chap 6 SmartClick Libraries pag 345 Table 1 Meaning of System Variables Variable Description Type SYS AlarmNot Number of active alarms not Int Ack acquired in the system SYS AlarmNot Number of active alarms not Int Off terminated in the system SYS AlarmNum Total number of non acknowledged Int active alarms in the system SYS_AlarmPath File path for alarm history SYS Author pat of project author see chap String User Information pag 97 Name of organization to which the String SYS_ Author_Org project author belongs s
86. automatically Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 318 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects GES General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Delete e 3 0 Download By double clicking on the table you access its editing page which comprises three masks Fields General and Properties GETA General Properties eu ine down B ursor left B cursor right CEN Expor eExport all Goad E povns import Recipes user button fed Recipe types The default contents of the Fields mask include the RecipeGrid table whose properties will be dealt with in the next subsec tions see chap 5 Properties of the Active Alarm Grid page 309 Using this mask you can proceed to indicate which buttons should be present with the table and position them within the area To insert or remove a button just click on the list of buttons to the left of the table if an object is already present in the page it will appear highlighted within the list and will be visible in the Table Edit Area To move an ele ment button or table just drag it to the desired position The buttons that can be inserted are different and each has a pre defined non editable function assigned to it e Delete deletes the Recipe selected e Export exports the Recipe selected into a csv file Polymath SmartClick User Manual
87. be checked for commands as indicated in the appropriate ap pendix see Appendix D Command area page 719 Phase 5 At this point in the programming we proceed to define the Defining the alarms to be taken into consideration using runtime In our alarms project we will define an alarm assigned to the variable num_ pezzi first of all using Project Explorer we click on Alarms and then on Add to create a new alarm By clicking twice on the alarm we have just created we can start editing it FETE Properties Events Name Alarm Comment This larm is raised when the TAG INT var reaches the value 200 LLL Event of the TAG that raises the alarm Tag INT_val v 12 Activation Type vue O Activation Value 200 We set the name Allarme_1 and include a brief description The lower part of the mask is used to define the more impor tant properties of the alarm namely the reference variable and the type of activation Our alarm refers to the variable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 9 Tutorial int_var and is activated by value when it assumes the value 200 General Events Priority AlarmPriority Error v ESI Group AlarmGroup Ele Description The sensor is broken User Data 1 User Data 2 nee Alarm ISA x We go to the properties mask simply to define the priority here maximum FatalError the group of alarms managing the gr
88. can be managed with thresholds Chapter5 263 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 35 Properties of the Touch button Properties Description Allows you to specify the horizontal centering of the text within the Label TextHAlign The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Allows you to specify the vertical cen tering of the text within the Label The TextVAlign value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock AOE Determines the authorization level re quired to access the button functions see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 PasswordLevel Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using cursor keys within a page It also controls the or Tabi ndex der in which data is introduced in sev eral fields when the automatic setting a the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 TextMaxLen Determines the maximum value in re lation to the length of the text string TextMultiLine Determines whether the Label text can start a new line Deter
89. check buttons are being edited the only difference from standard buttons is that the events cannot be changed With SmartClick each already has assigned to it a predefined function The next section will describe how to edit the basic checking element the table grid Editing the grid Remaining in the edit mask contained within the control area select the grid and open the Properties Editor ES Edit GridRecipe General Identification Name GridRecipe Comment Columns tecipe Field s Name Recipe Field s Value w RowHeight ShowRecipeType RecipeType TabIndex 0 HScrollBarVisible m VScrollBarvisible T LetterHeadisibility OrderMode Alphabetic Increasing We can now change properties like the height of the columns we will set this at 25 the display of the vertical and horizon tal scroll bars we will leave both at TRUE and the columns to be displayed in the table We click on the icon and a new editing window opens Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 537 Tutorial SCKLE Columns to show Selected column W Recipe Field s Value Recipe Field s Name Font size 16 O Bold O Italics O Strikeout O Underline Keyboard None Alignment Centered The left hand menu contains the list of columns to be seen in the table in runtime In the case of the recipe editor this list contains only two non removable items in general the lists
90. choose whether to enable the dedicated exchange areas for the recipe in question If this option is activated it will also be necessary to indicate the command and status areas linked to the recipe see chap 4 Exchange areas page 69 Recipes Status area The recipes status area is composed of 3 Words each of which having a specific meaning Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 133 Project Explorer Word 0 status word containing the bits indicating the status of the transfer Word 1 contains the ID of the recipe to be transferred Word 2 contains the checksum of the recipe optional used when the UseAreaChecksum flag is enabled The meanings of the bits of Word 0 are listed in the following table Recipe status word values Tabella 3 Meaning of recipe status word values Bit Description sO high bit 1 if transfer is underway high bit 1 if transfer from panel to device has been requested high bit 1 if transfer from panel to device has been completed high bit 1 if transfer from device to panel has been requested high bit 1 if transfer from device to panel has been completed high bit 1 if there is an error in the transfer from panel to device high bit 1 if there is an error in the transfer from device to panel Recipes Command area The command area of recipes consists of 2 Words in which the first Word indicates the command that the terminal must execute while
91. clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Complex label This icon or Menu option is active only if it is within a Complex Control editor see chap 5 Complex Controls page 283 After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Label A Label is a text field may be multilanguage into which you can in troduce text strings that will not change in Runtime To define the other characteristics of the Label they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following sec tion w Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 211 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the Complex Label The properties of the Complex label are identical to those of the Label The reader is therefore advised to consult the ap propriate part of the previous section See chap 5 Properties of the Label page 208 Trend Pen A Trend Pen can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple fig ures gt rend pen This icon or Menu option is active only if it is within a Trend editor see chap 5 Editing a TrendView page 289 In practice the Trend Pen makes it possible to view the current value next to the Pen selected in such a way as to couple a numeric indication with the graphic display of the Trend Af
92. code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole vari able Determines whether there will be a Border to the Field or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a whole variable can be assigned if wished Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val ue can be assigned to a whole variable Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Determines the flashing of the text the possibilities are No Blinking Slow blinking or Rapid Blinking The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Field text which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable Chapter5 213 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 21 Properties of the Trend Pen Properties Description Determines the type of horizontal text TextHAlign alignment which can be Centered Left or Right Determines the type of vertical text TextVAlign alignment which can be Centered Top or Bottom Determines if the object can move or Lock BBE Determines the authorization level re PasswordLevel quired to access the field see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 Makes it possible to control the focus movement
93. compiled with respect the project SmartClick will ask the programmer to perform compilation In the window relating to download it is possible to select the terminal to send the project files and the relative parameters to the type of connection to use types foreseen for the terminal are e Ethernet TCP IP e USB e http If an Ethernet TCP IP connection is chosen specify the pa rameters in order to carry out the connection as IP address and communication gate that must be configured before the terminal it is also necessary to specify the type of required protocol TCP IP or UDP Ea SMARTCLICK Downloader Connection type Ethernet TCP IP vi Device address 192 168 100 1 Port 4096 Protocol Tcp O UDP Password Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter7 367 Compiling Downloading and Runtime Cable to transfer the project directly from PC to terminal therefore without the use of a HUB via ETHERNET CONN 8P RJ45 PC CONN 8P RJ45 SCxxx bi ea m W i 2 3 6 SCHIELD SCHIELD The USB connection is carried out by connecting using a Suitable cable the gates of the machine with SmartClick installed and those of the terminal see chap 5 Communication ports page 112 Cable to transfer the project via USB pin an a ot J USBVCC OUT USBVCC IN a a Ss USBD 3 4 Signal GND _ 4 Signal GHD Polymath SmartClick User Manual
94. conditions Load filtering conditions JE Cancel y Once the filters for carrying out the search are selected the following mask is obtained E Cross reference E EE Elements List Searched element Element name Element type Path O fESAStartup ESAStartup Progetto SC207A SP1 ETH1 Scl Tree View Find element aly Search J From the previously described mask using the appropriate keys it is possible to complete the following operations e Export all Export all objects in the list to an Excel or CSV file e Export selected Export selected objects in the list to an Excel or CSV file Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 43 Layout of menus e Modify After selecting an element from the list it al lows modifying it within the project e Tree view Allows modifying how elements are viewed from table to tree type e Find element Allows a more detailed search among ele ments that have already been searched e New search Allows carrying out a new search from the beginning Export Import Table 18 Translations menu functions Translations Sub menu Koli Menu path Function description NA Translations gt Exports Translations Export NA Translations gt Imports Translations Import 1 Icon Not Available Translations are converted in CSV format easily transferable and convertible from each software Export Import Table 19 Tags Variables menu functions
95. day month hour minute and second are passed to the addzero function defined by us in which the zeroes for one digit values are added The final instruction leads to constructing the string dest indicating the path and name of the file to which the recipes are exported In our case we will save onto the support called Hard Disk2 which for example could be a USB key witha name of the type ric 02 12 2005 h12 13 08 xml In this way we will be certain to have a series of distinct exportations in a file with unique names in terms of the support What follows is an overall view of the Script that has just been configured ESI General Function Script_1f If value lt 10 Then i vValue 0 amp value End If addzero value a ESAHMI ESATAG Controllo GetRawValue If f a 1 Then ESAHMI ESARECIPETRFE RecipeButfferUpload Dosaggi O ESAHMI ESARECIPETRE SaveRecipe Dosaggi Ricetta 0 9 End If 10 ESAHMI ESARECIPEARC RecipeExport dest Dosaggi 11 ESAHMI ESATAG WriteValue Controllo O 12 ore Nowt 13 data Date 14 giorno addzero Day data 15 mese addzero Month dataj 16 anno Year data 17 ora addzero Hour ore 18 minuto addzero Minute ore 19 Ssecondo addzero Second ore 20 Destinatin String 21 dest Hard Disk2 ric_ amp giorno amp amp mese amp anno hh amp ol 0 Joan th WN Example 5 Canceling all the recipes in t
96. event returns to rest when there is an increase of less than 15 seconds in an interval of 5 seconds Events You can associate each Variable with an event function or script by clicking the Browse button on the right General Value Device Limits Conversion Thresholds BERO OnInitialization OnoOffLine OnoffScan OnOnLine OnOnScan OnRawValueChange OnValSent OnValueChange OnInitialization The event is activated according to the condition of the Variable The conditions are listed in the table Events associated with variables see chap 6 Events related to variables page 249 Variables Export Import It is possible to export or import a series of previously created variables by clicking Tools then Tags from the main menu Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 95 Project Explorer Export Tags Options Utilities Translations Recipes Alarms By clicking on the sub menu Export the following screen is obtained ES tags Export Choose the tags to export Filter Tags to be exported Cancel By clicking on the pull down menu the filter options that can be selected by the user are shown select for example All Ta gs option Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 96 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Eqtags Export Choose the tags to export Filter Jal Tags of a Device 7 Tags to be exported al
97. executing the print saves the contents in an PDF file need to specify whether to show the print preference window the name of ReportPrintSave the Report to be printed and the name of the PDF file in which the contents of the Report will be saved if the file al ready exists the contents will be over written This function saves the Report con tents into an PDF file specify the name of the Report to be printed and the ReportSave name of the PDF file in which the con tents of the Report will be saved if the file already exists the contents will be overwritten Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 564 Appendix B Predefined functions Functions relating to Data Log Table 11 Functions relating to Data Log Function Description Reads Data Log sample the LogBuffer DataLogAcquire that the control must act upon is requi Sample red upon input see chap 5 DataLog page 20 7 Exports the indicated Data Log to file DataLogExport requires that relative LogBuffer name and destination file be specified Enables acquisition of indicated Data Log the Log Buffer that the control DataLogEnable must act upon is required upon input see chap 5 DataLog page 207 Disables acquisition of indicated Data Log the LogBuffer that the control must act upon is required upon input see chap 5 DataLog page 207 DataLogDisable Resets indicated Data Log buffer the Log Buffer that the contr
98. field so that this variable can be controlled by a Script The value of the word containing the variable must also be assigned spec ifying memory addresses different for all tags so that there will not be wrong references in runtime unless there is a def inite intention for them to coincide we give the first variable the memory address 0 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 486 Chapter 9 Tutorial pP Note The address of the variables can be edited directly through this mask when individual variable areas being edited or alterna tively using the mask for managing addresses in the device memory In either case the changes made to a MemoryAddress will influ ence all the variables referring to it General Value Device Conversion Thresholds Events Input limits on Tag value M Enable Min Max O Advice in case of wrong input Type Complete Page OK CANCEL for both limits Input limits on device value i Enable Min Max The next step is to set the limits on both the panel and the device values for this variable Let us suppose that this is always a value between 0 and 1000 then if you try to go out Side these limits in runtime the value will automatically be put at the nearest limit to the value requested Our example will not use conversions and thresholds we leave the possibility of assigning these in the way described in the related part of this manual see chap 5 Con
99. field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Indicates whether the image should I mageAutoSize automatically sized to fit the dimen sions of the Field Indicates the type of horizontal align I mageHAlign ment of the image within the Field which can be Center Left or Right Indicates whether the image should maintain the proportions of the source image Indicates the list of images from which a Runtime selection of the image to be I mageListi d displayed is made Using the appropri ate keys a new list can be created or an existing one edited see chap 5 Im age list page 210 Indicates the color selectable using the RGB code or the color palette for which the transparency filter should be applied imaseTrahebarent Indicates whether a transparency filter g P should be applied to the image Indicates the type of vertical alignment ImageVAlign of the image within the Field which can be Center Top or Bottom Symbol Field events Table 29 Symbol Field events I mageKeepAspect Ratio I mageTransColor Event Description OnAbortI nput e when data input operation is Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 29 Symbol Field events Event Description Activated when data input using the Onsegminput keyboard starts OnValueChanae Activated when the value of the field is z changed using the
100. for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock Hot ScaleColorRanges Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 272 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 39 Properties of the Slide Potentiometer Properties Description Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the potenti PasswordLevel ometer value see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This proper ty is ignored if the field is Read Only Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using cursor keys within a page It also controls the or Tabi ndex der in which data is introduced in vari ous fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Color of the values figures related to the numerical subdivisions of the scale This can be selected using the RGB code or the color palette ScaleValueColor Indicates where the scale of values Should be positioned in relation to the Potentiometer If the Potentiometer is vertical the scale can be positioned to the left or the right if it is horizontal the scale can be above or below ScalePosition Slide Potentiometer events Table 40 Slide Potentiometer events Description Activated when the value of the Poten OnValueChange tiometer is changed using the touch screen Slide Selector A Slide Se
101. general project information file xml After the file download is launched whether it is partial or total update a log window for transfer operations being performed by SmartClick is opened Sa ESAPOLYMATH Downloader Upload Connection Type USB Downloading files Time left 24 sec Show details O e ee i ee By enabling the Show details check box the file names cur rently being transferred are displayed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Download the OPERATING SYSTEM image Chapter7 371 Compiling Downloading and Runtime Es ESAPOLYMATH Downloader E Upload Connection Type USB Starting DownloadRT Downloading Runtime file Downloaded Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloaded Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloaded Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloaded Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloaded Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloaded Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading Runtime file Downloading files Time left 45 sec Show details WM Removing unnecessary files V4IRegSyvrCE exe V4IRegSvrCE exe V4 Utility dll V4lUtility ll N netISAPI dll netISAPI dll V4IRCSApi dll V4IRCSApi dll V4
102. in a list of imag es is displayed see chap 5 Image list page 210 For ex ample the image of a led that may be ON or OFF can be Shown according to the Boolean variable The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Symbol field In SmartClick the Symbol field value is represented by the first image in the image list will be replaced by the correct image in Runtime Properties of the Symbol Field Table 28 Properties of the Symbol Field Properties Description Identifying name of the Symbol field Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 246 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 28 Properties of the Symbol Field Properties Description Determines the color of the Symbol Field which can be selected using the AreaColor RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed
103. it in is variable a using the following instruction a ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL ASCII Value Then we invoke the Export alarms function to which we pass the string that has just been read ESAHMI ESAALARMMGR HistoryExport a 1 General Script Sub Script_3e 1 a ESAHHI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRBL ascii Value 2 ESAHHI ESAALARHHGE HistoryExport a 1 Naturally this is only a simple example useful for illustrating the ease of programming via scripting that makes creating the project extremely dynamic Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 470 Chapter 8 Scripts Example 4 Saving a Recipe into a memory In this subsection we will show how it is possible for example using a Script to force the loading the saving and exporting of certain recipes when a bit in the device is raised To do this we assign this Script to the event OnRawValueChange of the control bit in our case the variable Control The PLC raises the status of the bit every X minutes allowing the Script to operate The Script operates the saving of the export file using a format of the type ric_DATA_ORA xml In the project we create a type of recipe called Proportions and define it as we wish this will be used in the Script In this example we also introduce the use of a function that checks a variable and returns a value namely the values relating to the days months hours minutes and second
104. keyboard DateTime field A DateTime field can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Value fields gt DateTime field After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the Field The DateTime field serves to indicate to the operator the cur rent date and or time while a project is running A variable can be associated to the field like Long or UnsignedLong e g to use the data set in the device or the system variable SYS_DateAndTime that shows the time of the operating sys tem of the panel see chap Appendix A System Variables page 693 To express the day or the month in letters rather than in numbers the corresponding translations must be giv en in appropriate text lists see chap 5 Text list page 209 The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a DateTime field In SmartClick the value of the DateTime field is represented by the DateTime of the op erating system of the machine the programmer is using 249 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 250 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the DateTime field Table 30 Properties of the DateTime field Properties AreaVisibility Border3D BorderBlink BorderColor BorderVisibility Bor
105. m the image currently displayed within the symbol field Properties of ESACNTRL Numerical field Table 35 Properties of ESACNTRL Numerical field Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the rectangle of the field has currently ControlLeft been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object or the rectangle of the ControlTop field has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the object Int Width Control Defines the height of the object Int Height Defines whether the object should Bool RW be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 432 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 35 Properties of ESACNTRL Numerical field Properties Description Defines the color of the border of the rectangle of the field currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long BorderColor value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the border of the rectangle of the field should blin
106. methods characteristic of objects The table below gives a rapid key to the abbreviations that will be used Table 1 Key to Abbreviations WE Vat le N EAE hale n moe e sem e CO RGB color returned by the RGB function Read read only Read amp Write read and write If a subroutine method returning no value requires an input parameter the passage can be achieved by using brackets or by leaving them out ESAHMI ESAMSGBOX Text ESAHMI ESAMSGBOX Text When a subroutine requires more than one input parameter these parameters must be written consecutively and Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 381 Scripts separated by a comma without brackets as shown in the following example ESAHMI ESAPAGEMGR ShowPageByNumber 32 0 If a function a method returning a value requires one of more input parameters a passage must be made using brackets as follows a ESAHMI ESATAG Tag_Array GetTagBitValue 1 a ESAHMI ESAPAGEMGR GetTAGBuffer RecipeType RecipeName Use of functions and subroutines It is possible to insert into one s projects functions and Subroutines the former return a value while the latter do not that can be called by a script at any moment The definition of these functions happens as with normal scripts only that it is necessary to specify the type of input and output parameters Script EET Identification Name A4ADDZERO Comment
107. modes must be specified The ConfigurazioneHW HW Configuration window displays terminals and previously inserted devices The ports available are indicated for every element Moving a terminal or device To move a terminal or a device to the inside of the Configura tion Window just click on and then on the element to be moved At this point the element has been selected and you need only drag it keeping the left mouse key pressed down till it reaches the desired position when the left mouse key is released the element will remain in the new position unless it is again moved If elements containing connections are moved SmartClick will automatically update the position and the connections showing in the window Moving a port To move a port click on f at this point the icons represent ing the ports can be selected as in the following example EAMA Grid 5C107A PORT1 PORT 4 PORT1 PORT2 P zm 6 CS1 CJ1 Ethernet Laat 1 a 4 ETH After clicking on the port to be moved just drag it keeping the left mouse key pressed down till it reaches the desired posi tion when the left mouse key is released the port will remain in the new position unless it is again moved Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 RA Chapter 3 Managing the project EAMA Grid C1074 PORT1 PORT 4 PORT1 PORTZ D gt ETH1 gt C81 CJ1 Ethernet l Leaded 1 I 4 ETH If ports that are references to exis
108. name and optionally a description for the project Harig Prapect Datanetion The first choice you must make concerns the type of project click on Next to choose the panel you wish to insert once you have made your choice click on Next to continue Chote thee parcel to wie Bp Produce BS me indiy Hse 3 ie SCNT Ee SO zo rm You will then need to select the device you wish to connect When you have made your choice click on Next to continue Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter3 5 Managing the project Cheese the device to une PLE ALLEN BRADLEY ee DELTA F mg HITACHI SITSvbisnl 3 me HOOBUS OMRON i csi C21 Cer series i H arias HOST LINK T ge PANASONIC fg SCHNEIDER TELEMECANIQUE p SEEMS Note The categories that appear in the window will differ based on the type of panel you have chosen 4 Note When a user chooses a device that allows variables form the proprietary database to be imported the mask described below will appear where he she can decide whether to import the variables at this point in the project or postpone the operation to a later time Th davice 57 JOGADO supports enperting from Dih De Tu weit bo impart tagt mim r F 4 a s j i LJ Don t afk again Changing At any time it is possible to add edit or delete elements and elements connections contained in the hardware configuration of
109. objects in the TEMP folder located in the Library The saved objects will only be available in the current project Open the TEMP folder o UO B Buttons Industrial Suvitches Industrial Images Keyboards Lights Filled polygons Dynamic objects Industrial My Library TEMP Select the object you wish to save press CTRL Shift and drag it into the TEMP library This operation can take a few seconds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 358 Chapter 6 Library Explorer dib Library Explorer Jouse pointer 769 460 Ti Buttons Industrial SwikchesiIndustrial Images keyboards Lights Filed polygons Dynamic objects Industrial My Library TEMP Dynami It is possible to save an entire page of a project in the library by simply selecting it in Explore Project and dragging it into the TEMP library The operation can take a few seconds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Library Explorer a WJ Switches Keyboards Lights Filled polygons Dynamic objects My Library TEMP A Errors Viewer Chapter6 359 Library Explorer Warning If an element is dragged from the project to a library and this object refers to a variable e g Numeric field SmartClick does not automatically import the variable into the Library this opera tion must be done manually When a variable is imported into a Li brary its reference to the memory address is lost Draggin
110. of Pipelines is for copying the value of one variable into another this function is convenient for having the panel work as a bridge between two devices The Pipelines created with SmartClick are already activated at the Start of the Runtime together with their particular functioning By double clicking on the object Pipelines in Project Explorer the list of Pipelines in the project can be accessed The principal characteristics of each Pipeline are entered in editable fields Using this mask you can add new Pipelines edit or delete existing ones A new Pipeline can be edited after double clicking on its Name in Project Explorer thereby accessing the General mask described in the next section For more information on the table and the meaning of the events that can be associated to a Pipeline readers are advised to consult the next chapter see chap 6 Events related to Pipelines page 252 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 161 Project Explorer General AA Events Identification Name Pipeline Comment Id 1 Source Tag Ge Destination Tag_i 1 I 2 Mode Polling Activation OO gO Using the General mask you can set the identifying properties of the Pipeline The ID of the Pipeline is an identifying number of the data structure within the project it is a whole number greater than zero The Pipeline name and ID are unique attributes within the project that is other different P
111. of the date to be shown you can indicate whether or not to insert the seconds and whether to create an AM PM type of display TimeRepresentation Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 253 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 30 Properties of the DateTime field Properties Description Indicates the display related to the day of the week it is possible not to dis play anything to show an ordinal num TypeOfDayOfWeek ber Sunday being 0 etc or to assign a text list to the number so as to view also in multilanguage the current day see chap 5 Text list page 209 Active if the TypeOfDayOfWeek is set as a text list This property indicates the text list assigned to the day of the week a text list of 7 values must be created see chap 5 Text list page 209 DayOfWeek Indicates the position of the text relat ed to the Day if desired within the field this may be centered leftward or rightward DayOfWeekPosition Active if the DateRepresentation dis play is to be the full name of the month This property indicates the text list assigned to the month a text list of 12 values must be created see chap 5 Text list page 209 DateTime field events Table 31 DateTime field events Event Description OnAbortI nput Ae when data input operation is Activated when data input using the unbegininpur keyboard starts Activated when the val
112. page CloseCurrentPopup with the command must be as Page Signed to an element or event of a pop up page Closes the pop up page defined the name of the page to be closed must be defined ClosePopupPage Name Closes the pop up page defined the number of the page to be closed must be defined Closes all the pop up pages currently CloseAllPopupPage open in RUNTIME Shows SmartClick defined Help relat ing to the page full or pop up cur rently being displayed see chap 5 Help pages page 161 and see chap 5 Help pages page 161 ClosePopupPage Number Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 558 Appendix B Predefined functions Table 4 Functions relating to pages Function Description Shows the focus of the application this function makes it possible to change the general settings relating to the focus in RUNTIME see chap 5 Main window page 113 Hides the focus of the application this function makes it possible to change the general settings relating to the fo cus in RUNTIME see chap 5 Main window page 113 Functions relating to the project Table 5 Functions relating to the project Function Description Changes the project language current ly being used to the next one in the list defined in SmartClick see chap 5 Languages page 153 all the ele ments subject to translation are dis played in the new language ChangeNextLanguage Chan
113. particular events Scripts pressing buttons events assigned to variables etc It is a good idea for the pop up page to include the function relating to its closure to avoid leaving Pop ups open that might create confusion inside the project In our example we have created a Pop up page PopUpPage in the foregoing section we associated its appearance with pressing the Quit button the one identified by the color or ange Let us suppose that when this key is pressed a mask for confirming the Quit operation appears that is a Pop up In effect two items will appear a label asking in the two lan guages of the project whether you wish to quit or not as well as two buttons one for negating associated with the function of closing the current pop up and one for confirming the Quit operation associated with the predefined function QuitRunt ime To be able to edit the pop up created in the previous section we scroll the Project Explorer list and find it under the option Pop up pages Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 518 Chapter 9 Tutorial ie Languages and fonts E Fages Popup pages a dk Alarms a Recipe types Before beginning to edit the graphics of the pop up we access its general settings present in the General mask The only change to be made in this mask is to disable the option Show the title bar thus there will be no blue bar over the pop up in runtime The other options will b
114. point assuming the field will be add ed to every page of the project We click on the button of the toolbar and draw the outline of the field in the page General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties 4i i11 1117 06 Once we have entered the field with a double click we enter its editing masks Sal Edit DateTimeField Appearance Text properties Behaviour Advanced Events Identification Name DateTimeField Comment Keyboard Id None 7 Tag id None z z oo First of all we assign the system variable SYS_DateAndTime set in phase 3 to the attribute ID Variable by selecting it from the pull down menu Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 515 Tutorial Appearance Text properties Behaviour Advanced Events Identification Name DateTimeField Comment Keyboard Id None 7 Tag id Tags v SvS_DateandTime J00 Tag We can now edit the graphic aspect of the field from the Text Properties mask we select yellow as the color for the text W Edit DateTimeField Es General Appearance Behaviour Advanced Events Text properties Text Blink O Blink Text Color 255 255 0 si Text H Align aS Sat Text Align Ori i Dn ae ee HEHE ESSERE SEER L m ol Miia E i ee ee and from the Appearance mask we change the Font to 15 pixels in bold using the same procedure we used for the tou ch buttons Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 51
115. possible to control the focus movement when using cursor keys within a page It also controls the or Tabi ndex der in which data is introduced in sev eral fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Defines the type of display setting for ValueTvpe the scale the display of values can be yP maintained or a text list can be used corresponding to the values Active if the value type is Text List Al TextListld lows you to choose the text list associ ated with the values in question see chap 5 Text list page 209 Determines the color Color relating to the scale of values This can be select ed using the RGB code or the color pal ette ScaleValueColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 2 76 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 41 Properties of the SlideSelector Properties Description Indicates where the scale of values should be positioned in relation to the Bar If the Bar is vertical the scale can be positioned to the left or the right if it is horizontal the scale can be above or below ScalePosition Slide Selector events Table 42 Slide Selector events Event Description Activated when the value of the Selec OnValueChange tor is changed using the touch screen Knob Potentiometer A Knob Potentiometer can be introduced into a page by click ing on the icon or using t
116. rev 1 0 368 Chapter7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime If you choose an Http type of connection you will need to spe cify parameters to set up the connection such as address communication port and Proxy Mode Sal SMARTCLICK Downloader lol x Communication parameters Connection type Http Address 0 0 0 0 Port 60 Proxy Mode No proxy 7 Proxy Proxy address 0 0 0 0 Proxy port 60 User name P asswor d Password as Gas Once the connection has been selected click on Connect to Start the connection whilst clicking on Cancel cancels the operation Transferring data After setting all the connection variables and activated the connection SmartClick checks the status of the terminal In particular there is a check of the space available in the terminal s memory relative to the needs of the current project and status of the project s components Connection Type USB Selected panel Scz2O74 SP1 ETHL Model ScC 2074 SP1 ETH1 Model panel connected Sce2o7 4 The upper part of the download mask is used to indicate whether the project being sent is consistent with the type of terminal being used to receive the transfer If it is not the mask shows an error message Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter7 369 Compiling Downloading and Runtime Memory status Required by project Available on device Hard Disk 56K j 10300K b Memory availabi
117. right Mi Arrange gt Centre Arranges the object in the selection to the centre Mih Arranges the object in the Arange eer selection to the left Arrange gt Arranges the object in the Vertically selection vertically Arranges the object in the Arrange Lop selection to the top i Arranges the object in the ATAN JERA MIAA selection to the middle Arranges the object in the Arrange gt Bottom lt alection to the bottom Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 16 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Submenu Level Places the object selected into the foreground see chap 6 Foreground Depth order of objects page 428 Lal Level gt Places the object selected onto Background the background a Level gt Up i the object selected by a Lowers the object selected by a level Menu I mage Load Edit Reset Color Increase contrast Decrease contrast Increase brightness Decrease brightness Cut area Rotate Fit to display Keep aspect ratio E Oi g a a Te Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 17 Layout of menus Table 13 Functions of the menu Image Kol Path Menu Description of function Load the current image see Image gt Load chap 5 Operations performable on an image page 214 F Image gt Edit Allows the image to be edited A Remove the image loaded Makes it possible to choose the Image gt Colour type of colouring between Automatic Tones o
118. runtime to enable the count A good solution here is to assign a function or a Script to the opening of the initial page We will leave the general settings in the lower part unchanged but activate the log onto file option identifying the file LogTrend xml as the export file In addition we disable the automatic start up of the Trend at the beginning of the runt ime it must be enabled when necessary using a function or Script We have now defined the buffer of the trend we shall now in sert into a page by introducing a display field referring to this buffer Phase 11 At this point of the work the functional structure of the project Graphic setting has been almost completely set We now need only define the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 505 Tutorial graphic presentation of the project in runtime SmartClick puts at our disposal essentially two presentation elements classic full screen pages and pop up pages pages that open on request overlapping full screen pages The interrelated use of these elements allows complex and flexible configurations to be used that can meet every opera tional requirement Adding buttons to a page In our tutorial example let us begin adding a number of but tons to a page of our project We shall begin by introducing a button for navigating between pages to be more precise for displaying the previous page To introduce a touch button we click on 9 in t
119. see chap 5 Creating and changing a Recipe type page 191 Cancels one or more recipes Smart Click requires the type of recipe see chap 5 Creating and changing a Rec ipe type page 191 to which this com mand refers to be specified By pressing in runtime the key associated with this function the list of the reci pes of the type defined is provided and the operator can choose which recipe to download UploadBufferRecipe Allows loading recipes buffer from PLC or device to terminal Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 DeleteRecipe 556 Appendix B Predefined functions Table 3 Functions relating to recipes Function Description Exports a recipe to a CSV or XML file on the terminal SmartClick requires the type of recipe see chap 5 Creating and changing a Recipe type page 191 to which this command re fers to be specified By pressing in runtime the key associated with this function the list of the recipes of the type defined is provided and the oper ator can choose which recipe to export and once this is selected the name and path of the destination file I mportRecipes Imports the recipes contained in a CSV j P or XML file on the terminal Makes it possible to export to a CSV or XML file all the recipes of a certain type SmartClick requires the type of recipe see chap 5 Creating and ExportRecipeType changing a Recipe type page 191 to which this command re
120. that can be associated to the objects Table 24 Properties of the Dynamic Text Properties Description Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Dynamic text which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value AreaColor l can be assigned to a whole variable The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value The value can be associated with Tag or it can be man aged with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a Border to the Dynamic text or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the s
121. the Button the Name is a unique string within the set Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 289 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects of graphic objects while the comment is a recognition text to be used only within SmartClick You can also choose to over write the global grid dimensions to make positioning within the surface of the button more or less precise Trend View A Trend View can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Complex controls gt TrendView Note With SmartClick you can insert up to 10 different Trends After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the TrendView A Trend View is the field inside which you can see the contents of the Trend Buffer whose working was described in the pre ceding section see chap 5 Trend Buffer page 200 The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a TrendView and how it is edit Editing a TrendView After inserting a TrendView into a page just double click on it to edit The default object is a Trend Graph see chap 5 Properties of a Trend Graph page 294 that can be accom panied if the programmer wishes by a series of control but tons for displaying the Trend Editing is organized through three masks
122. the button currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value BorderColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the border of the button should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking serosa If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the button currently being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 449 Scripts Table 47 Properties of ESACNTRL Touch button Properties Disable Description Typ RW e Defines whether the button is Bool RW enabled 0 or disabled 1 that is whether the pressing it has an effect or not for example the function is executed or the Script corresponding to it Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method TextLabel Provides the text of the label Provides the colour of the label Strin RW TextColor displayed g
123. the device In addition dynamic fields can be inserted which contain a Recipe list and the name of the uploaded Recipe which has Same properties as the Label objects see chap 5 Label page 207 that can be edited using the Properties Editor Fields BIJE Properties Name RecipeEditing Comment O Override default grid size Width 10 lt Height 10 The General mask can be used to insert a name and an iden tifying comment for the Recipe table being edited In addition you can overwrite the default dimensions of the editing grid of the page see chap 5 Main window page 113 introducing new measures in pixels valid only for editing the current field The graphic properties fonts and colors of the Recipe list can be configured using the Fields mask of the Recipes element see chap 5 Fields page 159 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 324 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Fields General a Width Height 4rea visibility 4rea color Border visibility Border size Border color Border style Border 3D Hide fac The Recipe Editing View properties are the same as those in the Active Alarms View see chap 5 Properties of the Ac tive Alarm View page 308 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 325 Properties and Events that can be associa
124. the invert function Show the structure pages Use graphics hardware editor Don t ask for the conversion of older projects Use the panel s picture into the simulator Don t ask to import Tags from specific DB if supported by the device Language Max open dialogs ne DED Selecting the Show the invert function box the option will be activated Select the Invert option in Editor Properties using it as an example with a numerical field associated to a Tag Disable TAG Hide TAGI TAG2 Password level 10 TAGS DB_10 w_SEND_STATUS N Tab index 0 DB_10 x_ANY_POINTER w_SYNTAX M Invert The behaviour associated to the Tag Is inverted For exam ple ifa Tag enables the display of the background colour of the numerical field when its value is 1 selecting the Invert option the numerical field background will be visible even when the value of the Tag is O and not 1 Thresholds Management Function A new functionality is present inside SmartClick starting from version 1 7 The new SmartClick function that we will call Thresholds can be selected in the object property editing phase The Thre Sholds function was created as an additional option to mana ge change color textblink hide and disable and other properties of the various objects 217 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 218 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to
125. the objects Thresholds To explain functioning of the Thresholds option the AreaCo option lourPressed property of a Touch sensitive Button will be taken functioning as an example EJ Edit TouchButton_1 FontField 4rea color pressed Gl 0o 0 me 4rea color released 164 175 193 w 4rea visibility Border blink v Border color pressed js 255 255 v Border color released om 0 0 v Border visibility Border size Border style Solid Button 3D Cancel On the first click access the immediate colour selection Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 219 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects S Edit TouchButton_1 x General HJE Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Appearance FontField SystemTahoma Tahoma 4rea color pressed ofm Area color released oF 164 175 193 rea visibility Border blink No Blink Border color pressed 255 255 Border color released Border visibility Border size Border style Button 3D EJ Edit TouchButton_1 General DJIA Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Appearance FontField SystemTahoma Tahoma 4rea color pressed 4rea color released Area visibility zu Border blink No Blink Border color pressed 255 255 Border color released Bord
126. the relevant section of this manual see chap Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Touch area Properties of the Touch Area Table 37 Properties of the Touch Area Properties Description Identifying name of the Touch area Must be unique among the graphic el ements Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 267 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 37 Properties of the Touch Area Properties Description Identifying comment within SmartClick Indicates whether the field should be disabled The value can be associated DISaDIe with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines if the object can move or Lock Hot Determines the authorization level re quired to access the Area functions see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 PasswordLevel Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using movement keys of the cursor within a page It also con trols the order in which data is intro duced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Tabi ndex Touch Area events Table 38 Touch Area events Event Description Activated whenever the button
127. the second Word indicates the ID of the recipe that has to be transferred The meanings of the commands of Word 0 are listed in the table below Tabella 4 Meanings of Word 0 bits of the Command area for non compatible recipes Description If the bit is high 1 it indicates confirmation for transfer from panel to device Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 134 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Tabella 4 Meanings of Word 0 bits of the Command area for non compatible recipes Description If the bit is high 1 it indicates confirmation for transfer from device to panel If the bit is high 1 indicates request for non synchronized transfer from panel to device If the bit is high 1 indicates request for syn chronized transfer from panel to device Recipe type fields General Recipes Events Tag Device DisplayName The real structure of the Recipe type must be indicated in the Fields mask Each recipe in the terminal must have the fields Name ID and Comment while other fields can be introduced by the programmer It is precisely the fields introduced by the operator that are the distinctive elements of each Recipe type By clicking on the Add key it is possible to introduce a new field to the Recipe type After having clicked on the key variables already present in the project or new variables can be assigned to the new field using the column relating to the variable by clicking on the field intro
128. the translation we click on the icon w ad jacent to each string thereby opening the corresponding translation window SCM Text Language Italian Italy he Level is low Having provided the translation for all 4 strings we have fin ished editing our list and can use it for constructing our pages Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 503 Tutorial Phase 9 Suppose we want to link the values of two variables by defin Setting ing a mechanism whereby the value of one tag is continuously Pipelines copied onto the other In SmartClick this can be done by de fining a Pipeline ENEMA Events Identification Name Pipeline Comment Id 1 Source Num_pezzi v Destination INT_var G Mode Copy On Change v Activation 00 After double clicking on the Pipeline option double click in Project Explorer we click on Add to edit the pipeline creat ed We shall leave the name Pipeline and the default ID 1 created by the application We use the lower part of the mask now to set the specific be havior of the Pipeline the source variable for the value is num_ pezzi while that value is to be copied onto internal val destination variable In the third field we select the copy mode CopyonChange that is the value is copied ev ery time the value of the source variable changes Phase 10 If we want to constantly monitor the p
129. the user to act on the individual objects contained in a page The correct syntax for using the object ESAPAGE is as follows ESAHMI ESAPAGE NamePage AreaColor RGB 23 24 23 Ad Warning The methods and Properties of ESAPAGE and thus of its children s objects are only applicable to the currently open page If a Script tries to edit elements in a page not currently open in runtime an error signal will appear ESAPAGE properties accessible with Scripts Table 16 ESAPAGE properties accessible with Scripts Properties Description The name attributed to the page by SmartClick in the project editing phase The number attributed to the page by SmartClick in the project editing phase Width The value of the width of the page pint R The value of the height of the Int page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 409 Scripts Table 16 ESAPAGE properties accessible with Scripts Properties Description The background color of the page This can also be changed by inserting in the input phase an RGB value Long returned for example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 AreaColor The object ESACNTRL contained within ESAPAGE puts at the operator s ESACNTRL disposal a series of methods and properties relating to the Individual objects present in a page The following sections will analyze the properties and methods accessible using Scripts In relation to each graphic object
130. the value is falling If the threshold is defined as a maximum threshold the events will be activated as soon as the value exceeds the value 30 when the value is rising and as soon as it returns to a value equal to or less than 30 when falling If we add to our example a dead zone equal to 10 of the reference value 10 of 30 3 the behaviour will be if the threshold is defined as a minimum threshold the events will be activated as soon as the value arrives at the value 30 when the value is rising and as soon as it goes below the value 33 when the value is falling If the threshold is defined as a maximum threshold the events will be activated as soon as the value exceeds the value 30 when the value is rising and as soon as it returns to a value equal to or less than 27 when falling General Value Device Limits Conversion DUTIES Events Tyree Deyin bor 7 Max Valus Inhibat re j Paraenstors Reference Value e E Enabled Value 9 amp Dasdband a E Enabled Wals ey Deadbend 3 E The second type of threshold the Deviation threshold there are two types of this threshold and these can be enabled separately e DLO lower deviation e DHI higher deviation Deviation thresholds are relative to a reference value and indicate how much can be deviated from this value Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 972 Chapter 4 Project Explorer For each of the above mentioned thresholds
131. there are two pages General Buffer and Events as indicated in the following sections Project Explorer is used only to define the operation of each Trend Buffer while the way it is drawn is dealt with in the next chapter see chap 6 Trend View page 367 General EE Buffer Events Identification Name TrendBuffer Comment Using the General mask you can set the identifying properties of the Trends The ID of the Trend is an identifying number of the data structure within the project it is a whole number greater than zero The name and ID of a Trend are unique attributes within the project that is other different Trends with the same name and number cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 145 Project Explorer Buffer General EMEI Events Data acquisition Source sample Tag JOO Strobe type on Timer Strobe Mmr GO Size samples 100 5 time 0 hr 0 min 50 sec 0 dsec i Gap between two elements msec 100 an Warning level 75 O Log to file The file will be saved in the FLASH of the terminal If the logs are too frequent the FLASH could be damaged M Enabled at start up In this mask enter the operating characteristics of the Trend and of the related memory buffer First of all a Source variable to the object of the monitoring of the Trend must be specified Y
132. this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 452 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 51 Properties of ESACNTRL Slide potentiometer Properties Description Defines the color of the internal area of the potentiometer currently being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for peacore example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the value represented by the potentiometer Can be varied Value by providing a new string and the on screen update happens after the Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field is enabled 0 or disabled 1 that is whether the user can edit its Disable value Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Methods of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer Table 52 Methods of ESACNTRL Slide potentiometer Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only the part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Refresh Control Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 453 Scripts Prope
133. this manual see chap Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the meaning of the properties that can be assigned to a Monostable Button and how to edit them Note No variable has to be assigned to a monostable button When you want the pressing of the monostable button to have an effect on a variable just assign the appropriate functions to the button s events Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 284 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the Monostable button Table 47 Properties of the Monostable button Properties Description Identifying name of the Monostable button Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the area of the button when pressed selectable us ing the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds AreaColorPressed Determines whether the Button has a background or if it must be transparent PressedAreaVisibility when pressed a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the area of the button when released which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned
134. to access a table containing all the system alarms that are displayed by the panel in particular situations Alarm messages are displayed for each project language entered Some messages are unchangeable by the programmer while others are contained in editable fields In any event it is always possible to delete the changes made to the translation by clicking on the appropriate button Clear Translation Use the Project language button to access the editable list of languages already described in this paragraph see chap 4 Languages page 104 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 71 Project Explorer A Warning when editing the texts of the systemalarms and messages be careful not to introduce special characters reserved for the system e g SystemMessages System messages are messages displayed to the operator at various points when the panel is in use In this section it is possible to access a table containing all the system messages that are displayed Messages are displayed for each project language entered Some messages are unchangeable by the programmer while others are contained in editable fields When editing these strings be careful not to introduce special characters reserved for the system e g In any event it is always possible to delete the changes made to the translation by clicking on the appropriate button Clear Translation Use the Project language button t
135. to various supports After configuring the panel for Ethernet access or for sharing folders this connection can be used for exporting data from SmartClick projects And therefore it is possible to use the function for exporting and importing recipes alarms or trend buffers to various devices For example to export data to a physical support other than the main disk like a mass storage card or USB key just specify the name of the file including the complete path e g Hard Disk2 fileexportato xml in the destination file path Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 8 Scripts Scripts SmartClick allows the programmer to add to the project whole programmes or functions for managing and editing all the application s components graphic objects variables recipes etc in runtime Thanks to this users can complement the set of predefined functions supplied by SmartClick with those they have created according to their needs User scripts can be called up in a project when a button is pressed when an event is triggered or in response to being called by other scripts Scripts can be inserted into a project using Project Explorer see chap 5 Scripts page 207 and their code can be written using simple programming scripting languages like VBScript For details concerning programming techniques variable declarations operators conditional structures and predefined functions the user is advised to consult sp
136. variables page 249 is launched each time there is a breach whether going up or down of the value given by e reference value high threshold value In our case 30 50 of 30 30 15 45 thus the event will be activated when the value 45 is crossed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 93 Project Explorer General Value Device Limits Conversion jidg Spelh Events Type Rate of Change Max Value Inhibit n Reference Value Value Inspect Time 0 0 1 Low O Enabled Value Deadband O Enabled Value Deadband Min Value The third group of thresholds is the Variation speed group the idea is to be able to carry out checks on variation times used by a variable It may for example be useful to manage a situation in which a temperature plunges or soars too rapidly We can define two Variation speed thresholds that can be enabled independently of each other e RLO low variation decrease in the value e RHI high variation increase in the value The Variation speed thresholds are relative to a reference value It is necessary to specify the time in seconds below which the variation in value should take place such that the event is launched relative to the threshold Return from the threshold occurs when there is an increase decrease lower than the value specified within the threshold period There must also be a dead zone value for each thr
137. various conditions of the trend bufferxY The conditions are listed in the table Trendbuffer Events see chap 5 Events related to Trend Buffers page 190 The DataLog is a property similar to the TrendBuffer The biggest difference is that while the TrendBuffer is data displayed on a graphic the DataLog is data displayed on a table Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 150 Chapter 4 Project Explorer General Properties Scripts Scripts are an element enabling writing of functions to be customized which is useful in that the predefined functions are not always sufficient for the user s needs They can be written with true programming languages and be executed directly in runtime For more information on writing Script codes readers are advised to consult the chapter dealing with these see chap 9 Scripts page 509 In this section we shall limit ourselves to describing the how the Scripts are managed at the project level By double clicking on the Script option in Project Explorer the list of Scripts in the project with their related comments can be accessed Using this list mask you can add new Scripts to the project using the Add key or duplicate them using Duplicate and delete existing ones using Delete vw ee Comment Name Type of return Gi Gil aD GD To be able to enter the actual edit mode for a Script double click on it in
138. 0 Phase 1 The Project and Hardware Configuration Chapter9 477 Tutorial Tutorial The purpose of this chapter is to give practical examples of how SmartClick can be used to create complete projects We Shall try to include all the functions offered by the application together with simple but exhaustive descriptions For our project we will be using an terminal ESA SC207A and a Mod bus RTU Master PLC The following sections deal with the editing for every aspect of the programming phase beginning from Hardware and Soft ware configuration to navigation procedures access and man agement of alarms and recipes in the project In this Tutorial project we do not intend to explain how Scripts are composed or how to use the Library as these topics are already fully dealt with elsewhere in this manual see chap 9 Scripts page 509 and see chap 6 SmartClick Libraries page 345 The first operation that must be performed with SmartClick is the creation of a new project defining its operating proce dures The quickest and most natural way to do this Is to cre ate a project using a Wizard To do this go to the main menu and select File gt New In the work area there will be a series of windows for determining general preferences and those re lating to the Hardware aspect of the project d Create New Project Project Type Choose the type of project that you want to create Simple Project Choose a name and o
139. 1 0 158 Chapter 4 Project Explorer e Resample also called Bilinear a faster and less precise algorithm recommended for reducing images e Bicubic a more precise algorithm recommended for enlarging images in addition you can define the type of filter for the images that contain colours not supported by the panel thanks to the dithering technique substitution of pixels with colours not available with the interpolation method you can choose from a list of the more common types of dithering algorithm the one you wish to use e None e FloydStenberg e Stucki e Burkes e Sierra e StevensonArce e jarvis e Ordered e Clustered E Note For more details regarding the special characteristics of each dithering algorithm the reader is advised to consult manuals specializing in digital graphics Finally you have to specify the format in which the image is to be saved within the project Bitmap or J peg if the J peg format is chosen the level of quality compression desired will also have to be defined by choosing between the levels offered e Excellent quality e Good quality e Normal e String compression e High compression Operations performable on an image When you are inside Image mask of an image SmartClick activates a series of icons for graphic purposes that are applicable to the image in question These features are accessible via the toolbar or the image submenu of the main menu To edit it is possible to u
140. 115 up to 944 A 7 1200 Industrial Ethernet 7 200 PPI Network 187 5Kb A 57 200 PPI Network 9 6 19 2Kb S7 300 400 7 300 400 Industrial Ethernet fig VIGOR fig VIPA fig PROFIBUS The following image summarising the operation to be carried out will appear Ei Device conversion wizard Conversion Convert from 57 300 400 Industrial Ethernet Convert to 57 300 400 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 3 Layout of menus At the end of the conversion a Report is displayed listing the non converted tags and a message Is present warring the user that certain panel device connections may have been re moved next it recommends recreating new connections we E Device conversion wizard Status The device has been successfully converted Some device connections have been removed you need to re create them SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 S C207A4 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 SC2074 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 C2074 SP1 ETH1 adele Save log DB_10 SFCERR DB_10 b_ANL_KENNUNG DB_10 b_ANL_LAUF_AUFTRAG DB_10 b_FP_R DB_10 b_FP_REQ DB_10 b_IMP_REQ DB_10 b_KOM_FE
141. 12ZLib dll V4IZLib dll MSSOAPR dll MSSOSPR dll MSSOAP1 dll Downloaded Runtime file MSSO4P1 dll WISC10 dll Downloaded Runtime file WISC10 dll V4IESA4audio dll Downloaded Runtime file V4IESAaudio dll V41Scripting dll Downloaded Runtime file 4IScripting dll V4IDataServer dll Downloaded Runtime file V4IDataServer dll V4IDevMgrExternal dll Downloaded Runtime file V4IDevMagrExternal dll V41DevMagrInternal dll Downloaded Runtime file 4IDevMagrInternal dll V41DataLogManager dll Downloaded Runtime file V4IDataLogManager dll V4IDataLogObserver dll Next to the download bar the remaining process completion ti me is displayed During panel transfer a message indicating download status is displayed after its completion the project execution is laun ched In SmartClick it is possible to transfer the whole image of the Windows Operating System CE on the terminal This operation is reachable from the main menu clicking on Instruments gt Utility downloader Options ood E Nn Tele i FPF ree Fe tas Recipes Utilities Translations anfiguration Alarms It is necessary to set the connection mode as in the case of project download see chap 7 Transferring data page 368 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 372 Chapter7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime The loaded images on the panel will overwrite the existing one for wh
142. 4 63 Project Explorer Project Explorer Q 200 a8 Projects C207 4 S5P1 ETHLPages ai Project 3 C4 HWConfiguration B m S207 Al SPLETHL SwWConfiguration H Langi Edit i ss Add Mew H Page a m Papu Rename FN Alarrr Duplicate tz Recio Delete 8 Users Create Folder HA Data i ut ctrl Scrip H Copy Chrl C mAB Globe paste Ctrl H A Lists Faste as Child pE Pt Ima H i 2 Import H ba Adva Export Configuration columns The functions that can be selected are e Edit to enter editing mode e Add new to add an element to a category e Add new and Edit to add an element to a category and directly access the editing page in the Work area e Rename to change the name of the object selected e Duplicate to create an exact copy of the element selected the properties that must remain unique within the project e g Name Identifying Number Description are not copied but are automatically assigned a valid value e Delete to delete the element selected e Create folder for organization reasons it is possible to split all the components of a project in different folders You can Create new folders Rename the folders Cut Copy Paste the objects in the folder Delete the objects and the folders Move the objects among the folders e Cut to eliminate the element selected and copy it into the clipboard Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 64 Chapte
143. 48 Chapter 3 Managing the project ee USBBOEGGSBOSO OS S5856 46080 aada seeacsasaaa Ug ad a EE h ii i a i Fihi ie 1 R FA Pramit L JJA ERIE ORE meo To use an object from the library simply select one and drag it onto the page so that you can edit and configure it to your liking The use of the libraries is recommended for all users who are familiar with the use of Popup pages for configuring or editing objects Once you have inserted an object you can immediately edit its properties by double clicking on it Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Creating a project in Wizard mode Chapter3 49 Managing the project The first step using SmartClick is to create a brand new project The user is offered two ways of creating a new project one guided the Wizard and one completely manual Opening the Wizard Wizard mode will guide you in creating your projects and in or ganizing the various hardware components There are three ways of activating the Wizard e Click on e File gt New from the main menu e Click on Open Wizard to create a project to start up the guided project creation Using the Wizard To begin creating the project simply click on the Next but ton Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 KO Chapter 3 Managing the project fe Lreate een Project Project Type Chania the type of prop r hat pow mani ti creata d Cheose a
144. 5 Project Explorer page 107 e Properties editor See chap 6 Properties Editor page 241 e Events editor see chap 6 Properties Editor page 241 e Library explorer see chap 6 SmartClick Libraries page 345 e Errors Viewer see chap 7 Errors Viewer page 458 e Warning Viewer see chap 6 Warning Viewer page 360 e Compiler Output see chap 7 Compiler Output page 459 The menu windows are described in detail in the following chapters together with their respective function Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 3 SmartClick Startup Chapter 3 Managing the project Managing the project The user can completely program the behavior of the terminal by using SmartClick which will produce at the end a project file The user can create a project file edit it as he or she pleases using the functions we will describe later on save it and lat er reopen it for any further editing The aim of this chapter is precisely to furnish the information needed to create and manage the SmartClick project files cor rectly When you start up SmartClick the following image will appear Open exilim project pan wizard bo meate A pr pect With SmartClick in a few simple steps it is possible to edit the properties of any object using the graphic libraries on the right side of the working area 47 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0
145. 55 Properties of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Properties Description Typ RW e Defines the color of the cursor RGB RW Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for CursorColor example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the number of tracks Long NumTracks currently in the table Available as read only Specifies the identifying code of Long RW ACUVETNACK the track that is currently active Specifies the identifier of a track Long RW Trackld Gives access to the attributes of a specific track The number of intervals into Long RW TrackNum Ranges which the track values are iad divided Defines the limits of the values of RW interval 1 into which the domain TrackRange of the track values has been 1 divided Used only if the attribute TraclINumRanges specifies a sufficient number of intervals Defines the limits of the values of RW interval 2 into which the domain TrackRange of the track values has been 2 divided Used only if the attribute TraclINumRanges specifies a sufficient number of intervals Defines the limits of the values of RW interval 3 into which the domain TrackRange of the track values has been 3 divided Used only if the attribute TraclINumRanges specifies a sufficient number of intervals Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 460 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 55 Properties o
146. 6 Chapter 9 Tutorial os faron OOO O x Project font A EAHA ystemTahoma SystemTahoma Italian Italy t j Font attributes Size l M Bold O Italics O Strikeout O Underline Preview Aa Bb Yy Zz 0123456789 Finally we choose the color blue for the AreaColor and for the BorderColor for the border we choose as a width dimension 3 pixels and as a style 3D bump WaEdit DateTimeField x General Text properties Behaviour Advanced Events Appearance 4rea color 0 128 255 i Area Visibility z Border 3D Bump ht Border blink No Blink Border color 0 128 255 v Border visibility a Wl E Border size oj E Gee EE Border style ORSAARSNNN EEE EEE EEE E BSESRSaeSs a A e S e Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Phase 12 Creating pop up pages Chapter9 517 Tutorial The complete page will be the following GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties If for our project we wish to have n number of pages contai ning the buttons described above it will not be necessary to edit each single page but simply duplicate n times the page we have just created E a o mal Tal haral bii Ippaqe Keys Dvents Page Proportion Sit EPH P gt Pop up pages are pages overlapping with already opened not yet closed full screen pages They are generally smaller than the complete page and are invoked by
147. 97 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 13 Properties of the Rectangle Properties Description Determines the color of the Border in fill that can be selected using the RGB FillColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable Indicates the percentage of the infill The value can be assigned to a whole variable Determines the direction of the Border infill The infill can happen From Low to High From High to Low From Right to Left or From Left to Right The value can be assigned to a whole variable Ellipse An ellipse can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Ellipse and drawing its dimensions directly in the page To define the characteristics of the Ellipse they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Properties of the Ellipse Table 14 Properties of the Ellipse Properties Description Identifying name of the Ellipse Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 198 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 14 Properties of the Ellipse Properties Description Determines the color of the Area that can be selected using the RGB code or AreaColor color palette The value can be as signed to a whole variable
148. Click utilities Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 20 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Table 16 Functions of the menu Tools Path Menu Description of function NA Tools gt Manages the Translation of the Translations project NA Tools gt Tags Manages the Tags Variables of Variables the project Al Tools gt Recipes Manages the project recipes Tools gt Alarms Manages the project alarms NA Tools gt This allows you to load the ima Downloader ge of the Windows CE opera Utilities ting system on the terminal 1 Icon Not Available Click on the option Tools gt Options to access the mask for configuring the Options of SmartClick Language Menu ERAR TLLECE Cpstiorns al E tive Cael Use the Language menu to choose the language of the SmartClick application Once the language has been selected the application will need to be restarted to apply the changes Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 21 Layout of menus Skin Menu Select the clan bo ups tor thes SRAATCLICE IDG Lanquaqe N Mis cuiloren cas From the Skin menu it is possible to select the skin to use with the SmartClick interface Various menu HASMARTCLICK Options Draw only field s border while moving Copy amp Paste using 4 new name Use manual validation of project s components Mask passwords editing n Show page s fields tooltip Use the panel s picture into the
149. EE EEEE Background color Text Color Background color A et i i i fi SSeS eae se Label User Level In both cases the standard Windows color selection window opens where it is also possible to define custom colors Data Archive The Data Archive object comprises all the SmartClick func tions able to store data e Time trend e XY trend e Data log Trend Buffer In runtime the system supplies the support for the acquisition and accumulation of numerical values and for their graphic presentation in the form of a trend curve The accumulated data can be presented in real time or saved into the permanent memory and recalled to the screen at a later point By double clicking on the Trend element in Project Explorer the list of Trends held in the project can be accessed This list also offers a Summary of the principal characteristics of the Trends in editable fields List Name Id Source Size Strobe type Strobe chee dence mae Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 144 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Using this list you can create new Trend buffers and duplicate or delete existing ones For more information on the table and the meaning of the events that can be associated to a Trend buffer readers are advised to consult the next chapter see chap 6 page 253 Once a new Trend has been created double click on it in Project Explorer to be able to edit it For this
150. ESAPRN WriteLN ESAHMI ESAPRN FontSize 12 At this point we instance the read cycle of the recipes saved in the terminal using the methods GetFirstRecipeName and GetNextRecipeName Within the cycle we use the method PrintLN to have the name of a recipe in each line R_Type Tipo Recipes 1 a ESAHMI ESARECI PEARC GetFirstRecipeName R_ Type Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 475 Scripts Do While a lt gt ESAHMI ESAPRN WriteLN a a ESAHMI ESARECI PEARC GetNextRecipeName R_ Type Loop Up to this point we have prepared the contents of the page now we launch the command that actually starts the printing ESAHMI ESAPRN End End If With the execution of this method the print process begins Below we show the complete text of the Script Ea General Sub Script_6 1 If ESAHMI ESAPRN Start 1 1 Then 3 ESAHMI ESAPRH FontsSize 16 4 ESAHMI ESAPRH WriteLN Elenco Ricette presenti sul terminale 5 ESAHMI ESAPRH WriteLN 6 ESAHMI ESAPRH WriteLN T ESAHMI ESAPRH FontSize 12 5 9 R_Type Tipo Ricette 1 10 11 a ESAHMI ESARECIPEARC GetFirstRecipeName R_Type 12 13 Do While a lt gt 14 ESAHMI ESAPRN WriteLN a 15 a ESAHMI ESARECTIPEARC GetNextRecipeName R_Type 16 Loop 17 18 ESAHMI ESAPRH End 19 20 End If Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 476 Chapter 8 Scripts Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1
151. F Long 79 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 80 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Tabella 1 Types of variable Type Description Floating point IEEE 32 3 402823E38 to bit single precision 1 401298E 45 for negative values 1 401298E 45 to 3 402823E38 for positive values Floating point IEEE 64 1 7976931348623E308 bit double precision to 4 9406564584124E 324 for negative values Double 4 9406564584124E 324 to 1 7976931348623E308 for positive values ASCII string ASCII String maximum length Ox7FFF characters Array of Whole value string 1 to 1024 Unsigned without sign Integer WORD Array of Whole value string with 1 to 1024 Integer sign WORD Array of Floating point 32 bit va 1 to 1024 Real lue string For each variable you can introduce an initialization value that is assumed at the start of the project In the case of a String type of data its maximum length can also be indicated If the tag is an operational or internal type there will also be Array data this in substance is a data area whose dimensions can be set by SmartClick as indicated in the figure a table will also appear which enables you to introduce the initialization values of each portion of the area Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 8 Project Explorer Integer gt MM Array Length 1 Initialization Device General Value Limits Conversion Thresholds Events Me
152. Fields gt Create gt Com plex controls gt Bistable button After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the button A bistable button is useful when you need to change and memorize the value of a variable by pressing it Unlike a monostable button the bistable button must have two values of a variable assigned to it one for the ON state and one for the OFF state and pressing it changes the value variable The library supplied with SmartClick contains a set of buttons ready for use within the project see chap 6 SmartClick Li braries page 345 The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a bistable button and how to edit it Properties of a Bistable button Table 49 Properties of a Bistable button Properties Description Identifying name of the Bistable but ton Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 287 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 49 Properties of a Bistable button Properties Description Determines the color of the area of the Button in OFF state which can be se lected using the RGB code or color pal ette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds OffStateAreaColor
153. General a Position Top Left Width Height Area visibility z 4rea color 255 255 255 Ma Border visibility Border size Border color 0 0 0 Ma Border style Solid y Border 3D Hide o The Users Table View properties are the same as those in the Active Alarms View see chap 5 Properties of the Ac tive Alarm View page 308 Properties of the RecipeGrid columns Type Name Recipe Ware io Foowheight 15 Tablndax 0 H amp crollarvible Vorulliarviable fl LetterHeadieibility SrderMiods alphabetic Ineressings S CS C CSCO CSY Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 321 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects By double clicking on the users Table View Fields mask we en ter the Password Grid editing area whose properties are con tained in the following table Properties Description Identifying name of the Grid Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines whether the object can Lock move or not This field allows the operator to deter mine which columns to put in the table and define their respective properties To edit the columns click on the icon Columns ww In the window which appears enter the details relating to their width to the font and to the dimension and for mat of the titles of each column in the table RowHeight Deter
154. HLER DB_10 b_LETZT_BLOCK_SCHREIBEN DB_10 b_RESET_AKTIV DB_10 b_RESET_LAUF_AUFTRAG DB_10 b_SENDEN_AKTIV DB_10 i_A4KT_RESTLAE DB_10 i_GESAMTLAE DB_10 i_ISTLAE_DS DB_10 w_ANZW DB_10 w_SEND_STATUS DB_10 x_ANY_POINTER w_SYNTAX_TYP DB_10 x_ANY_POINTER w_ANZ_BYTE DB_10 x_ANY_POINTER w_DBNR DB_10 x_ANY_POINTER d_POINTER DB_10 y_BEARB_STATUS DB_10 y_BLOCKLAE Unused Tags Removal The unused Tags Removal option allows verifying if unused variables are present in the project and to eliminate them The first screen allows selection by clicking on the correspon ding Unused tags to be removed pP Note All variables are selected by default Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 32 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Pressing the Remove will remove unused Tags B Wizard MEE Removing unused tags DB_10 b_ANL_LAUF_AUFTRAG DB_10 b_FP_R V DB_10 b_FP_REQ DB_10 b_IMP_REQ DB_10 b_KOM_FEHLER DB_10 b_LETZT_BLOCK_SCHREIBEN DB_10 b_RESET_AKTIV DB_10 b_RESET_LAUF_AUFTRAG DB_10 b_SENDEN_AKTIV V DB_10 DB_NO DB_10 DBB_NO DB_10 DONE V DB_10 ERROR V DB_10 i_AKT_RESTLAE Deselect all At the end click on OK E SMARTCLICK J 32 unused tags hawe been remowed Cross reference The Cross reference option allows searching for unused components within all projects from the following window it is possible to select search criteria Polymath SmartClick
155. In dicator of the Potentiometer This can be selected using the RGB code or the color palette Reference variable whose value is checked Using the appropriate keys Tagld you can create a new variable or edit an existing one Indicates the color of the entire cursor CursorColor of the Potentiometer This can be se lected using the RGB code or the color palette Indicates the direction of the scale whether vertical or horizontal BorderVisibility I ndicatorColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 275 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 41 Properties of the SlideSelector Properties Description Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es Determines if the object can move or Lock ae Defines the values to be inserted into the scale By clicking on v you enter an editing window in which the value NumValues intervals and their respective colors can be defined the window also allows you only to specify the limits in relation to the scale to be displayed Determines the authorization level re quired to edit the potentiometer value PasswordLevel see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only Makes it
156. Knob starting position given as an angle Determines the angle in degrees o the aperture of the Knob SweepAngle Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using the cursor keys within a page It also controls the or Tabi ndex der in which data is introduced in sev eral fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Determines the color relating to the ScaleValueColor scale of values This can be selected using the RGB code or the color palette Determines whether the scale of val ScaleEnabled ues is to be present or not Knob Potentiometer events Table 44 Knob Potentiometer events Event Description Activated when the Potentiometer val OnValueChange ue is changed using the touch screen Knob Selector A Knob Selector can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple controls gt KnobSelector After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the selector Knob selectors are useful for introducing a direct control ona given variable A discrete representation of the value of the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 280 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects reference variable is given and the operator can attribute one of the values present simply by clicking on the knob
157. Left middle Align Center ad Align Right By clicking on j Layout gt Align gt Left the left edges all the figures selected are aligned with one another at the level of Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 332 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects the left edge of the leftmost object in our example the red button S484 BB 000 Boa 62 3U 00G4 al gt HW Configuration Start Alarms m Align Top 1p ej gt e pointer 505 4 GES General Help page Keys Events Page Properti H Hiiti pointer go Align middle B Align Lef FE Align Cente Align Left g Align Right i i J s irran ws petal By clicking on rh Layout gt Align gt Center the horizontal mid points of all the figures selected are aligned with one an other at the level of the horizontal mid point of the lowest positioned object in our example the red button A905 Bas B88 Boi b s 3U 00G HW Configuratioy Start Alarms m Align Top db i ite e pointer 512 0 General Help page Keys Events Page Propertit 7a Fe pointer s r Align middle G Align Left Align Center X g Align Right Align Center Ame re nd munoppaunn amma a By clicking on Layout gt Align gt Right the right edges all the figures selected are aligned with one another at the level of the right edg
158. Lock O Top 6 Left 3 Width 797 Height 453 Area visibility a 4rea color 255 255 vi Border visibility w Border size Border color om 0 0 Border style z v Border 3D Hide Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 308 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects In the Properties mask it is possible to edit the Active Alar ms View properties described in the following table Properties of the Active Alarm View Table 52 Properties of the Active Alarm View Properties Description Determines if the object can move or Lock Roe wan With neson pem hemmes Determines whether the sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the display which can be selected using the RGB AreaColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether there will be a BorderVisibility Border to the display or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be as
159. Manual rev 1 0 Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the button has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Chapter8 451 Scripts Table 51 Properties of ESACNTRL Slide potentiometer Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the potentiometer has currently been ControlTop drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the object Width Control Defines the height of the object Height Defines whether the object should Bool be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of the rectangle containing the potentiometer currently being redrawn Can be changed by B rdercol r attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the border of the rectangle containing the potentiometer should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking BorderBlink 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying
160. N gt ESABEEP gt ESACOM gt ESADATALOGMGR gt ESAFILE gt ESAGETURL gt ESALPT gt ESAMSGBOX gt ESASLEEP gt ESAPIPEMGR gt ESA TRENDMGR gt ESAWAIT Therefore to indicate an element of the page we use an instruction of the type ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL Label ControlWid th 67 Script Sub Script_6t 1 ESAHMI ESATAG ReadValue a TAG In the case of those objects that require a passage of the name of the reference object for example ESAPAGE ESACNTRL etc after the opening of the brackets just press the key of the keyboard to obtain the list of objects that can be inserted The following sections of this chapter will deal with the various objects accessible by Script and set out their properties and functions giving where necessary practical examples of their use Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 380 Chapter 8 Scripts A Note Some properties mentioned in the following paragraphs are described as being in read only mode when using Scripts for many of these properties however there is no physical protection so there is the possibility that the script will overwrite their value This overwrite operation is in any case not advised It is thus the programmer s responsibility to avoid the properties indicated as being read only R being edited by the scripts Key to types of variable and syntactical premises The following sections will refer to properties and
161. Name TrendvViewer Comment O Override default grid size Width Height The General mask can be used to insert a name and an iden tifying comment for the TrendView being edited In addition you can overwrite the default dimensions of the editing grid of the page see chap 5 Main window page 113 introducing new measures in pixels valid only for editing the current field Width Height Area visibility 4rea color Border visibility Z Border size Border color p o 0 v Border style S Solid me Border 3D Hide Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 293 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects In the Properties mask it is possible to edit the Trend View properties described in the following table Properties of a TrendView Table 51 Properties of a Trend View Properties Description Determines if the object can move or Lock Roe wan With neson pem Het nenson Determines whether the sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the display which can be selected using the RGB AreaColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether there will be a BorderVisibility Border to the display
162. Ome Ranges Color range Name Trend buffer Scale type Min Max Pen style Line style Marker Default color M Show pen icon English United States 7 TrendPen ooo Preset x Cj E a slid x Size 1 cross S 0 0 0 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 300 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects First of all it is possible to assign a Name to the Trend Pen and assign a Trend Buffer for which the Pen must be used A type must be indicated for the scale of values this may be e Programmed it is necessary to indicate the maximum and minimum values which can also be assigned to vari ables e Automatic calculated in Runtime on the basis of the values contained in the Buffer but limits can also be in serted e Tag Limit related the Buffer has to refer to a limited variable see chap 5 Limits page 129 e Client maximum and minimum values must be defined You can also choose the appearance of the penline which can be of the following samples only analog continuous with oblique connections between the values or digital scaled with digital steps Also the dimensions of the line its color and style solid broken or dotted can be edited to suit the user s taste The pen marker can assume various different geometric forms pixel circle cross etc and you can choose not to show the icon relating to the pen Each variation updates the previe
163. Page H Hw Configuration 4 com Project HW Configuration BEO S a TR Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Select the device you wish to edit Double click it to edit its settings in the General and Communication Ports win dows SC207A SP1 ETH1 4 SP1 ETH1 gt 7 300 400 o rer Wa 4 com o o a B General ENE Communication ports Identification Name 57 300 400 Comment DEVICE Model S 300 400 DEVICE Creation Date 15 06 2010 8 48 43 Modify Date 23 01 2012 17 20 23 Compiling Date 23 01 2012 10 41 13 Parameters Type of addressing Default This window allows you to insert the identification attributes of the devices such as the Name and Comment Each na me in the project must be different no two devices should have the same name even if they are of the same type brand and model The comment is a unicode string that can only be viewed in the SmartClick Parameters subwindow Parameters Type of addressing Hexadecimal 175 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 176 Chapter 4 Project Explorer From the Parameters sub mask you can set the Type of ad dressing to establish the address format of the device regi ster The Default option associates the selected driver format to the register Communication Ports General KAAL aN ee com C207A SP1 ETH1 Parameter Device addr
164. Page AreaColor RGB 25 25 25 End If Finally we re establish an admissible value for the variable with the following instruction ESAHMI ESATAG WriteValue Tag 2 The final code inserted in the SmartClick editor is the following Ei General Sub Script_1f 1 a ESAHMI ESATAG ReadValue Tag 39 If a gt 4 Then 4 ESAHMI ESAALARMMGR Raise larm Alarm 5 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label TextValue Errore nel valore 6 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label AreaColor RGB 23 123 453 7 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label BorderColor RGB 54 245 13 8 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label BorderBlink 2 g ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label Draw 10 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page AreaColor RGB 25 25 25 11 ESAHMI ESATAG WriteValue Tag 2 12 End If qm SP AP oP oP P Example 2 Page access according to user level Another example of using Scripts is the way access to project pages is managed according to the level of the user currently logged onto the terminal Using SmartClick we can set the objects we need while the Script is run We set two levels of use see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 assigning a password for levels 3 and 8 for example Remember that when the project starts the predefined level is 10 that is the lowest os We add 3 buttons to the default page Page one recalling the Script the other two the log in and lo
165. Polygon page 204 Label A Label can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Label After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Poly 207 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 208 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects gon A Label is a text field may be multilanguage into which you can introduce text strings that will not change in Runtime To define the characteristics of the Label they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Properties of the Label Table 20 Properties of the Label Properties Description Identifying name of the Label Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Label which can be selected using the RGB AreaColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of t
166. Polymath Share Permissions Group or user names Add Remove Permissions for Everyone Allow Deny Full Control Change Read e Using the lower part of the window we select all 3 options available In this way outside users can read and write the files contained in this folder e At this point we click on Apply and Ok in this window and then on Apply and Ok in the window for assigning the properties of the folder After making these settings the folder C Shared_SmartClick will be accessible from any Windows CE panel connected to the same network In particular the folder can be reached by the panel by digit ting the following path NOMEPC c Shared_SmartClick where NOMEPC indicates the ID name of one s personal computer within the network this name is given in the System Properties of the PC under the option Name of Computer or it must be requested from the network administrator The code c indicates the drive on which the Shared folder can be found A typical example of this function is when exporting recipes alarms or trend buffers directly to a PC so that they can be dealt with more easily To do this just carry out the export by Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 376 Chapter7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime indicating the path NOMEPC c Shared_SmartClick file xml in the Scripts or when configuring the function predefined in SmartClick Exporting files
167. SA INE Removing unies fled Ciemnia Rumia hile Vel Utt y fll Deeniggded kaime file V4 DUmabeey tl Coenloading Runtime file netiSAPi1dil D rnnosd d Autre file netlSAPt dll Gereniguding Bunama files vae Apa ll Cemnloadod Bariri bie VAERCSAgn dll Deeniaading Rumaime file VATE Asudig al Cominlosded Runvtines file VAlESaeudio dl Cernldading Ructine file VAlS lt criptng dil Ceenlosded Barira file Wa leriptireg ill Cerenliadeng Rumi hie Va abe Server di Desnlosded Martire file Valaa server dll Coenlosding Runtime file WiOevMgrExternal dil Cenildaded Rivne file 00a eMgrl sternal dil Geenlgueding Rumuna file va Detyra ala Ceanloadod Bardina hie Ve Deve grlakernal dl Deanloading Rurtine file V400atelegeaneager de Cownloaded Runtime file VdDDataLlogManagerdil Cernldading Runtime fila W410 atelegobtarcer dll Ceoenloaded Barira file Wa DDanaLogcbearcer ll Ceoenloaedeng Runtime hlo Vapina ll Dyaniysded mantre file VACPipelinegs dll Coenloading Runtime file V4iExch rsas dil Cernldaded Aantirme file WDD scharess dll Geenilgueding Bunama files Wa lPageManager cil Cernloaded Bustier ble VAD age anegor dl Dewnlosding Runtime file V4 PecipeManager dll Downloaded Runtime file VdDRecipeManeger dl Ceenldiding Runtime fil V4 LAlarnnPianager dll 5 _ j A window reporting the download will then appear which shows the status of the file transfer Once this phase is over the download is ended
168. Slow blinking poLeen ean or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor l value can be assigned to a whole vari able Determines whether there will be a Border to the Indicator or not a Bool ean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle i ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 BorderVisibility Chapter5 259 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 34 Properties of the Indicator Properties Description Indicates the size of the character of the values written above the numerical division lines Determines the color of the Indicator I ndicatorColor hand using the RGB code or the color palette Indicates the number of subdivision marks appearing between two numer ical divisions These are shorter divi ScaleNotches sion lines than the numerical ones giving greater precision to the repre sentation Indicates the color ranges to be as Signed to given value intervals within the scale By clicking on v you enter an editing window in which the value intervals and their respecti
169. String Version communication card Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 SYS_ Page Appendix A System Variables 551 Table 1 Meaning of System Variables VELEI Description Type SYS RCS2 Fw Name of the second card s String Name firmware file SYS RCS2 FW Version FW of the second String Version communication card SYS RCS2 HW Version HW of the second String Version communication card SYS RCS2_ Operating status of the second Status communication card Total number of recipes currently SYS RecipeNum saved in the terminal memory irrespective of their type SYS_RecipePath SYS_RecipePath File path for the recipes File path for the recipes for the recipes String SYS_ Report Name of last current report String Name SYS_ReportPage SYS_ReportPage Report page number page Report page number SYS_ Report Total number of report pages Pages SYS_ReportPath SYS_ReportPath Directory of report destination Directory of report destination report destination String SYS Screen Horizontal dimension of screen Hor_Dim pixels SYS Screen Vertical dimension of screen Int Vert_ Dim pixels Name of Script PE being String executed empty if none SYS_UsrLog ae path and name for user SYS_ Script Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 552 Appendix A System Variables Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix B Predefined functions 553 Ap
170. TrendXY View are the same as those described previously for Trend see chap 5 Properties of a TrendView page 293 301 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 302 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the TrendXY Graph The properties that can be associated to a TrendXY View are the same as those described previously for Trend see chap 5 Properties of a Trend Graph page 294 Editing of the Trend Pens To access the TrendXY writing pens editing enter the Tren dXY complex field editing double click it on the page After having selected the TrendXY Graphic click on the icon wo In the Pens voice in the relative Editor Properties The displayed pens editing window is made up of three sec tions On the left there is a list of pens created by the user from which to create and eliminate elements max 2 pens for each TrendXY At the bottom there is a preview of the pen currently being edited At the centre of the window there is the actual editing area for the selected pen This window is divided in Properties Intervals and Interval Colours masks They will be described in the following sub paragraphs Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Selected Pen Ranges Color range English United States x TrendPenxy Name T
171. UP Pa SCS scree seh haan iene ier ae daa eee eke 114 PRN ANUS aaraa Oi 116 Recipes Type Sea a sedate nieseeee naar 128 Users and Passwords ou inten eeriiahicc de auaeiotal 136 FXDOTUSERUOS sioro a a a 139 Data ATC NV aca ean cece a a a 143 TRONG DUR CES ON x tasacraenerta ante ueasente iemnen numa erates 147 DLO a acters T E tone 149 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 SE cs sus ee tae ete dentro a eee tence eee es 150 GSlOD Al S Ci Pls ea 152 TCR MIS a a a sense eeetenae ete t52 Imane St aa a cata eaant 153 VATA S ria A E S ened eastaaradec eens 154 AUV ANCE i E S 160 PAPC WINES e T 160 RE DOES eeren a aedareneeeenre ee 162 Keyboar rete ee eau 171 COnMSUPING the devic nesccsenecaeipnii 174 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects 177 Editing object properes onistirrdeen i 177 Events that can be associated to objects sseneeseessseoeeesssss 182 Manacine PACE minei ai raisianiaiedsaiededenirectalrandlaahen ts 190 Predefined sraphic Clements nwsics daxsccastoniewcideiees Aewieeaiuee eos 194 SIMPE P18 ORES eean E enanttusslenain 194 Me TCLS ttcaicsoracecdat as icgeancerthaaatarecca ate sauseeesaaautennenemeeniitaacte 216 Invert Function Option ccccccccccssssseseecceeeeeeeaeeeseeceeeeeeeeeaas 216 Invert Function option operation ccccccccccceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 217 Thresholds option functioning csceecseccceeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeaas 218 Objects to which the T
172. User Button Button to which the user can assign a function script HorizontalCursorPosition it represents the sample ac quisition time when it identifies at least one sample on the graphics Selected Pendrive Value field that indicates the pen drive currently selected ShowScalePen Determines the scale pen to be shown via a pull down menu There are also two bistable buttons a Date Time Field and a Numerical Field that can be edited as already described in this chapter see chap 5 Bistable button page 286 see chap 5 DateTime field page 249 and see chap 5 Numerical Field page 232 each having its own function CursorEnabled allows the graphic cursor to be dis played or not Pause shows whether or not the update of the graph is enabled does not disable the acquisition of samples HorizontalCursorPosition represents the time of the ac quisition of the sample when it identifies at least one Sample on the graph 291 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 292 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects e Pen Selected field indicating that the Pen is currently selected As already described in this chapter another customized label can be added to the complex field see chap 5 Complex la bel page 210 or a dynamic field showing the value of the Trend on the pen see chap 5 Trend Pen page 211 Fields ASEE Properties Identification
173. User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 33 Layout of menus B Cross reference Search for Free Search Find Replace Page Elements Tags of the project Scripts Functions of the Project a a The search criteria are the following e Free search e Find Replace e Page Elements e Project Tags with Check enabled by default e Project Scripts Functions Free search Within Free search it is possible to carry out a search by fiel ds by editing the Name Mask and inserting for example the letter F In the initial page it is also possible to decide if the search is to be completed for the entire project or only ina part of it Using two keys it is alSo possible to save load filter conditions in XML format Then click Search Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 34 Chapter 2 Layout of menus E Cross reference Name mask Search in All Project Only in Save filtering conditions Load filtering conditions The following mask will display all objects whose name begins with the letter F B Cross reference Elements List Searched element Element name Element type Path Wffonts Fonts Fonts Pragetta SCZ07A SP2 ETHI SM Progetta SC207A SPi ETHI Fre Tree View Find element New Search JA In the same page by using the keys it is also possible to e Export all Export all objects in the list to an Excel or CSV
174. While a lt gt ESAHMI ESARECI PEARC DeleteRecipe R_Type a 0 a ESAHMI ESARECI PEARC GetFirstRecipeName R_ Type Loop As we can see the While cycle remains open until such time as the value of a is different from the empty string that is until recipes have been saved Cancellation occurs in accordance with the type indicated at the beginning of the Script and the current value of a recipe name In addition the value O is passed to avoid confirmation being asked of the operator Within the cycle we also update the value of a by getting the new first recipe we again use GetFirst rather than GetNext because the delete operation has changed the order of the recipes Exiting from the While cycle all the recipes have been eliminated so all we can do is get the time taken by the Script t Timer t return t Using this instruction the value of t is updated by removing from the current value of Timer the value obtained at the beginning of the Script saved in t Thus at the end of this Instruction t will contain the number of seconds elapsed between the beginning and the end of the cancel operation Below is the complete code of our Script Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 474 Chapter 8 Scripts Elia General Sub Scripti 1 Set initial time in seconds t Timer Set recipe type R_Type Dieci Var Sa a ESAHMI ESARECIPEARC GetFirstRecipeName R_Type The following instructions are
175. a within a project project Simply double click on the HWConfiguration entry in the Project Explorer win dow Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 52 Chapter 3 Managing the project CELI EAIA crid ject SC207A SP1 ETH1 Pages x C207A SP1 ETH1 I c207A SP1 ETH1 SW Configuration 4 Tags H Languages and fonts Pages E PopUp pages FN alarms 4 SP1 ETH gt Recipe types g Users and passwords H S Data archive z oer Scripts 3 Global script il H H Lists as Images 4 ETH a Advanced CS1 CJ1 Ethernet l There are three options for adding new devices to the project e Use the right mouse key to click inside the white confi guration page and select Aggiungi Nuovo Oggetto Add New Object from the menu zoom In oom Cur Add New Object e Click on the Ds key present in the tools bar e Select Fields gt Create from the main menu A dialogue window will open from where it is possible to select ESA devices and panels Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter3 53 Managing the project Now the introduction procedure of the object selected results identical to that described previously in the Wizard Modification and connection of the project components Once all of the useful elements for the realisation of the project have been introduced they must be connected and the connection
176. able windows sub menu Display gt Tools Allows to access the tools bar N bar submenu Display gt Allows to restore the SmartClick N Restores windows windows and bars with the de and bars position fault position Display gt Full Allows to display the work win ined dow in Schermo Intero Full screen Screen mode 1 cona Non Disponibile Al Al Al Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 19 Layout of menus Submenu Show t Project explorer Library explorer Log viewer Table 15 Functions of the submenu Display gt Show Kol Path Menu Description of function Show gt Explore Shows the Explore Project project window Show gt Explore Shows the Explore Library Library window 4 Show gt Log List Shows the Log List window Submenu Toolbar This submenu lists the twelve groups of icons making up the toolbar Using this menu the user can proceed to reintroduce into the application groups of icons that have been closed and that no longer appear in the SmartClick screen For further information about the way the toolbar works please consult the next paragraph Menu Tools Options Utilities Translations Tags Recipes Alarms Downloader Utilities Options Sub menu Table 16 Functions of the menu Tools Icon Path Menu Description of function NA Tode Onion Makes it possible to configure P the Options of SmartClick Tools gt Utility Accesses Smart
177. able 35 Properties of the Touch button Properties BorderSize Button3D TextBlink TextColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the button is in 3D The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresh olds Indicates the choice of image to apply to the button No image a single im age or list of images Active only if Bitmap set on Image with this you can indicate which of the images in the project to apply to the button Indicates the type of inscription to dis play on the button None Label or Text list Active only if Caption is set for Label makes it possible to indicate the text to be applied to the button Inside a mul tilanguage project click on to edit texts in any language see crap 5 Languages page 153 Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Determines the flashing of the text the possibilities are No Blinking Slow blinking or Rapid Blinking The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the text of the button which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The val ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it
178. able to the page see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 Adds a table with a list of users to the page see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 Adds a table with a list of recipes to the page see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 Adds a table with a recipe editor to the page see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 ic Show Hide touch grid o Show Hide touch areas Zoom in 3 Zoom out 100 Ta Group CA Ungroup Align Distribute Level go Lock a Unlock Ctrl Shift G Ctrl Shift U Resize with content Chapter2 13 Layout of menus Table 9 Functions of the menu Layout ete a Path Menu Description of function Shows the grid in a page or ina Layout gt Show Hardware configuration see grid chap 6 Page properties page 257 Layout gt Align Aligns the selected element to grid the grid Displays hides the cells to b selected by the Grill on the Touch screen Layout gt Show Hide Touch Grid Layout gt Show Displays hides the pixels of Hide touch the Area on the Touch screen sensitive areas Layout gt Enlarge Enlarges the page display Layout gt Reduce Reduces the page display Makes it possible to indicate the Layout gt Zoom display percentage for the page w Group two or more elements in kavout Crou the current selection see chap y P 6 Grouping of two or more graphic elements page 425 A sevens gt
179. age left Page right Line up Line down Cursor left Cursor right Acknowledge Group Acknowledge User Define Once the table has been inserted into the page and been se lected a series of properties contained in the Properties Editor can be attributed to it the meanings of these properties are identical to those of TrendView properties see chap 5 Prop erties of a TrendView page 293 By double clicking on the table you access its editing page which comprises three masks Fields General and Properties EAS General Properties Term Dal State es res ee Acknowledge Global Acknowl Brora active ala Brora alarmsno The default contents of the Fields mask include the Alarm Grid table whose properties will be dealt with in the next subsec tions see chap 5 Properties of the Active Alarm Grid page 309 Using this mask you can proceed to indicate which buttons should be present with the table and position them within the area To insert or remove a button just click on the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 306 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects list of buttons to the left of the table if an object is already present in the page it will appear highlighted within the list and will be visible in the Table Edit Area To move an ele ment button or table just drag it to the desired position The buttons that c
180. ains the code of the command requested executed 5 PARAMETER_1 first parameter e PARAMETER_2 second parameter PARAMETER_3 third parameter The panel will execute the requested operation relative to the value of the Word corresponding to the COMMAND_ID and where necessary use the parameters indicated in the remain ing 3 Words The COMMAND _ID of the function command ar Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 570 Appendix D Command area ea is set at 0 by the terminal when it is able to process a command free area To send a command the device must e check that the COMMAND_ID is at 0 e compile the parameters e set COMMAND _ID of the response tag at 0 e set the command in the COMMAND _ID The terminal executes the command and when it has finished puts any parameters into the response area and then puts the command code executed into the COMMAND_ ID of the re sponse tag In addition it frees the command tag by putting O into its COMMAND_ID If the command cannot be executed or there are errors in any parameters in the response tag the terminal will put the value OXxFFFF all 16 bits at 1 into the COMMAND _ID and puts the non executed command code into PARAMETER_ 1 It frees however the command tag by putting O into the COMMAND ID A command response tag should be assigned to each device equipped with a command area The terminal polls the command tags residing in the different devices but always runs one c
181. allows you to edit the following op tions Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 114 Chapter 4 Project Explorer e Background colour e Border visibility e Border size e Border colour e Border style e 3D border The Advanced section allows you to edit the following op tions e Use background image e Background image e Image Representation e Horizontal Position of Image e Vertical Position of Image Popup pages Popup pages are pages that are only displayed following the occurrence of particular situations these can be called using the command area and the button with an assigned function After double clicking the Popup pages icon in Project Explorer a list of the pages introduced into the project will appear in the work area This list can be used to add new Popup pages duplicate them or delete existing ones In addition some attributes like the Page number Description and Comment can be edited simply by clicking inside the fields relating to the table and new texts can be introduced Once the Popup page has been created using Project Explorer or the list you can double click on it in the tree diagram to begin editing it in the work area The page editor is organized In the following sections Fields General Help page and F keys as described in the paragraphs below amp Note Up to 10 different Popup pages can be entered in a SmartClick project For information regarding the properties a
182. ame of the sequence PageName Name are specified Returns a Boolean value 0 Bool PageName if False 1 if True Str indicating whether the IsPageName page relating to the input Open parameter is open or not needs the passage of the name of the page that is to Show Displays the page where Sequencel Sequence the Id of the page and the d Int PageBy name of the sequence are Number specified Show Displays the previous page Previous inside the current Sequence sequence Page ShowNext Displays the following Sequence page inside the current Page sequence Get Gets the name of the page i Sequencel Sequence sequence d Int Name Get Gets the name of the page Sequence Sequence sequence Name Str Page Varies the light on the LigntUp display by increasing it fa ae Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 408 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 15 ESAPAGEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Method Description OUT IN Varies the light on the LigntDown display by decreasing it a Varies the light on the LightLevel LightSet display by setting the Int specific value The object The object ESAPAGE allows some properties of an individual ESAPAGE page to be managed as Set out in the following table The String relating to the name of the references pages must be passed to it This object does not have usable methods but in the following section we will analyze the object ESACNTRL child of the object ESAPAGE which enables
183. an be associated to the objects Properties Description Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the field see PasswordLevel chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using movement keys of the cursor within a page It also con Tabi ndex trols the order in which data is intro duced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Indicates whether to show thousand Thousep separators or not The value can be associated with Tag or it can be man aged with thresholds Allows you to use a general numerical field and view during insertion of its data the character attributed to the Password Character property For PasswordChar example if you attribute the cha racter to the Password Character property a line of asterisks will appear when inserting the data e g 12345 Indicates the layout of the representa tion of the numerical value for exam ple if the value is 35403 and if the picture is the field displayed will be 35 4 03 Indicates the number of decimal digits DecimalDigits to display if the representation format is Fixed Point Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 237 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Numerical Fie
184. an be inserted are different and each has a pre defined non editable function assigned to it Page Up allows the operator to go up the pages of the table Page Down allows the operator to go down the pages of the table Page Left allows the operator to move left within the page Page Right allows the operator to move right within the page Line Up select the line above the current one Line Down select the line below the current one Cursor Left move the table cursor leftwards Cursor Right move the table cursor rightwards User button this button can have a user chosen func tion or a script assigned to it See chap Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 Show Page displays the page assigned to the alarm see chap 5 Properties page 185 Acknowledgement acquires the selected alarm Global Acknowledgement allows the operator to per form a global cumulative acquisition of all the alarms present in the table if this option has been enabled for the alarm in question see chap 5 Properties page 185 Group Acknowledgement allows the operator to per form a global cumulative acquisition of all the alarms in the table that belong to the same group as the one selected if this option has been enabled for the alarm In question see chap 5 Properties page 185 Show History shows the page containing the Alarm His tory Enter the appropriate Events Edi
185. angement just click on icon of the toolbar or Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Right Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that the distance between the right sides of consecutive objects is al ways equal to the distance between the right sides of the first two objects reference objects calculated according to their order when scrolling the page from the left If the reference distance is less than zero SmartClick takes it automatically to 0 thereby aligning to the right 43 5 6656008 896 80 6 5 00 E QStart 0 Distribute Horizontally db GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Distribute Right 2 or it Distribute Distribute Right Ca A ig wi g Distribute Left LJ L f g j B ENa a u h ene In our example the result obtained will be the one represent ed in the next figure GEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Mouse pointer 571 11 To arrange to the center just click on icon of the toolbar or the Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Center SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that the distance between the central vertical axes of consecutive ob jects is always equal to the distance between the central ver tical axes of the first two objects reference objects calculated according to the
186. anual rev 1 0 402 Chapter 8 Scripts ESATRENDMGR methods accessible with Scripts Table 13 ESATRENDMGR methods accessible with Scripts Method GetFirst Sample GetNext Sample IsEmpty Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Returns attributes of the first least recent sample of the trend buffer specified by the input parameter Apart from the Trend ID requires as input parameters pointers linked to Variant String and Boolean type variables to which the values are returned Returns TRUE if the operation is successful while Quality indicates whether the value of Value exists or not if Quality FALSE the buffer is empty Returns attributes of the next sample of the trend buffer specified by the input parameter next in chronological order relative to the last sample read by the GetFirstSample methods or by GetNextSamples itself Apart from the Trend ID requires as input parameters pointers linked to Variant String and Boolean type variables to which the values are returned Returns TRUE if the operation is successful while Quality indicates whether the value of Value exists or not if Quality FALSE the buffer has no successive elements Checks whether the Trend specified by the input ID is empty returns 1 or not returns 0 Trendid Long Value Var Time Str Quality Bool Trendid Long Value Var Time Str Quality Bool Trendi
187. anual rev 1 0 108 Chapter 4 Project Explorer duplicate or delete existing ones In addition certain attributes like Page number Description and Comment can be edited simply by clicking inside the appropriate fields of the table and new texts can be introduced Once a page has been created using Project Explorer or the list double clicking on it in the tree diagram makes it possible to edit it in the work area The page editor is organized in the following sections Fields General Help page and F keys The subsections below offer a description for each mask The properties and the events that can be assigned to the Page will be dealt with in the next chapter we advise readers to consult the relevant section for a list of them and their meanings see chap 6 Page properties page 257 and see chap 6 Events related to Pages page 257 Fields GEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properties The Fields mask shows graphically how the page will appear once the project has been installed in the terminal To Introduce an object simply click on the relevant icon and immediately afterwards draw the outline of the area that will contain it in the page in the desired position The next chapter will illustrate all the procedures for introducing graphic objects and the relevant meanings and tools see chap 6 Managing a page page 254 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 109 Project Expl
188. anual rev 1 0 60 Chapter 3 Managing the project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 4 Chapter4 6 Project Explorer Project Explorer The principal anchorable window in SmartClick is the Project Explorer window from which the structure and operations of the project can be controlled In this chapter we describe in detail all the characteristics that can be configured using Project Explorer E TT oom Project SC2074 SP1 ETH1 Pages y a oject baie Dh HW Configuration n m a ae H a Languages and fonts H E Fages TR E PopUp pages Dl S Recipe types fesse g Users and passwords H z Data archive i Scripts HERE 3 Global script H il Lists Hl El i Images H a Advanced The Project Explorer window contains all the editable objects arranged as a tree diagram in which the parent element is always the project to which the Hardware configuration is anchored the ESA terminals with their attributable properties and the connected devices with their related settings Note A single click on an element in the tree selected it while a double click allows you to edit There are six buttons present in the upper part of the window e The button is used to add one element to the category selected in the tree chart If the entire project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 62 Chapter 4 Project Explorer is selected this key can be used to insert new terminals or
189. aphic presentation in the form of a trend curve page 200 TrendAcquireSample Exports the trend indicated to a file the relevant Trend Buffer and the name and type of destination file need to be defined TrendExport Enables acquisition of the trend indica tor the trend buffer the command re lates to must be defined as an input parameter see chap 5 In runtime TrendEnable the system supplies the support for the acquisition and accumulation of nu merical values and for their graphic presentation in the form of a trend curve page 200 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 560 Appendix B Predefined functions Table 6 Functions relating to Trends Function TrendDisable TrendReset Description Disables acquisition of the trend indi cated the trend buffer that the com mand relates to must be defined as an input parameter see chap 5 In runt ime the system supplies the support for the acquisition and accumulation of numerical values and for their graphic presentation in the form of a trend curve page 200 Clears the buffer of the trend indicat ed the trend buffer that the command relates to must be defined as an input parameter see chap 5 In runtime the system supplies the support for the acquisition and accumulation of nu merical values and for their graphic presentation in the form of a trend curve page 200 Functions relating to di
190. ar sector Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Properties of ESACNTRL Line Table 25 Properties of ESACNTRL Line Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the object has currently been drawn ControlLeft If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object has currently been drawn centrolise If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Horizontal coordinate of the starting point Changing this value means moving the starting point horizontally when redrawing using the Draw method This value if read with a Script assumes a value of X1 Left values set with SmartClick Similarly the point is drawn on the pixel with the value X1 Left Script values Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 420 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 25 Properties of ESACNTRL Line Properties ControlHide Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Horizontal coordinate of the arrival point Changing this value means moving the arrival point horizontally when redrawing using the Draw method This value if read with a Script assumes a value of X2 Left values set with SmartClick S
191. archive Scripts ia clobs script i 0 Lists H Bi meges Hi Advanced At this point click on the Esegui Progetto Perform Project icon oe the following image will appear Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 85 Project Explorer By clicking on the Tag the editing keyboard will appear from where a value can be assigned to the tag itself alala For example by entering 150 on the editing keyboard and confirming using Enter also on the editing keyboard a warn ing will automatically appear under the form of a Popup page where the user is warned of the fact that the value being introduced is a higher value that the maximum limit set which remember is 100 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 86 Chapter 4 Project Explorer You are writing a value hagher than limit Do you want bo continue At this point the user can decide whether to continue by click ing on the OK key or to annul the introduction of the data which must be re set If the user decides to continue by clicking OK as just seen SmartClick will automatically attribute the maximum limit val ue 100 The same will occur when trying to insert a value below the minimum set e g if a value equal to 5 is set when the min imum limit is 10 a warning message will appear under the form of a Popup page as shown below Dts iurare Saradation O sts You are writing a value lower than lim
192. ation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked FontStrike Out Methods of ESACNTRL Label Table 32 Methods of ESACNTRL Label Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Returns the length of the GetTextLen string currently written in the label Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 429 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL I mage field Table 33 Properties of ESACNTRL Image field Properties Description Typ RW e Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the rectangle of the field has currently ControlLeft been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object or the rectangle of the ControlTop field has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object IS moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Defines whether the object should Bool be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the borderof R the rectangle of the field currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long BorderColor value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will a
193. aviour Adwanocmd Dorder JD e ran x Bordar bink ED Boek herder colar ial EE Border viiibibty horder nie Border siyle We now change the representational properties of the hori zontal value scale for the representation we will choose thou sandths of a second and light blue as the area color We leave all the other values unchanged except for the colors of the di viding lines that we set as white ChartArait oer ChartareaTap i ChartiresLett sa Greiterbrisencoler GrdiiorDavipianiumber Gedterbanonienbunber o Greiverbrnsencoler l rriyirbrisiiAiiber a Drg erbe z HoeScaleMode HerSeaeTimeformat ovens zj Horgpalyaieikka id Varsculeigibls id Verscalaigiiehumbsr 3 The final option requires great care In the Pens field we click on the button Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 542 Chapter 9 Tutorial Selected Pen Weick Ranges Color range Nama English Uiiked States TrendPen ath ee I 1 Seme type lireset i Min Pax Par style Lines style Sola Sine 1 E oo Masker Coa Default cobor D 7 fl Show per ican a a OO C e w baad Fi 7s ee oe et f s Pa kis a me a ell ite This new window contains the operating methods of the Trend pens that is the different ways the graphs and trend buffers can be drawn On the left side of the mask 2 pens can be de
194. ay_var_2 a Array_var_4 g Array_var_6 w Languages and fonts ull We have thus defined 9 variables of different types that we can use as we wish within our project The next table offers a Summary also of the use of the memory addresses as speci fied in our work up to this point Tabella 1 Organization of Memory area Address Memory name Variable MemoryAddress num_ pezzi Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Phase 4 General configuration of the terminal Chapter9 491 Tutorial Tabella 1 Organization of Memory area Address Memory name Variable W 7 8 9 10 MemoryAddress_4 array_var_4 Having defined the Hardware and Software structure as well as the data areas of the job variables we now also provide the general work settings for the terminal a Tuturial Th HwWConfiguration SC207A SP1 ETH1 ian T gt SW Configuration Pz Tags k Languages and fonts Y Recipe types 8 Users and passwords S Data archive Pi Scripts f3 Global script E Lists FEN Images P Advanced el A Tuturial For this we double click on the name of the terminal in Project Explorer in our case this is SC207A Setting the main window Here in the terminal section the window is again arranged in masks We go to the Main Window mask where we can set our general preferences regarding the appearance of the project in runtime Polymath SmartClick User Manual
195. be associated to the objects The main property of the Touch Keyboard Button consists in the possibility of associating the ASCII code of the symbol to which the button is placed during the creation of the key board Slide potentiometer A Slide Potentiometer can be introduced into a page by click ing on the icon a or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple controls gt SlidePotentiometer After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Potentiometer A Slide Potentiometer is useful for introducing a direct check on a variable There is a continuous representation of the val ue of the reference variable and the operator can attribute any value by just clicking on the indicator slide control The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Potentiometer Properties of the SlidePotentiometer Table 39 Properties of the Slide Potentiometer Properties Description Identifying name of the Potentiometer Must be unique among the graphic el ements Comment Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Potentiom eter selectable using the RGB code or AreaColor color palette The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 270 Chapter 5 Properties a
196. ble can be associated Once a variable is created it with its valid name assigned by SmartClick will appear under the Tags option of the tree form diagram to enter edit mode for this just double click on it If you wish to get to know the list and the meaning of the events that can be associated to a variable you are advised to consult the next chapter see chap 6 Events related to variables page 249 amp Note By dragging a variable from Project Explorer onto a page in the work area SmartClick automatically creates a data field numerical or ASCII associated to the variable within that page D Note The duplication of a variable provokes the creation of a new variable with anew Memory Address with the same value address as the Memory Address of the original variable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 J 7 Project Explorer RefreshGroups List Moiese Groups Tags List Name Update The second window in the Tags menu allows to specify the Gruppi di Rinfresco Refresh Groups present in the project These classes allow to distinguish the updating frequency of the values of the relative tags This function is useful when different degrees of mutability are envisioned for field tags It is possible to introduce eliminate and duplicate update classes An identification name and a refresh value indicated in seconds can be inserted for each of these The Tools key allows to modify the
197. ble to associate events scripts or functions to be associated objects contained in each project page Once you have added to objects an object to a page by double clicking on it Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 183 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects CHORE Pressed Cantral Behaviour Ew pts Ares coios i ess 555 555 Area Visibility Eo Once you have clicked on the Events option the following image will appear Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 184 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects OnPressed From this window it is possible to associate a predefined fun ction or user script to each event by simply clicking on the ta ble in the corresponding line and then on mm The resulting mask will allow you to make all the settings nec essary to add a function just click on Add Function and choose the function you want from the list that appears Sim ilarly by clicking on Add Script you can choose the Script to be assigned For objects like touch buttons Function keys and Switchbuttons up to 2 functions scripts per corresponding event can be introduced for the events of other objects gen erally only one function or script can be assigned To change the order in which the functions must be executed just move Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0
198. blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the font to use for writing the text Can be edited by inserting the string relating to the name of the Font one of those included in the project The change will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines the size of the label text Can be changed by attributing the required value The change will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the label text is shown in Italics 1 or in Roman 0 If modified using a Script the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 428 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 31 Properties of ESACNTRL Label Properties Description Defines whether the label text is shown in Bold 1 or in Roman 0 If modified using a Script the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked FontBold Defines whether the label text is shown underlined 1 or normal Font 0 If modified using a Script Underline the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the label text is shown barred 1 or normal 0 If modified using a Script the vari
199. by SmartClick is saved onto a physical support of the panel in XML format so as to be able to be displayed on a browser and be in any case kept in a reconstructable digital format For more information on how to carry out this operation the reader is advised to read the chapters illustrating this function see Functions relating to printing page 713 and see chap 9 ESAPAGEMGR methods accessible with Scripts page 537 Hardcopy printout is an alternative mode for printing the Reports created in SmartClick With this you can print the entire content of the page displayed by the panel at the moment of the print command adapting it to sheet format There are two types of Hardcopy printout e Hardcopy page print the current page excluding any popup e Fullscreen hardcopy print exactly what appears on the screen Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Keyboards Chapter4 171 Project Explorer pP Note There is also the possibility of managing the text print and values on rows in runtime exploiting the Scripting functions contained SmartClick Readers are advised to consult the section in this manual dealing with the Scripts to discover the potential of these functions see chap 9 object ESAPRN page 595 Keyboards can be customized to enter data having the desired form colour and content so that they can be used for projects in any language using Cyrillic Greek German American and Asian characters K
200. can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Indicates the number of sides assigned to the Irregular Line in the drawing Determines whether the object is ini tially visible it is also possible to as sign a Boolean variable dynamic in Runtime or it can be managed with thresholds Determines if the object can move or not Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Regular polygon A Regular polygon can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Sim ple figures gt Regular polygon After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the Polygon The default setting is that a pentagon 5 sides is drawn to change the number of sides vertices just edit the properties Number of Points using the Properties Editor see the follow ing section This function allows the creation only of regular polygons that is one with all the angles and sides equal Irregular Polygons can also be introduced by using the appropriate SmartClick tool see chap 5 Polygon page 203 To define the characteristics of the Regular Polygon they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Properties of the Regular Polygon The properties of the Regular polygon are identical to those of the Irregular polygon see chap 5 Properties of the
201. ccessible from Script eek Oo y EBsscribtcn GetThreshold _ Gets eae thecienccmtasn current state of integ seine State the tag s threshold Gets the current specific String Tag GetThreshold level state of the threshold name LevelState Integer Le vel The object This object offers functions relating to the user currently ESAUSERMGR logged onto the terminal The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of ESAHMI ESAUSERMGR GetCurrentUser ESAUSERMGR methods accessible with Scripts Table 3 ESAUSERMGR methods accessible with Scripts Method Description OUT IN GetCurrentU Returns the name of the Str serName user currently logged in GetCurrentU Returns the level of the Int serLevel user currently logged in The object This object offers functions relating to the management of the ESAALARMMGR alarms in the project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of ESAHMI ESAALARMMGR ClearAlarm Alarm_ 1 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 388 Chapter 8 Scripts ESAALARMMGR methods accessible with Scripts Table 4 ESAALARMMGER methods accessible with Scripts Method Description Raises named alarm with lag set using SmartClick Needs as an input parameter the name of the alarm to be acquired Bear in mind that you cannot activate in Runtime the event ON for an alarm whose status is already ON the statu
202. ce duplicate and delete the text lists or simply introduce or edit a related comment Once an Image list has been created it can be double clicked in Project Explorer to access the corresponding editing mask Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 154 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Name ImaqgeList Comment Symbolic field image list Preview Image Comment The upper part of the mask can be used to change the identifying properties of the list The Name is a unique attribute within any given project that is other different lists with the same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick The lower part of the mask can be used to edit the Image list itself new images can be added or existing ones deleted Add an image already in the project see chap 4 Add an image page 155 by using the relevant drop down menu Image column A preview and a comment can be displayed for each Image belonging to the list TO move an image just select it and click on the Up or Down keys according to the operation to be performed I mages SmartClick offers the possibility of importing into the project images that are in the programmer s PC images in all the more common graphic formats can be introduced By double clicking on the Images icon in Project Explorer the list of images uploaded into the project can be accessed Using this list you can see a preview of the figures add them
203. ced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 AsciiLen Determines the maximum length of the string represented in the Field Allows you to use a general numerical field and view during insertion of its data the character attributed to the Password Character property For PasswordChar example if you attribute the cha racter to the Password Character property a line of asterisks will appear when inserting the data e g 12345 Tabi ndex ASCII Field events Table 27 ASCII Field events Events Properties OnAborti nput sees when data input operation is Activated when data input using the enBegini pur keyboard starts Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 245 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 27 ASCII Field events Events Ba le OnValueChange eede taevalusor e when the value of the Field is changed using the keyboard Symbol Field A Symbol field can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Value fields gt Symbol field After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the Field The Symbol field serves to indicate to the operator a given im age according to the value of a related variable depending on the value of the variable an image contained
204. cenieaenaenees Appendix D Command area escsocossssssssssscccccccocosoosssssssssssseceee Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 L What is SmartClick What does SmartClick do E The Manual ESA Elettronica s Customer Care service Chapter 1 Introduction Introduction SmartClick is the software that ESA Elettronica offers its cli ents for the configuration of all operator panels in the SC fam ily The principal feature of the application is that it s so easy to use thanks to its user friendly intuitive interface The concept behind SmartClick is to be the switching point be tween the customer and the terminal in fact it is the tool that allows the user to transfer his or her own ideas onto the panel creating projects at different levels of development The work performed by SmartClick produces a compiled project containing all the operative details of the package cre ated Once the project has been compiled without errors it can be uploaded and installed on the panel which is now ready to use SmartClick guides the user at every step of the development of the project from its creation to editing from compilation to its passage to the terminal Note For a better knowledge of the functions offered by a particular product please consult the product s technical characteristics on www esahmi com This manual is designed to be a constant guide for ESA s cus tomers describing and
205. ch from to the filter is set by the user who can define a search field starting form one letter and finishing with another one Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 39 Layout of menus Search by type the filter is set by the user who can define a search field by selecting the tag type needed 2 Element name begins with The filter is set by the user who defines a search field by selecting the letter at the beginning of the name for the element to be searched 3 Mask The search filter is the same one of the option Element name begins with B Cross reference Secs Filters M Search By Type M System M Internal i Recipe Type V Device All Devices only in M Search By Name Search from C v Element s name begin with Mask Save filtering conditions Load filtering conditions Once the filters for carrying out the search are selected the following mask is obtained E Cross reference _ fox Elements List Searched element Element name Element type Path NumericField_2 NumericField Progetto SC207A SP1 ETH1 Pa 4 NumericField_4 NumericField Progetto SC207A SP1 ETH1 Par Export all sport selecte Tree View Find element See Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 4O Chapter 2 Layout of menus From the previously described mask using the appropriate keys it is possible to complete the followin
206. ch we configure a page a variable an alarm and the controls assigned to the page Using SmartClick we set the objects we need while running the Script We set a variable calling it Tag the names of the objects assigned using SmartClick are important as this is the key to accessing them using Scripts of the Integer type assigning an initial value of 0 In addition we set a generic alarm Alarm that will be set off when the variable Tag assumes the value 10 We remember to set in Alarms in the User Signals mask see chap 5 Usersignals page 176 the display of one of the user signals present We set a page called Page in which we insert a label called Label and a touch button Touch Button to which we assign the Script Script corresponding to the event onReleased Using Project Explorer we drag the variable to Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 8 Scripts the work area to create a dynamic field showing its value in runtime useful for constantly monitoring its value We add two buttons to which we assign the predefined functions of increase decrease value acting on the variable Tag so as to be able to change the value in runtime The page created will look like this Our Script must be able to get the value of the variable Tag check that the value is less than 5 and should this not be the case launch an alarm edit the layout of the label a
207. cipe 4 al phanumeric ASCII charac ters parameter 3 is the identifier of the type of reci pe The command can only be used for compatible reci pes see chap 5 Modes of compatibility a pag 190 Reads and writes the pipe line specified Empties the trend buffer specified Commands single sample of trend buffer specified Parameters PARAMETER_1 char PARAMETER_ 2 char PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 char PARAMETER_ 2 char PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 char PARAMETER_ 2 char PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 name 2 name 2 type_id pipeline _id trend_id trend ID Appendix D Command area 573 Tabella 2 Command codes and parameters Description Stops sampling trend buffer specified Starts trend buffer specified Commands printing of re port specified Requests printing of alarm history Requests HARDCOPY printing of the screen if text mode flag is at 1 printing will be in text mode other wise in graphic mode Forces printer Form Feed Resets numbering of print pages Global alarm acknowledge ment Requests disabling if flag is at zero or enabling if flag is at 1 of the touch screen if disabled il terminal does not respond to the touch Requests transfer of recipe from terminal to PLC Pa rameter 1 contains the ID of
208. ckground Traniparert O nn Takes you back to the previous page where you can edit the properties of the object In the same way it s possible to import a button on the page choosing among the several ones available in the library edi ting its properties from the popup windows after double cli cking on the object For example let s import the button Access 2 General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Mouse pointe Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 350 Chapter 6 Library Explorer After double clicking on it the following window appears al lowing to configure all the parameters of the Released but ton SS Edit PushButton Moco Pressed General Behaviour Events Preview By twice clicking on the Preview key it is possible to e Change the Background colour e Change the Symbol internal colour e Edit the Background colour e Change the rotation default 0 e Change the Mirror In the released page it is possible to change both the featu res of the released button e Area Colour e Area Visibility Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter6 351 Library Explorer 8 Library Rowton fb Ow Omo ar Fip O Herrons O vertical by selecting the corresponding entries the user can edit all of the parameters in the Pressed mask EJ Edit PushButton Fal Released CSTE General Behaviour Events Preveew fires oolor Gres Visib
209. click on Add and then tn Project Explorer click twice on the list to be able to edit Identification Name ImageList Comment In the edit mask we leave the name of the list as per default ImageList and click on Add to introduce images to the list Preview Image Comment E a cee n I AL SE a TrendPenMarkerCircle a Bk_Ascii_Up_Fg Bk_Ascii_Up_Bg Bk_Ascii_Low_Fg Bk_Ascii_Low_Ba Bk_Numeric_Limits_Faq Bk_Numeric_Limits_Ba Bk_Day_Time_Fa d Bk_Day_Time_Bg Bk_Numeric_Fg In the Images column of the table we select the image to be introduced from the pull down menu choosing it from those included in the project We add both the images related to the languages ita and eng The procedure for creating text lists is exactly the same as for image lists after creating one with the default name of Tex tList the following situation obtains Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 502 Chapter 9 Tutorial Identification Name TextList Comment Texts Text We now add 4 texts relating to the value of a variable for ex ample we insert the following strings The level of pieces is low The level of pieces is normal The level of pieces is high and The level of pieces is very high Each string inserted needs a translation in all the languages of the project thus in our case we have to provide a translation in English To insert
210. cnsniedigd ss 466 Turia h issoria T 477 Phase 1 The Project and Hardware Configuration 4711 Phase 2 Software configuration seeeessssssssoeersssssssssereees 479 Phase 3 Configuration of variables and Memory areas 484 Phase 4 General configuration of the terminal 491 Phase 5 Defining the alarms soossoseenssssssssoeerrssssssssserrssss 494 Phas 6 Defining recipe Types enerennesneie a 497 Phase 7 Loading IMAS eS aenn a E ss 498 Phase 8 Defining text and image Lists eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 500 Phase 9 Setting Pipelines cori cs3susssendewtycantawansandadsGiewsdodanienaeun 503 Phase 10 Defining a Trend Buffer eeceeecceeeeeeees 503 Phase L Graphie setting ei wince tater icabsueneriene saute daaciedetacamess 504 Phase 12 Creating pop up pages ccceececcceessseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 517 Phase 13 Drawing Full Screen pages ss ssssneeesssssssseerresse 523 Phase 14 Using complex controls ccccccesssseseeeeeeeeeeees 533 Phase 15 Defining the Trend graph cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 538 Phase 16 Compilation and Download ce eeeeeeeceeeeeeeees 543 Appendix A System Variables ccccsssssssscccccssssssssssssccsseees 547 Appendix B Predefined functions sssssscececccssssseceecccsssssceeeesoo 553 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix C SCAUUS ANCA sessie raa VEPSUN A Keyboard stat s areae au tenda
211. configure the communication method between the panel and the device the parameters can be configured in function of the connected panel and device The bottom of the window shows the range allowed by the protocol for each value inserted Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 66 Chapter 4 Project Explorer PORT1 Parameter Value Data Bit Eight Stop Bit One Parameter Value Port mode RS4e5 Baudrate 9600 bits Parity Odd Data Bit Eight a a T Stop Bit ETH1 Parameter Value IF Sddress 0 0 0 0 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 To edit each parameter simply click on the desired item and then click the drop down menu Parameter Port mode S46 a seose ido Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 67 Project Explorer Main window General Communication ports DEMME Boot configuration Exchange areas Components Editing page default grid size Width 10 H fess Height 10 O Show focus O Show mouse cursor V Use SIP keyboards O Beep on key press M Hide Taskbar MM Show confirmation messages Mv Use default dialogs size Dialogs size 20 gt Persistent Data Flush Interval min 3 Edit mode idle timeout sec 10 Help pages font SystemTahoma Tahoma The Work window of the main window shows the dimensions in pixels of the page displayed on the panel in general these dimensions are unchangeable and depend on the features of th
212. ct to for example when the tren dbuffer is full by clicking with the mouse on the Browse key to the right Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 147 Project Explorer The event will launch in the various trendbuffer conditions the Single conditions are described in the Trendbuffer Events ta ble see chap 5 Events related to Trend Buffers page 190 TrendBuffersxXY The display graphic of the TrendBufferXY property is the re presentation of two distinct variables and not like in the TrendBuffer of a variable depending on time Therefore as Shown in the following image in the assignment phase the variables must both be determined Source X and Source Y List Name Id Source X Source Y Size Strobe type de Clicking Modify the General Buffer and Events masks can be accessed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 148 Chapter 4 Project Explorer General Buffer Events Identification Name TrendBufferxy Comment Id 2 The identification properties of TrendXY can be set on the General mask The ID of TrendXY is an identification number of the data structure inside of the project it is a whole number greater than zero The Name and ID of a TrendXY are alone attributes inside of the project Distinct TrendXY s having the same name or ID number cannot exist The comment is a Unicode string visible only inside of Smar tClick Buffer
213. current one e Line Down select the line below the current one e Cursor Left move the table cursor leftwards e Cursor Right move the table cursor rightwards e User button this button can have a user chosen func tion or a script assigned to it see chap Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects e Show Page displays the page assigned to the alarm see chap 5 Properties page 185 Fields Properties Identification Name Historicallournalviewer Comment O Override default grid size Width Height Lt The General mask can be used to insert a name and an iden tifying comment for the Alarm History table being edited In addition you can overwrite the default dimensions of the ed iting grid of the page see chap 5 Main window page 113 introducing new measures in pixels valid only for editing the current field The graphic properties fonts and colors of the Active Alarm View grid can be configured using together the Fields and Pri orities masks of the Alarm see chap 5 Fields page 159 and see chap 5 Priorities page 175 Properties of the Alarm History Grid The properties of the Alarm History Grid coincide with those of the Active Alarm Grid see chap 5 Properties of the Active Alarm Grid page 309 Use
214. d Long Chapter8 4Q3 Scripts Table 13 ESATRENDMGR methods accessible with Scripts Method PutValue PutValueAt Reset Samples Acquire Sample ExportPart TrendBuffer ExportFull TrendBuffer Description Adds to the trend indicated by the input ID a new Sample with the attributes provided as input parameters The sample time is the current one Adds to the trend indicated by the input ID a new Sample with the attributes passed as input parameters Time must be expressed as DD MM YYYY hh mm ss mmm Removes all samples from the specified trend and triggers the event OnBufferClear Acquires a new sample for the trend indicated by the input parameter This method functions independently of the type of trend acquisition and of the value of its attribute Enabled Exports part of the buffer of the trend indicated by the input parameter Requires in addition the passage of the destination file name the type of file 1 xml 2 csv and the times of the first and last Samples to be exported Exports all the samples in the buffer of the trend indicated by the input parameter Requires in addition the passage of the destination file name the type of file 1 xml 2 csv Trendld Long Value Var Quality Bool Trendld Long Value Var Time Str Quality Bool Trendid Long Trendid Long Trendid Long FileName Str Type Int TimeStart Str TimeE
215. d or cancelled and those existing edited by means of the relevant buttons at the bottom of the mask Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 118 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Memory resources List Behavior Fields Priorities Alarms groups User Signals Events Number of alarms Historic a Active Size Kb a Use the Memory resources mask to define how much memory to reserve in the terminal for the management of the alarms it is necessary to specify how many alarms can be managed by the history and how many active alarms to consider The Dimension field indicates the file dimension expressed in bytes Behaviour List Memory resources Fields Priorities Alarms groups User Signals Events Discard the oldest records when the buffer is full FIFO Ignore the new record when the buffer is full To empty the buffer use scripts The historic buffer can hold 512 alarm s records Number of records that set the SystemTag SYS_History Warning 75 ile to use to store records File Name AlarmbHistory Log The file will be saved in the FLASH of the terminal If the logs are too frequent the FLASH could be damaged utomatic change to page O Change page automatically when priority is greater than Min priority Page to show in automatic Use the Behaviour mask to indicate the filling and emptying policy of the buffer when it has reached its maximum value You can choose to substitute the least recent
216. d Disk Pages N A N A Hard Disk pagesi Help N A N A Hard Disk help Images 297Kb 297Kb Hard Disk Recipes N A Hard Disk recipes Translation 12Kb 12Kb Hard Disk tro Log NZA NZA Hard Disk log Denia nt 2117h 21ih Used Miele Bimi Masi Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 370 Chapter7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime e Runtime transfer of firmware files in the currently used version of SmartClick e Pages files containing information about the pages created in the project e Help files containing information about the help pages created in the project e Images the project images are simply copied into this folder e Configuration files containing information useful for running the project properly xml component files The Scripts added by the user and the password files can be found here too e Recipes files rec containing information on the recipes saved in the memory of the VT e Translation files containing translations of multilingual project texts and system messages e Log log files used by the application this folder for example contains the log files of the login logout operations the alarm history and trend buffer logs e Font files containing relative information to fonts used in the project e Report files containing the relative information to the project reports e Documents empty directory ready to accommodate the reports in pdf e Client this contains
217. d to assign a value of 201 or above if you wish to introduce a high priority give a value between 1 and 99 the predefined Fatal Error level is always the one with the highest priority You can distinguish the priority of the alarms in runtime by assigning them different colours in the Table of active alarms or in the history see chap 6 Active Alarm View page 389 and see chap 6 Alarm History View page 394 Use this mask to indicate the background colour with the RGB code or a palette and text of the non selected options in the table otherwise the colours are those in the Fields mask Alarmgroups List Memory resources Behavior Fields Priorities PEDE EMA User Signals Events SmartClick offers the possibility of organizing the alarms of a given project into Alarm groups this could be useful where a considerable quantity of alarms is envisaged and the programmer wants to have at his her disposal a cataloguing tool for example to speed up the acquisition of many a alarms at the same time Using this mask new groups can be created by clicking on Add or existing ones deleted by clicking on Delete in addition for each group a comment with a purely identificatory purpose for the programmer can be introduced that will be visible only within SmartClick Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 122 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Usersignals List Memory resources Behavior Fields Priorit
218. dVerVisible Indicates whether there needs to be a vertical grid Indicates the way the scale should be displayed The Date alone the Time alone both or tenths of seconds can be represented HorScaleMode Active if the type of scale envisages HorScaleTimeFormat the Time and permits its format to be specified HorScaleVisible Indicates whether there needs to be a horizontal scale VerScaleVisible Indicates whether there should be a vertical scale VerScaleVisible Number of digits to show on the verti Number cal scale EditingTrend Pens From the Behaviour mask by clicking on the icon contai ned in the Pens entry we enter the following eaiting mask Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Fa Chapter5 299 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects ae al Soaks tre Pax Pen style Lire style Muchos a Preset Default color z fal Show pen igon The Pen edit window that is displayed is composed of three sections The left part has a list of pens created by the user from which it is possible to create and eliminate elements max 2 pens for each trend The bottom part contains a pre view of the pen currently being edited while the middle part of the window contains the real editing area for the pen select ed This window is organized into property masks Intervals and Interval Colors that are dealt with in the next subsections Properties D
219. ddress 3 lt iii For the moment we will introduce 4 variables which we will then edit individually We shall now describe in detail how the first variable is edited the procedure being identical for the following ones We start with the General mask where we digit the name and the comment of the variable AEE value Device Limits Conversion Thresholds Events Identification Name Num _pezzi Comment This Tag shown the value of items produced ddress Type Device v Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 485 Tutorial Let us call the variable num_ pezzi and add a brief descrip tion which may be useful for identifying what the variable is for in the future defining its location as Device General Device Limits Conversion Thresholds Events Integer In the Value mask we specify the type of value as Integer General Value PETE Limits Conversion Thresholds Events Memory Address RTU Master slow peripherals v Refresh group Class_0_5 500 msec v Og V Update Device enabled O Update always even when a tag isn t used by any field O Read only Fc 03 06 read write single register v Type Word v O Signed O Bco Address 0 E Seoe We will leave the default settings in the Device mask memory address Memory Address and proceed to enable the option Update continually even when no tag is used by a
220. de or the color palette Chapter5 271 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 39 Properties of the Slide Potentiometer Properties Description Indicates the number of subdivision marks appearing between two numer ical divisions These are shorter divi ScaleNotches sion lines than the numerical ones giving greater precision to the repre sentation Indicates the color ranges to be as signed to given value intervals within the scale By clicking on W you enter an editing window in which the value intervals and their respective colors can be defined the window also allows you only to specify the limits in relation to the scale to be displayed Indicates the number of divisions on the scale of values The number relat ScaleSectors ing to the value above the division is also displayed calculated according to the number of divisions Reference variable whose value is checked Using the appropriate keys Tagi d l you can create a new variable or edit an existing one Indicates the color of the whole cursor CursorColor of the Potentiometer this is selected using the RGB code or the color palette Indicates the direction of the scale whether vertical or horizontal Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable
221. ded to the project is double clicked the user is able to edit its characteristics EEE Communication ports Main window Boot configuration Exchange areas Components Editing the panel is organized via 6 work windows General Communication ports Main window Configuration Boot Exchange areas and Components The user can move from one window to another at any time without losing any of the changes made Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 65 Project Explorer General ENE Communication ports Main window Boot configuration Exchange areas Components Identification Name S C1074 PORT1 PORT2 ETH1 Comment Model C1074 PORT1 PORT2 ETH1 Creation Date 15 06 2010 8 48 43 Modify Date 02 09 2011 16 58 58 Compiling Date 01 01 1980 0 00 01 The work window General is used to change the name of the panel in question and add comments within it to make it distinguishable in the programming phase with SmartClick The bottom of the window shows information on the date of creation editing and compilation of the project Communication ports Cenceral Pe ae Main window Bool conliguration Exchange arcas Component ORT The p rt i net connected PORT The port if net cocmectad ETHL Parameter G81 611 Ethernet ETH21 IP Address Subnet mask IP Address IPADDRESS 0 0 0 0 955 755 355 755 Subnet mask PAGIHESS 0 0 0 0 2559 255 255 255 In this window it is possible to
222. der admissable values are 0 ascending 1 descending Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 456 Chapter 8 Scripts Methods of ESACNTRL Complex Control Grid Table 54 Methods of ESACNTRL Complex Control Grid Method Description OUT IN Count Returns the number of Long Column columns in the Grid CountRow Returns the number of Long rows in the Grid Properties of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Table 55 Properties of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Properties Description Typ RW e Defines the position in pixels Long RW counting from the left where the Grid has currently been drawn If Controrkent this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels Long RW counting from the top where the ControlTop Grid has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the object Long Width Control Defines the height of the object Long Height Defines whether the object should Bool RW be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 457 Scripts Table 55 Properties of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Defines the color of the border of the rectangle containing the Grid Can be chang
223. derSize Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Identifying name of the Date Time field Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Date Time field which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Field has a background area or should be trans parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a Border to the Date Time field or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Chapter5 251 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 30 Propertie
224. devices e The button is used to enter editing mode for the element selected in the tree chart e The fu button is used to shift an element upwards e The 4 button is used to shift an element downwards e The ii button is used to put the objects in order e The M button is used to put the page numbers in order Project SC107A PORTL PORTZ ETHi Pages Project SC1074 PORTL PORT ETH1 Pages Project SC1LO74 PORTL PORTZ ETH1 PopUp Project SCLO74 PORTL PORTZ ETH1 Alarms Project SCLO74 PORTL PORTZ ETH1 Recipe Project SC1074 PORT1 PORTZ ETH1ASWCor Project SC1074 PORTL PORT ETH1 Data a Project SC1074 PORT1 PORT2 ETH1 Scripts There is also a drop down menu from which any of the categories making up the menu can be selected Hi Configuration Project HW Configuration Errors Viewer Warnings Viewer Compiler Output Information relating to the element selected is displayed in the lower section of the window Here you will find the name the comment and the path of those objects chosen when creating the project Operations on There is a series of cumulative functions applicable to all the elements ofthe categories or elements of the Project Explorer window Project irrespective of their nature These functions are contained in aan a menu called up by clicking with the right hand key on the object in question as illustrated in the figure Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter
225. ding a new string and the on screen update happens after the Draw method or Refresh Control is invoked Methods of ESACNTRL Numerical field Table 36 Methods of ESACNTRL Numerical field Method Refresh Control Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only the part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Chapter8 435 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL Dynamic text Table 37 Properties of ESACNTRL Dynamic text Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the rectangle of the field has currently ControlLeft been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object or the rectangle of the ControlTop field has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the object Width Control Defines the height of the object Height Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without n
226. double clicking on the Alarms View Fields mask we enter the Alarms Grid editing area whose properties are contained in the following table Properties Description Identifying name of the Password Grid Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines whether the object can Lock move or not This field allows the operator to deter mine which columns to put in the table and define their respective properties To edit the columns click on the icon Columns ww In the window which appears enter the details relating to their width to the font and to the dimension and for mat of the titles of each column in the table RowHeight Determines height in pixels of each row Determines the index that the object Tabi ndex will occupy in the table order Indicates whether the horizontal scroll HScrouBarvisible bar should be visible in Runtime ae Indicates whether the vertical scroll VaChOnBe visi bar should be visible in Runtime Recipe List Table The Recipe List table is a predefined element in SmartClick one that can be inserted into the project pages It allows the operator to access the Recipe list in the terminal see chap 5 Recipes Types page 188 To insert a Recipe List table into a page click on the icon or alternatively use the main menu Fields gt Create gt Complex Controls gt Recipe list After clicking draw just the outline of the table and it will ap pear
227. download from the terminal to the de vice OnRecipeCreate Activated when the Recipe is created Activated when the Recipe is about to be deleted from the archive The event IS generated immediately before the effective deletion of the Recipe OnRecipeDelete Activated when the recipe is about to be loaded in the archive The event is generated just before the recipe is ef fectively loaded OnRecipeLoad Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 188 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 5 Events assignable to Recipes Event Description Activated when the upload from the Onbpoadcomplete terminal to the device is completed OnUploadError Activated when errors occur in the up i load from the terminal to the device Script Events key Table 6 Events that can be associated to the Scripts Evento Descrizione OnScriptError Activated when errors appear during execution of the Script Events related to Pipelines Table 7 Events assignable to Pipelines Event Description When anomalies in the destination OnDestDown variable stop the Pipeline working cor rectly When anomalies in the source variable stop the Pipeline working correctly On SOUTCEDOWN break in the connection with the de vice invalid value assignment etc The event is activated following the startup of the Pipeline that is it oc curs at the start of Runtime or after a break in the connecti
228. drawn with the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 413 Scripts Table 19 Properties of ESACNTRL Ellipse POPE cS aaa Eocene Dn ede RW reenter FpenneetneheiGhhorieobleae the height of the object Height Defines whether the object should Bool be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of RGB RW the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value BorderColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the border of the Int RW object should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking j 2 Rapid blinking Borer ene If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced at 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal RGB RW area of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 414 Chap
229. duced It is also possible to access the editor of the variable selected after clicking on o remove a field in the Recipe type simply select it and click on Delete Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 135 Project Explorer Recipes General Fields Events List Name Id Comment de The Recipes option allows you to view all the recipes ina project There are also buttons for adding new recipes and cancelling and duplicating existing ones Events It is possible to associate an event script to each Recipe you have created by clicking the Browse button on the right General Fields Recipes Guus OnDownloadComplete OnDownloadError Icons Light OnRecipeCreate OnRecipeDelete OnRecipeLoad OnUploadComplete OnUploadError S lEvents Functions Editor Functions Scripts associated to this event Parameters of the selected function script O Store the return value into ge Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 136 Chapter 4 Project Explorer The event is activated according to the condition of the recipe The conditions are listed in the table Events associated with recipes see chap 6 Events related to Recipes page 251 Users and Password configuration PASSNONES Within a project you can define authentication levels to maintain control of access to specific areas The purpose of this feature is to distinguish and control the level of operational fr
230. e sponding to the TAG AREA EDITING MODE set at 1 when any ac tive base page field is in editing mode ALARM_PRESENT set at 1 when at least one alarm is active whether rec ognised or not ALARM_PENDING set at 1 when at least one alarm has not been acknowl edged COMMAND_NACK set at 1 when a command from the device has not been accepted by the terminal Appendix C Status area 567 Tabella 2 Meaning of VT_STATUS bit values Description ALARM BUFFER_WLEVEL set at 1 if the alarm history has reached its threshold percentage determined by the maximum capacity available ALARM BUFFER_FULL set at 1 if the alarm buffer is full CONTEXT VALUE values Tabella 3 Meaning of CONTEXT_VALUE bit values oe fc DO e Focus is checking sequence directory or project pages Displayed and is focus service driver status page Sms Her pve nessa fe eemnes oC eee oF ek of arm erst Keyboard The status area relating to the keyboard is composed of 2 status area Words making a total of 32 bits Each bit corresponds to an F key on the keyboard where bit 0 is assigned to F1 bit 1 to F2 and so on for all the successive keys The bits are set at 1 when the key is held down 0 when released The value of the bit simply reflects the status held released irrespective of any script or function assigned to the key and if the keyboard is disconnected the value is at 0 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0
231. e If you wish to assign more than one function to a key it is bet ter to use a user Script containing those functions Below we will provide a description of the events that can be associated to a number of elements contained in Project Explorer for the graphic elements on the other hand the list of events will be treated depending on the case Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 186 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Events related to variables Table 2 Events assignable to variables Onl nizialization OnOffLine OnRawValueChange OnValSent OnValueChange Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Activated immediately after initializa tion of the variable that is at the star tup of Runtime Activated when the variable goes Off Line that is when it becomes unavail able following a break in communica tion Activated when the update of the vari able field is disabled this happens via a script setting the attribute OffScan at True see chap 5 Device page 128 Activated when the variable goes On Line that is when it becomes avail able again after a break in communica tion Activated when the update of the vari able field is enabled this happens via a script setting the attribute OffScan at False see chap 5 Device page 128 Activated when the peripheral device assigns a new rough value to the vari able theref
232. e distance between the top side of one object and the bottom side of the object preceding it is always equal to the distance between the bottom side of the first object and the top side of the second object reference objects calculated according to their order when scrolling the page from the top If the ref erence distance is less than zero SmartClick takes it automat ically to O SAA EEG 5890 8 5960 8 5 006 A Start Distribute vertically a GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Mou In our example the result obtained will be the one represent ed in the next figure Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 340 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties For atop line arrangement just click on icon of the toolbar or the Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Top SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that the distance between the top sides of consecutive objects is al ways equal to the distance between the top sides of the first two objects reference objects calculated according to their order when scrolling the page from the top S284 BE 5 600 Dapre 000e Z Start PE Distribute Vertically 4 gt Gites General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties Distribute Top N a 1 u s 5 3 Distri Distribute Top Distribute Bottom In our example the result obtained will be the one r
233. e panel hardware Nevertheless it is possible to change the grid for arranging objects in the page see chap 6 Managing a page page 254 the default values for these dimensions are set at 10 pixels for the width and 10 pixels for the length By reducing these values you have more freedom to add and reposition elements within the page the grids in the work area will be denser similarly by increasing these values the lines will become less dense and there will be less freedom to introduce objects There are also a number of configurable options regarding the display of pages on the terminal the Show focus option can be selected 100 zoom the user can decider whether to display the title bar the Reduce to icon button the window focus practically speaking the focus highlights the currently selected object or button the on screen keyboard for entering data and whether to hide the applications bar whether the confirmation message is to be shown whether to Show the confirmation message whether to use the default size of the dialogues The last three options allow the user to set the time out in the edit phase the font for the Help pages and the password level for accessing the system pages see chap 4 Password configuration page 136 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 68 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Dialog Box General Communication ports CEMER Boot configuration Exchange areas Components
234. e 23 Properties of ESACNTRL Circular sector Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the object has currently been drawn ControlLeft If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 417 Scripts Table 23 Properties of ESACNTRL Circular sector Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object has currently been drawn ControlTop If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the object Width Control Defines the height of the object Height Defines whether the object should Bool be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the arc of the circular section currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value ArcColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the arc of the circular section should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the prope
235. e 55 Properties of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Properties Description The maximum number of tracks that can be inserted in a table buffer This is a read only value TrackMax Samples Indicates the number of samples ae currently in the table buffer This Samples is a read only value Methods of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Table 56 Methods of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Method AddTrack AddSample Remove Track Remove Samples Description Adds a new track to the table Requires the passage of the track identifier and the maximum number of samples the buffer will hold Adds a new sample to the track indicated by the input parameter Also needs the passage of the value of the sample the acquisition time and a flag indicating whether the value is valid 1 or not 0 Invalid values flag 0 are used to specify acquisition errors Removes the track indicated by the identifier passed as an input parameter from the table Removes all the samples related to the track indicated by the identifier passed as an input parameter Trackld Long NumSampl es Int Trackld Long Value Var Time Str Quality Bool Trackld Long Trackld Long Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 462 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 56 Methods of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Description Returns the value of the Trackld track at the position Long indicated by the cursor Value Needs as an
236. e Name Recipe Id omo oo e RecipeField RecipeField RecipeField_1 RecipeField_1 appearance At this point we can try to load some images in the project that we can go on to use in our pages to make the functions more comprehensible or simply to give the project a more pleasing Tal Tuturial L HWConfigu ration S SC2074 SP1 ETH1 SW Configuration Pz Tags FN Alarms Recipe Scripts w 7 Lists amp aw ia Advance Images Tuturial S C207 4 SF E Ah images i Languages and fonts Pages PopUp pages types bg Users and passwords S Data archive 3 Global script Edit i New and Edit Rename Delete Create Folder Cut Str l Copy Ctrlt c Paste rity Paste as Child Configuration columns Let us insert for example the image of the Italian flag from Project Explorer we double click on the Images entry Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 499 Tutorial Sin Images oy Bke_Ascii_Up_Fg oof Bk_Ascii_Up_Bg MA ry Ble Asci_Low_Fag FEN Bk Ascii_Low_Bg rs Bk_MNumeric_Limits_Fg lie ry Bk Numeric Limits Bg a ry Bk Day _Time_Fg bets rs Bk Day_Time_Bg F Bk_Mumeric_Fg fects ry Bk Numeric Bg Pq image The following window will appear OmA General width Height Resize Dithering Format Quality Ne image file hag been baaded cick hare to load
237. e a window containing the message Message Text appear while the title appearing in the bar above this window will be Message Title Aw Warning The ESAMSGBOX method is advised only for debugging the script or rather during its testing For the final project when messages are to be presented on screen for the operator we strongly advise the use of pop up pages whose appearance can be controlled using Scripts Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 an Chapter 8 Scripts Warning To execute scripts relating to a variable the continuous update option must be enabled during the setting of the variable in SmartClick see chap 5 Device page 128 In addition tags can only use the methods and properties relating to thresholds if these have already been assigned Methods of the ESATAG objects accessible from crip Table 2 Methods of the ESATAG objects accessible from Script Method Description OUT IN Returns the IC variable Long String code inserted under string form Gets the code type of the Integ String GetDataType value corresponding tothe er type of tag Gets the code type of the Integ String GetRaw DataT rough value value inside er ype the device from the variable f Checks if the tag value is Bool String I si nvalid not valid ean Checks if the tag is Bool String correctly Off Line ena Checks if the tag is Bool String correctly Off Scan ean Checks if the tag value
238. e attribute the group we have just defined to the vari able int_ var by acting on the tag Device window Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 490 Chapter 9 Tutorial Project Explorer a tert Amay war Arap war d Aray vart Tag Hu sper INT_var a G og D gz Goneral Value Cherie Limits Conversion Thresholds Events Tamara SC SOTACSP2 ETH NTS Ak REL Teturial z i HWConfiguration Menory Address ATU Master aliy peneharals m SCOTA SFL Ee Refresh gra RefreshGrowp m Da G SW Configuration Class_O as Fast os possible fy Tags B Update Devoe enabled Class 0f S00 meee g Hamn penzi E Update always even when a tag isn t eS ee F O Beed only WF Svar n F reave FetreshGrowp r Tterrel_ Var PE 03 06 read write single register w WF SVS_Dateandtime ay F SYS Annee O Signed Array_var_2 F Array_var_4 F Array_var_ BG Languages and fonts sre D B Pages address 1 a Papllip pages aii Alari i Sa Reape trans ig Uiers are phages ae iT Yar Valid range eae E Address HEH OF FFF Tuberia ROTA SPL ETAL Tag NT war For the other variables we will leave the refresh group as pre defined Class_0 as fast as possible Summary of variables and memory area Tuturial SC207A SP1 ETH1 Pages v re Tuturial A 1 HWConfiguration B SC207A SP1 ETH1 Ce SwConfiguration 77 ri Num_pezzi g iNTLval a Str_val EAL_val g Internal_Var 3V3_DateAndTime g SYS_Languagel a Arr
239. e field is enabled 0 or disabled 1 that is whether the user can edit it Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Chapter8 445 Scripts Methods of ESACNTRL Bar Table 44 Methods of ESACNTRL Bar Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only the part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Refresh Control Properties of ESACNTRL Indicator Table 45 Properties of ESACNTRL Indicator Properties Description Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from the left where the rectangle containing the indicator ControlLeft has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the rectangle Width containing the object Control Defines height of the rectangle Height containing the object Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from the top where the object or the rectangle containing the indicator has ContrOTOR currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 446 Chapter 8
240. e figures gt Adds a regular polygon to the Regular polygon page J Simple figures gt Adds a circular sector to the Circular sector page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 9 Layout of menus Table 5 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures ete Path Menu Description of function Simple figures gt Adds a label to the page Label Simple figures gt Adds a complex label to the Complex label page Adds a trend pen to the page indicating the current value of the buffer Simple figures gt Adds an image to the page image Submenu Value fields Simple figures gt Trend pen Numeric Dynamic ASCII Symbolic Date time Bar Indicator Table 6 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Value fields ete Path Menu Description of function Adds a numerical field to the page see chap 6 Value fields page 285 Value fields gt Numerical Value fields gt Adds a dynamic text to the page Dynamic Value fields gt Adds an ASCII field to the page ASCII Value fields gt Adds a symbolic field to the Symbolic page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 LO Chapter 2 Layout of menus Table 6 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Value fields Icon Path Menu Description of function Value fields gt Adds a field relating to the date Date Time and time to the page Value fields gt Bar Adds
241. e left unchanged If we return to the Fields mask we will find a preview of what the pop up will look like General Help page Keys Events PopupPage Properties Mot Pop ups can be freely moved around the screen as well as re sized To move a pop up select it by clicking on in the tool bar and drag it to the required area In our example we will move the pop up to the bottom right hand corner of the page as shown below Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 519 Tutorial General Helppage Keys Events PopupPage Properties Mo To make the editing of the graphics easier we enlarge the pop up preview by clicking on the zoom icons in the toolbar a a 100 7 We will now move on to graphically editing the appearance of the popup just as we did for the button in the previous para graph we will open the Popup Page Properties window and edit some of the entries located there We enable the outline of the pop up and set a size of 5 pixels for the 3D effect we select Recessed and for the background color and the frame of the pop up we select green Campi Generale Pagina di help Tasti Eventi JITE EEE Alto Sinistra 366 Larghezza 235 Altezza 0 128 0 Colore sfondo visibilit bordo m Nm Dimensione bordo Colore bordo o 128 0 v Stile Bordo Solido Bordo 3D Piatto w Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 520 Chapter 9 Tutorial Our pop
242. e of the rightmost object in our example the button See figure 484 BE5608 8 96 0 2 3 00 E Hil Configuratioy Start Alarms Align Top 4 gt GES General Help page Keys Events Page Properti pa Align Bottom pe pointer 516 4 Align middle G 4lign Left TE Align Center 4lign Right Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 333 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Arrangement of objects When there are at least three objects in a page the operator can use the tools supplied by SmartClick to obtain their auto matic arrangement these tools can be accessed directly via the Main menu Layout gt Arrange or via the respective icons of the toolbar as described below Objects are arranged within a page by taking as a point of ref erence the distance between the first two objects in the page For vertical arrangements the reference is the distance be tween the first two objects encountered scrolling the page from top to bottom for horizontal arrangements the refer ence Is the distance between the first two objects encountered scrolling the page from left to right The following subsections offer simple examples which take into consideration only three touch buttons of different dimen sions but more complex configurations are dealt with in the same way Horizontal arrangement Using our example let us add three different colored buttons to the page S
243. e part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Refresh Control Returns the length of the GetTextLen string currently written into the field Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 443 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL Bar Table 43 Properties of ESACNTRL Bar Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the rectangle containing the bar has currently been drawn If this Properties Description value is changed the object is moved horizontally when ControlLeft redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object or the rectangle containing the bar has currently ControiTop been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the rectangle Width containing the object Control Defines the height of the Height rectangle containing the object Defines whether the object should Bool RW be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method RGB RW Defines the color of the border of the rectangle containing the bar currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value retur
244. e sector does not pass through the center forming a convex figure otherwise if False the line passes through the center con cave figure CircularSectorType Determines whether to make a partial Partial Fill color infill The value can be assigned to a whole variable Determines the color of the Sector in fill which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable FillColor Determines the direction of the Sector infill The infill can happen From Low to High From High to Low From Right to Left or From Left to Right The value can be assigned to a whole variable Indicates the percentage of the infill FillPercent The value can be assigned to a whole variable Line A Line can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Line and drawing its dimensions directly in the page To define the characteristics of the Line they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 202 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the Line Table 17 Properties of the Line Properties Description Identifying name of the Line Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick XP Horizontal coordinate of starting point Horizontal coordinate of destina
245. e speci fied The user is offered a choice be tween the list of available recipes in runtime LoadRecipe Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix B Predefined functions 555 Table 3 Functions relating to recipes Function Description Allows downloading recipes buffer from terminal to PLC or device SmartClick requires the type of recipe see chap 5 Creating and changing a DownloadRecipe Recipe type page 191 to which this Buffer command refers to be specified and whether the transfer should occur after synchronization or not By pressing this key in runtime the buffer is down loaded to the terminal Downloads one or more recipes to the terminal SmartClick requires the type of recipe see chap 5 Creating and changing a Recipe type page 191 to which this command refers to be spec ified and whether the transfer should occur after synchronization or not By pressing in runtime the key associated with this function the list of the reci pes of the type defined is provided and the operator can choose which recipe to download DownloadRecipe Saves the recipe buffer SmartClick re quires the type of recipe see chap 5 SaveRecipeBuffer Creating and changing a Recipe type page 191 to which this command re fers to be specified Cancels the buffer containing the reci pes may be useful to insert a button ClearRecipeBuffer with this function near an alarm histo ry table
246. e val ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the thickness of the out line of the Polygon The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds LineSize Determines whether the object is ini tially visible it is also possible to as sign a Boolean variable dynamic in Runtime or it can be managed with thresholds tee mine ies en mm Lock not Determines whether to make a partial Partial Fill color infill The value can be assigned to a whole variable Determines the color of the Polygon in FillCcolor fill using the RGB code or the color pal ette The value can be assigned to a whole variable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 205 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 18 Properties Description Determines the direction of the Poly gon infill The infill can happen From Low to High From High to Low From Right to Left or From Left to Right The value can be assigned to a whole vari able Indicates the percentage of the infill The value can be assigned to a whole variable Irregular line A Irregular line can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon MY or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Irregular line After clicking on the icon click on the page at the points that you want the vertices of the figure to appear in practice the begi
247. e val BorderStyle l ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 296 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Behaviour LIT x Appearance Advanced Behaviour Pens 1 RefreshTime 1000 ScrollType continuous S TimeSpan 10000 UpdateMode automatic S YS TabIndex 0 The following properties can be edited from the Behaviour mask Properties Description Indicates the pens to use in represent ing the trend By clicking on the w key you can edit the types of pen see chap 5 EditingTrend Pens page 298 Indicates the refresh period of the RefreshTime trend expressed in milliseconds Indicates how the scroll movement of ScrollType the table should operate may be con tinuous half screen or full screen Length of time periods expressed in thousandths of a second If the value TimeSpan 10000 is entered for example at any point the trend table will display the values gathered in 10 seconds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 297 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Description Indicates the way the Trend display is UpdateMode updated automatically with a change of value or on command Determines the index that the object TaBINGEX will occupy in the table order Advanced x Appearance Behaviour Advanced
248. e value indicated as a percentage of the reference value to be used exclusively to check the re entry of the event hysteresis The dead zone Indicates a time interval within which the event must not be raised so as to be able to make the slight value oscillations negligible Alternatively the Dead zone and Value attributes can be assigned to another tag simply by clicking on g inside the field in question The functioning of the Level thresholds can be summed up as follows e minimum thresholds tf the value of the variable is falling the event is activated the moment the variable falls below the reference value if the value of the variable is rising the event is activated the moment the variable rises above the reference value increased by the value of the dead zone e maximum thresholds if the value of the variable is falling the event is activated the moment the variable falls below the reference value diminished by the value Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 91 Project Explorer of the dead zone if the value of the variable is rising the event is activated the moment the variable rises above the reference value Let us consider the example in which we put a reference value of 30 without a dead zone In this case if the threshold is defined as a minimum threshold the events will be activated as soon as the value arrives at the value 30 when the value is rising and as soon as it goes below when
249. e whose list is to be examined in chronological order of the insertion of the recipes Chapter8 393 Scripts Table 7 ESARECIPEARC methods accessible with Scripts GetNext RecipeName Delete Recipe RecipeExists Description Returns the name of the next recipe in the terminal belonging to the type specified Needs as an input parameter the type of recipe whose list is to be examined in chronological order of the insertion of the recipes The method GetFirstRecipeName has to have been called at least once Deletes the recipe specified by the parameters as an input parameter Requires the recipe type name the recipe name and a Boolean variable indicating whether the user must confirm the operation 1 or whether deletion is automatic 0 Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the recipe referred to exists 1 or not 0 The test is carried out on thee recipes saved Requires as an input parameter the type of recipe and the name of the recipe to be checked Structur Name Str Recipe Name Str UserFlag Bool Structur Name Str Recipe Name Str Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 394 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 7 ESARECIPEARC methods accessible with Scripts Description Exports the recipes Filename referred to in the input Str parameters Necessary Structur specifications the name of Name the destination file xml or Str csv If an empty string is RecipeL
250. each alarm you have created The event is activated in the two different conditions of the Alarm e OnHistoryFull Ithe event is activated when the alarm log memory reaches 100 capacity memory full e OnHistoryWarning the event is activated when the alarm log memory reaches the set value by default the warning is issued after 75 records out of the 512 that can be stored on the memory List Memoryresources Behavior Fields Priorities Alarms groups User Signals Events OnHistory Full OnHistory Warning OnHistoryFull To attribute an event to the alarm simply select a condition by clicking the browse button and in the window that appe ars using the necessary buttons to associate a script to the alarm Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 124 Chapter 4 Project Explorer S events Functions Editor mei x Functions Scripts associated to this event Creating and changing an alarm Once the general characteristics of the alarms have been defined within the project you can begin to define the way the individual alarms should work An alarm can be created directly from the alarm list See chap 4 List page 117 or using Project Explorer click with the right hand key on Alarms and then on Add In the editing phase three masks General Property and Events that we shall go on to describe in detail below are presented for each alarm in the project Polymath SmartClick User Manual
251. ecialist manuals relating to the language to be used In this chapter we will give information relating to the properties and methods that can be used in SmartClick scripts with relevant examples Editing codes EaI General Sub Scripti Dim a a Hour Now If a gt 7 And a lt i2 Then ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRI If a gt 14 And a lt 19 Then ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTI If a gt 12 And a lt 14 Then ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTI If a gt 19 And a lt 0 Then ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRI If a gt O And a lt 7 Then ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL O7ANnAoObhwWwnd pe 11 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page 12 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page 13 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label ESACHTRL Label ESACHTRL Label BorderColor R d4reaColor RGB TextColor RGB ClipX1 167 TextBlink 2 ClipY 1 467 Draw 15 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page 16 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page 17 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label ESACHTRL Label ESACHTRL Label 14 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACHTRL Label a a a In SmartClick once a script has been inserted using Project Explorer see chap 5 Scripts page 207 the editor page for writing the code can be used Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 The editor runs a real time check of the syntax of the code Immediately posting an on screen warning should it detect any imprecision in the formulation of the inst
252. ect all O Overwrite existing var O Stop importing if encounter 1 errors Import at Cancel Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 103 Project Explorer From the previous screen it is possible to choose between the following options by acting on the keys and by selecting the various present check boxes e Select the individual variables to be imported e Select all variables to be imported by clicking the Se lect all key e Uncheck all variables to be imported by clicking the Un check all key e Add as prefix to the individual variables name the CPU name from which they were previously exported e Overwrite the already present variables inside the project or not After having made the selection the following screen is obtai ned by clicking on the Import key oix File Import Start import 04 10 2011 17 27 45 Importing file TEST xls READ ERROR line number 4 Invalid device name RTU Master slow peripherals Finish import 04 10 2011 17 27 45 Imported 0 Tags 1 Error Save Log Open import folder se If everything is done correctly there are no error reports Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 104 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Languages and Languages Fonts General Languages used into this panel Active Id Language Dec Symbol Grouping Symbol System Language System Message Font gt Startup Language English United States x
253. ect the fonts Trebuchet MS and Verdana from the list containing the fonts in the PC where SmartClick has been installed We must also assign IDs to the fonts we have just added so that they can easily be identified when we want to use them in the project Font_Trebuchet and Font_ Verdana Settings identifying users The next step is to define the users of our project It is neces sary to know from the outset who will be interfacing with our project and what their respective rights will be General TERNS Users events Fields Level 1 Utenza 10 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Utenza 5 fi sR KK KKK 5 Level 6 Level 7 Level 8 Level 9 Level 10 DefaultUser No Password x Delete Name Utenza 5 eo d ok ook a Password Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 482 Chapter 9 Tutorial In our project we will stipulate 2 users one at level 1 maxi mum access rights and one at level 5 lower credentials As for user names and passwords we will call them userl and user5 respectively same value for user name and password in general it is advisable to insert different strings feel Users Users events Fields General parameters M Logout automatically when panel is idle Idle timeout sec 60 V After a user s logout show always a particular page Page to show Pages Start v H O Login using password only Log users activity V Enable l
254. ect will assume in Runtime Furthermore in the case of many objects functions or scripts are applicable when particular events are triggered Editing object The properties of all the objects that can be added to a project properties page are contained in and can be edited in the pop up window that appears once you double click on each single object Below is an example using a Touch Button key in the project We will add a touch button to the project page see chap 5 Touch Button page 260 then we double click on it to edit its properties and the following image will appear Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 178 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects E Edit TouchRutton Eg ATHE Appearance Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Identification Name TouchButton Comment Bitmap Image Image list id Image Tag id Caption Text Text list id Text Tag id From the previous window by clicking on the Aspect option we get into the following window from which it s possible to edit the following properties EJ Edit TouchButton x General HJOED Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Appearance FontField SystemTahoma Tahoma 4rea color pressed p 0 0 4rea color released E o 164 175 193 4rea visibility alu Border blink Blink Border color pressed 255 255
255. ed EPMCEV4IRTCOMPILER Building Cet oxml ccs Building Cet xml Succeeded Building Idx_Tags xml Building Idx_Tags xml Succeeded Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter7 361 Compiling Downloading and Runtime Compiling Downloading and Runtime The preceding sections have provided all the necessary concepts for creating and editing a project by describing all the utilities offered by SmartClick Once the editing phase is over the work done needs to be downloaded onto the ESA panel First of all it is necessary to check that there are no problems in the project that might prevent it behaving properly in runtime To detect any errors there needs to be a validation operation which analyzes all the objects created and checks that the properties are complete and coherent without however creating any transfer files Transfer files are created though when compiling which therefore is the more complex operation Once the compiled files have been created they can be downloaded onto the panel using the appropriate SmartClick function This chapter will supply the details of the operations of validation compilation and download Validation Validation is the operation that checks the coherence of the objects added to the project Any errors or warnings are Shown in the Errors Viewer window see chap 6 Errors Viewer page 359 SmartClick offers wither a global validation of the project or
256. ed as the Start page of the project see chap 9 Configuring the Boot page 493 and then we go on to create pages that use complex controls Editing the Start page When a new project is created SmartClick defines a default page in it This is initially empty but can naturally be edited by the programmer who can also add an unlimited number of pages to the project The ways of navigating within these pag es are defined by the programmer using the many made avail able by the application buttons with predefined functions Scripts user checks etc To edit the default page we double click on it in the Project Explorer Gj Languages and fonts i Pages Alarms Popup pages FN Alarms Recipe types At this point the editing masks for the page appear in the work area We move to the Fields mask that shows a preview of how the page will appear in runtime Now just drag the object into the page required the positions can be modified with greater precision by operating the Properties Editor for each individual object Naturally the first time the page preview is accessed it will appear completely empty 523 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 524 Chapter 9 Tutorial General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties You can now decide whether to display or remove the grid in side the page by clicking on the oa icon in the toolbar Introducing an image Now we ca
257. ed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB Properties Description Typ RW e 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking RGB RW the Draw method Defines the color of the internal RGB RW area of the rectangle containing the Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the area of RGB RW the internal table Can be changed by attributing an RGB ChartArea Long value returned for Color example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the border of RGB RW the internal table Can be changed by attributing an RGB ChartBord r Long value returned for Color example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Str RW Specifies the exact position of the left margin of the table that is the start time of the table BorderColor ChartTime Left displayed in the format DD MM YYYY HH MM SS mmm Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 458 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 55 Properties of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Properties GridHorLine Color GridHorMin LineColor
258. ed in the next sub paragraph to browse the contents of your PC just click low down on the mask press here to upload a file MERA General Image Parameters Width Height Resize J Dithering nn Format Tr EF Quality en No image file has been loaded click here to load a file At this point a window will open where you can decide whether to add a personal image or load a library image Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Choose the source from which load the image From File Fram Library The inserted image can be edited using the normal controls contained in the Image and General masks that we will de scribe in detail below Image mask MEB General Image Parameters Width 200 Height 200 H Resize Norm S Dithering None Format Png x Quality z This mask is used to edit the parameters of the image Each time one of the properties of the image is changed the changes made are immediately visible in the preview box at the foot of the mask Firstly you can set the dimensions in pixels width and height of the image contained in the project Should the original dimensions of the imported image be varied it will also be necessary to define how SmartClick will have to effect the change in size calculating the addition or removal of pixels The options available are e Normal 157 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev
259. ee below EEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properties In the examples in this subsection our starting point to illus trate how the arrangement operation works will always be this same initial situation For horizontal arrangements Smart Click takes as its reference the distance between buttons 1 and 2 being the first two from the left We select the buttons using the mouse Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 334 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects EEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properties To operate a simple horizontal arrangement just click on the icon of the toolbar or Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Hor izontally SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that the distance between the left side of one object and the right side of the object preceding it is always equal to the distance be tween the left side of the second object and the right side of the first object reference objects calculated according to their order when scrolling the page from the left If the reference distance is less than zero SmartClick takes it automatically to O In our example the result obtained will be the one represent ed in the next figure A484 SE 5600 TA0MeE 000e HW Configuratioy Start Alarms Distribute Horizontally 4 gt Mouse pointer 506 4 GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties D a To operate a rightward arr
260. ee chap 4 User Information pag 97 TRUE if active alarm buffer has Boolea reached the maximum limit set in n SmartClick see chap 5 Memory resources pag 172 SYS COM1_ Terminal address on the first gate String DriverAddress SYS_BufferFull Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 548 Appendix A System Variables Table 1 Meaning of System Variables VELEI Description Type SYS_COM1_ Driver name on the first gate String DriverName SYS_COM1_ TRUE if communication with the Boolea DriverPresent field on the first gate is active na SYS_COM1_ Driver status on the first gate String DriverStatus SYS_COM1_ Driver version on the first gate String DriverVersion SYS_ Current Name of current language String Language SYS_ Current ID of current language Int Languagel D SYS_ Current Current level of protection Int Level password SYS_ Current Name of current non pop up page String Page SYS_ Current Name of present user String User Date and time of system format t_time Windows terminal settings using SmartClick also make it possible to define the refresh frequency for this variable see chap 5 Configuring the Boot pag 115 SYS DM Active True if DM is active SYS DM_DB Name of the DM configuration file String Name DEF EXT SYS DM Error Last error verified by the Device Manager SYS DM_Groups Number of groups determined in Long Num the project SYS DM_Items Number of items d
261. eeding to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of the rectangle of the field currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long BorderColor value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 436 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 37 Properties of ESACNTRL Dynamic text Properties Description Defines whether the border of the rectangle of the field should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method BorderBlink Defines the color of the internal area of the field currently being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the text currently contained in the field Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for TextColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1
262. eedom for each user in the course of their work session Using SmartClick the programmer can proceed to establish access policies for particular features e g access to buttons pages recipe management etc thereby stopping operators without the proper credentials from accessing or editing data in an improper manner Each operator when using the panel must be recognised by the system by entering an identifying name and a password for the appropriate level of access logon operation It is envisaged that only one operator can be logged on and use the panel at any given moment each operator can logout at any time Up to ten access levels can be defined and the lowest level typically level 1 is the one with the highest degree of operational freedom Each user who has not gone through the login procedure will be treated by the system as a level 10 user the lowest degree of freedom and can access only the features available to that level To run an operation of a level lower than ten you will be asked to login again using a special Popup page predefined by the system Use SmartClick to define the initial users levels that is the levels of those present at the start up of the project You can also add or edit users directly in runtime To do this you can introduce into their pages a predefined check called User List see chap 6 User List Table page 396 For security reasons each operator with access to the pages for changing User
263. een the lowest sides of consecutive objects is al ways equal to the distance between the lowest sides of the first two objects reference objects calculated according to their order when scrolling the page from the top If the ref erence distance is less than zero SmartClick takes it automat ically to O thus making the alignment at the bottom AAAG 0A000000 y Start PE Distribute Vertically 1b GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties SEI E Distribute Middle B Distribute Bottom X Distribute Bottom oo Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 343 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects In our example the result obtained will be the one represent ed in the next figure EEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 344 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter6 345 Library Explorer 6 Library Explorer In the last chapters we dealt with the workings of the three main anchorable windows Project Explorer Properties Editor and Events Editor But SmartClick contains other anchorable windows each of which has its particular purposes and functions as we shall now see Library Explorer Error Viewer and Complirer Output SmartClick SmartClick has a structure saving tool that also functions out
264. element FIFO buffer or ignore the new elements when the buffer is full The buffer can be emptied in runtime using a Script a button Or a command area You can also decide on the limit of alarms present in the history above which the system variable SYS_HistoryWarning will be activated see Appendix A System Variables page 693 The name of the file in which the Alarm History is to be saved must be entered into the text field in the mask the log file is saved in the folder log see chap 8 Transferring data page 474 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 119 Project Explorer A Warning When entering file names care must be taken that they are admissible names for a Windows environment A file name to be admissible cannot contain the following characters lt gt pP Note The log file is a file used by the system to permanently save the data to be represented in the Alarm History Being able to choose its name using SmartClick is useful in that it allows the user to manage this file e g copy or delete in the event that it is too big Should you want to re arrange the data in an Alarm History however it will have to be exported using a predefined function or Script see Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 If you decide that a Page should change automatically when an alarm is raised that is of higher priority than a t
265. elements can have simple graphic elements functions navigation functions and display and edit data func tions The icons relating to these objects can be found in the toolbar and the Main menu using Fields gt Create All the graphic elements have been grouped depending on their function in four groups e Simple Figures e Value Fields e Simple Controls e Complex Controls The next paragraphs contain a list of all the graphic elements predefined by SmartClick which can be introduced into a page For each property we shall indicate in a schematic way the re lated editable properties and the events that can be assigned to them A Warning When planning your project you need to bear in mind that when two buttons on the Touch Screen panel are pressed at the same time this is interpreted as having pressed halfway between these but tons So you are advised to avoid settings that involve this situation Simple Figures The first group of graphic elements to be considered is that of the Simple Figures these can be useful for creating more or less complex drawings or for assigning special effects to the pages Rectangle A rectangle can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple fig ures gt Rectangle and drawing its dimensions directly in the page This procedure enables you also to introduce rectangles with rounded outlines see TypeOfBox properties Polymath SmartClick
266. elines in the ESAPI PEMGR project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of ESAHMI ESAPI PEMGR StartPipelineByNumber 2 ESAPI PEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Table 9 ESAPIPEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Method Description Starts the Pipeline Pipeline indicated by the input Name parameter needs the Str string containing the name of the Pipeline to be provided Start PipelineBy Name Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 397 Scripts Table 9 ESAPIPEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Start PipelineBy Number StopPipeline ByName StopPipeline ByNumber Write PipelineBy Name Write PipelineBy Number GetPipeline StatusBy Name Description Starts the Pipeline indicated by the input parameter needs the number relating to the Pipeline ID Stops the Pipeline indicated by the input parameter needs the string containing the name of the Pipeline to be provided Stops the Pipeline indicated by the input parameter needs the number relating to the Pipeline ID Forces the writing of the Pipeline indicated by the input parameter also if the Pipeline has been Stopped the string containing the name of the Pipeline must be provided Forces the writing of the Pipeline indicated by the input parameter also if the Pipeline has been stopped needs the number relating to the Pipeline ID to be provided
267. epresent ed in the next figure Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 34 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects General Helppage Keys Events Page Properties For a mid point arrangement just click on the icon Zs of the toolbar or the Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Mid point SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that the distance between the central horizontal axes of consecutive objects is always equal to the distance between the central horizontal axes of consecutive objects reference objects cal culated according to their order when scrolling the page from the top If the reference distance is less than zero Smart Click takes it automatically to O thus making the alignment in the center A480 BE 506008 86 6 30 8 5 00 E Start PE Distribute Vertically 4p GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties 3 a ee Distribute Middle k Distribute Bottom ie ipuke Midde Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 342 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects In our example the result obtained will be the one represent ed in the next figure AEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properties For a bottom line arrangement just click on the icon of the toolbar or the Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Bottom SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that the distance betw
268. er visibility m Border size Border style Solid Button 3D Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 220 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects With the third click access the new Soglie Thresholds item S Edit TouchButton_1 x General DJIA Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Appearance FontField SystemTahoma Tahoma Area color pressed gp rea color released 164 175 193 Area visibility Border blink No Blink Border color pressed Js 255 255 Border color released E o 0 0 Border visibility wm Border size Border style Solid Button 3D Ok Cancel The following editing mask will appear by clicking on the icon B Thresholds f5 Ed Thresholds Values 00 25 25 SS From the previous mask select the type of thresholds mana gement to be performed whether with Valore Values or Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 221 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Bits Moreover the ColoreAreaPremuta AreaColourPres sed property of the PulsanteSfioramento Touch sensitive Button must be associated to a Tag In our example we ha ve selected the Valore type of management In this case the user can add all of the values he wants without any limits amp Thresholds Type v O TAGi A
269. ermines the color of the scale of ScaleValueColor values This can be selected using the RGB code or the color palette Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Complex Controls Chapter5 283 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Knob Selector events Table 46 Knob Selector events Event Description Activated when the Selector value is OnValueChange changed using the touch screen Complex Controls are objects that can be inserted into a page in order to show the operator the value of one or more data items or groups of data like recipes alarms trends etc and if required edit them In this section we will analyze each Complex Control setting out its functional characteristics their respective properties to be configured by the Properties Editor and associated events Events Editor Monostable Button A Monostable Button can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon fe or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Complex controls gt Monostable button After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the button The Monostable Button serves basically to trigger OnPressed and OnReleased events to which the desired functions or scripts can be assigned For further details regarding predefined functions and user scripts that can be assigned to the button the reader is ad vised to consult the appropriate section in
270. erties 3 Page up Page down pave let 3 Page right Eine up Line down cursorleft cursor right save user button The default contents of the Fields mask include the table whose properties will be dealt with in the next subsections see chap 5 Operations for transferring Recipes page 326 Using this mask you can proceed to indicate which buttons Should be present with the table and position them within the area To insert or remove a button just click on the list of but tons to the left of the table if an object is already present in the page it will appear highlighted within the list and will be visible in the Table Edit Area To move an element button or Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 323 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects table just drag it to the desired position The buttons that can be inserted are different and each has a predefined non edit able function assigned to it e Save saves the Recipe in the terminal memory if nec essary overwriting the one being edited e Save as saves the Recipe open in any case the inser tion window of the name e Load loads the Recipe selected into the video buffer e Delete Buffer empty the buffer e Transfer to Buffer upload transfers the Recipe from the device to the video buffer e Transfer from Buffer download transfers the data of the Recipe present from the video buffer to
271. es The sole difference consists in the possibility of expressing a preference in runtime you can choose whether to display the page title bar or whether the Popup page should always appear in the foreground Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 116 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Help page The Help page mask for the Popup pages is identical to that relating to the traditional pages thus readers are advised to consult the paragraph dealing with these see chap 4 Help pages page 110 for details of the properties F keys The F keys mask for the Popup pages Is identical to that relating to the traditional pages thus readers are advised to consult the paragraph dealing with these see chap 4 F keys Local page 111 for details of the properties Events The Events window on popup pages is the same as the one for traditional pages so refer to the same section see chap 4 Events page 112 Popup Page Properties The Popup Page Properties window is the same as the one for traditional pages so refer to the same section see chap 4 Page Properties page 113 Alarms Alarms are events that need immediate attention on the part of the operator they are connected to signal anomalous conditions with respect to the plant or the terminal The alarms usually have associated to them particular events of the following type A Raised fon Acquisition 28 amp Peturn to rest e ra
272. es Mouse pointer 3 10 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 529 Tutorial By double clicking on the potentiometer we enter the editing sub masks where it is possible to edit a number of attributes First of all we assign the variable num_ pezzi as reference variable the one whose value will be displayed edited then we assign the number of values to be displayed on the bar 5 and the number of notches to display between the values 5 Scale notches 5 Scale color ranges 0 80 100 Scale sectors 5 7 In addition we define the intervals of the scale and the related values by clicking on the icon adjacent to the Color Inter vals option In the window that now appears we click on Add to add new intervals and create 6 intervals with gaps of 200 per interval as in the figure below ga Scale ranges M Use constant values Color Ranges We then move to the Colors mask and set the color green for the low level orange for the middle level and red for the high est level Finally we click on Close to confirm the changes made Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 530 Chapter 9 Tutorial a Scale ranges M Use constant values Yalues Kenn t e E TaD 0 0 0 0 20 We must now perform an important operation namely the setting of restrictions on the use of this potentiometer Still positioned in the Properties Editor we go to the Passw
273. eshold expressed as a percentage value of the level referred to the attributes dead zone and value can be associated to another variable Let us now seek to clarify how Variation speed thresholds work by using an example To make it easier to understand we will avoid using the dead zone the concept of which has already been expressed in the course of the explanation of the Level threshold concept Let us set 30 as a reference value and 5 seconds as the checking time Clicking on the appropriate box we shall activate the low Level threshold assigning 10 as the value This means that the event onThdDevLo see chap 6 Events related to variables page 249 is launched each time there is a decrease of at least 3 10 of 30 in an interval of less than Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 94 Chapter 4 Project Explorer 5 seconds In the same way the event returns to rest when there is a decrease of less than 3 seconds in a time interval of less than 5 seconds Similarly if we set a high threshold we will leave the reference values unchanged 30 and the checking time remains 5 seconds Clicking on the appropriate box we shall activate the high Level threshold assigning 50 as the value This means that the event onThdDevHi see chap 6 Events related to variables page 249 is launched each time the value of the variable increases by at least 15 50 of 30 in an interval of less than 5 seconds In the same way the
274. esholds Determines the color of the Label text which can be selected using the RGB TextColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Allows you to specify the horizontal centering of the text within the Label TextHAlign The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Allows you to specify the vertical cen tering of the text within the Label The TextVAlign value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 210 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 20 Properties of the Label Properties Description Determines whether the object is ini tially visible It is also possible to as sign a Boolean variable for changes in Runtime or it can be managed with thresholds Determines if the object can move or Lock not TextMaxLen Determines the maximum value in re lation to the length of the text string TextMultiLine Determines whether the Label text can start a new line Determines whether the translation of TextTranslateDisable the Label text must be disabled Determines whether automatically to distribute the text uniformly within the TextAutoAdjust Label this causes a resizing of the La bel in relation to the text contained in Runtime Complex label A Complex label can be introduced into a page by
275. ess DEC 0 126 In this window you can configure communication between the panel and device You can configure all the ports on the devi ce In general it is possible to configure on the terminal the communication speed baudrate and general settings of the communication protocol including parity of the bits data bits and stop bits while the address of the device is configured on the device itself At the bottom of the window are the ran ges permitted by the protocol for each value inserted Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 177 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects The purpose of this chapter is to describe all those functions offered by SmartClick for editing the graphics and the acces sibility of the project applications Our starting point is the concept that each executable operation each visible data modifiable or not each link between the pages each func tion button must appear to the operator inside a page dis played on the terminal We shall start out giving some indications of the general orga nization of the pages and go on to give more detailed informa tion on all the elements that can be introduced together with their characteristics For each graphic element that can be in troduced in a page and for the pages themselves a series of properties can be defined that determine the aspect that the obj
276. essing next will open a window from which by clicking on Browse it is possible to select the name and path where the file is to be saved Document Template Creation Step 3 f Eg Document File File Name C Temp TEST pdf PDF RTF Page Design Page Format 44 v Orientation Portrait Landscape Margins mm Top zo g Left Down zo i Right zo Si Header p a Footer O Document Index O Header O Footer Position Header Footer Alignment Left Center Right O Page Numbers File Options M Open file after creation lM Include Graphics Cancel Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 D7 Layout of menus By clicking on Create the project is saved with the desired file path Convert panel The Panel Conversion option allows you to convert the panel used in the project into an HMI with different features Open the folders to select the type of panel HE Panel conversion wizard Destination panel Convert to S wm EEE fig Industrial Si sc fig C107 M C1074 PORT1 PORT2 ETH1 a alsc207 M C2074 SP1 ETH1 Once the panel type clicking on Next H Panel conversion wizard Destination panel Convert to S fig Products S Industrial Si sc fi SC107 med SC1074 PORT PORT2 ETH1 fi SC207 M C2074 SP1 ETH1 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 28 Chapter 2 Layout of menus The followi
277. etect proxy Settings User name mlanza Password lt lt By clicking on Next a more recent version of SmartClick will be searched online on the ESA site compared to the one in Stalled on the PC if a more updated version is not found the following image is displayed Ej Web update Current version is 1 22 0000 There aren t new updates available f Finish j If there is a more recent version the new version of SmartCli ck will be installed by clicking on Next Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 24 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Project documentation The Project documentation option allows creating a simple or complete print report choosing from pdf rtf and ht ml formats In the first screen it is possible to choose the Simple or Complete option the first only contains default options E Document Template Creation Step 1 E Eg Template Contents HW Configuration M SC207A SP1 ETH1 SW Configuration Tags Pages C ScreenShot Pages PopUpPages Images _ TextLists ImageLists Alarms RecipeTypes Reports C Pipelines Scripts C GlobalScripts TrendBuffers C DataLogs TrendBuffersxyY C AB Ethernet _ MemoryAddresses while the second one contains all options Ei Document Template Creation Step 1 E Template Contents o M C207A SP1 ETH1 SW Configuration Tags
278. etermined inthe Long Num project SYS _ DateAnd Time Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix A System Variables 549 Table 1 Meaning of System Variables VELEI Description Type Name of the Device Manager to String oes which the TAGs are connected aA SYS_ETH_Driver Terminal address on the ethernet String Address gate gate1 logic1 SYS_ETH_Driver Driver name on the ethernet gate String Name gatel logic1 True if communication with the Boolea field on the ethernet gate is active na gatel Logicl SYS_ETH_Driver Driver status on the ethernet gate String Status gatel logicl SYS_ETH_Driver Driver version on the ethernet gate String Version gatel logicl TRUE if alarm history has reached Boolea the maximum limit set in n SmartClick see chap 5 Memory resources pag 172 SYS_ETH_Driver Present SYS_HistoryFull TRUE if alarm history has reached Boolea the limit set in SmartClick see chap 5 Behaviour pag 173 SYS_ 1 PAddress IP address of terminal With X being a value between 1 and SYS LanguageX 8 inclusive name of the Xth language configured SYS _ Language Number of languages configured Int Num SYS_LastError Numerical ID of last error message Message SYS_LastError Software module that generated Module last error 1 35 gt SYS_LastError Level of gravity of last error 0 2 Severity SYS_LastError Multilanguage string identifying St
279. executed while the first Rec exist 9 Do While a lt gt 10 ESAHMI ESARECIPEARC DeleteRecipe R_Type a 0 11 a ESAHMI ESARECIPEARC GetFirstRecipeName R_ Type 12 Loop 3 4 5 6 Get the name of the first recipe if it exists I enter the while 7 8 14 Calculate the total time of execution 153 t Timer j t 16 return t Example 6 Creates printout of list of recipes What follows is an example illustrating the use of the print functions Supposing we want a paper printout of the list of recipes present in the memory of the terminal The logic behind searching for recipes is similar to that used in the previous example Let us first of all initialize the print session using the Start method by providing parameter 1 the Print options window is Shown in runtime before the print session starts To abort the print operation the user can click on the X of the window This control is carried out with an If that checks and where appropriate stops the running of all the other code rows if ESAHMI ESAPRN Start 1 1 Then Now we create a page heading of a title and two blank rows to separate the title from the contents To leave blank rows we use the method WriteLN passing an empty string Before writing the title we set the font at a higher value which we then reduce to a smaller font for the rest of the page ESAHMI ESAPRN FontSize 16 ESAHMI ESAPRN WriteLN Recipe Lists in the terminal ESAHMI ESAPRN WriteLN ESAHMI
280. explaining the different features that the software offers It is aimed at the average user of ESA products guiding both first time users of ESA products and those already familiar with previous versions of the configura tor The principal concepts and the method of use related to each topic and operative feature will be illustrated using appropri ate examples and screenshots The information contained in this document is subject to change without prior notice and do not represent any obliga tion on the part of ESA elettronica S P A All products are trade names registered by their respective owners In the event of any doubts about the use of SmartClick or oth er ESA products contact ESA Elettronica s Customer Care ser vice Customer Care telephone number 39 031 757400 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 2 Chapter 1 Introduction Fax 39 031 751777 E mail customer care esahmi com A Important it is always a good idea to annotate the currently in stalled version of SmartClick and keep it to hand every time you con tact ESA s Customer Care service The version of the software is shown in the main menu by clicking on Help gt Information Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 3 Layout of menus Layout of menus Before we can confidently operate the numerous features offered by SmartClick we need to familiarise ourselves with the work environment and its various menus The layou
281. eyboards can be created and saved in the library to be used in further projects You can associate a customized default keyboard to any language List Double click on keyboard to access the list of keyboards entered by default List Name Comment Blk_Ascii_Up Blk_Ascii_Low Blk_Numeric_Limits E a Gz The List menu allows you by pressing the respective but tons to e Add one or more keyboards e Edit one or more keyboards in the list e Cancel one or more keyboards in the list e Duplicate one or more keyboards in the list Fields Double click one of the keyboards in Explore Resources Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 1772 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Elid Advanced Hl y Pipelines H E Reports eo Keyboards W Blk_Ascii_U D iw Blk_Ascii_Low Ra w Blk_Nurneric_Limits W Blk_Ascii_Up_Lim Bosses w Blk_Asci_Low_Lim Enant iw Bk Date Time The Fields window opens General Properties Mouse pointer 800 0 In the Fields window you can double click each button of the keyboard and customize its settings and properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 173 Project Explorer Kayeoardhey_14 Keyboandtd None S O Kert ode aoo D Fanckonkiay Nate z PrestedMade Reverse Background O ToggitMode Pem o General Fields Properties Identification Name Blk_Numeric Comment Width 240
282. f ESACNTRL Trend Graph Properties Description Defines the limits of the values of interval 4 into which the domain TrackRange of the track values has been 4 divided Used only if the attribute TraclINumRanges specifies a sufficient number of intervals Defines the limits of the values of interval 5 into which the domain TrackRange of the track values has been 5 divided Used only if the attribute TraclINumRanges specifies a sufficient number of intervals Defines the color of the sample readings and the track lines in relation to the intervals they TracKCOLOrI belong to This is the standard color used for the track icons and the labels on the vertical scale Defines the color of the sample readings and the track lines TTACKCOIONE relating to the interval of track number 2 Defines the color of the sample readings and the track lines TTICKC OJOS relating to the interval of track number 3 Defines the color of the sample readings and the track lines TTACK OIORF relating to the interval of track number 4 Defines the color of the sample readings and the track lines MACKE OTOTS relating to the interval of track number 5 Defines the color of the sample readings and the track lines TrACKCOTOTG relating to the interval of track number 6 TrackValue Specifies the exact coordinate of Long RW Low the bottom margin of the table Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 461 Scripts Tabl
283. f an item of data variable and or edit it In this section we will analyze each Simple Con trol identifying their functional characteristics their proper ties configurable using the Properties Editor and their associated events Events Editor Touch Button A Touch Button can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon J or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple controls gt TouchButton After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the button Touch Buttons are useful as they allow the operator to assign a given function or script user with a single click For further details regarding scripts and predefined functions the reader is advised to consult the relevant section of this manual see chap Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a button change Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 261 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the Touch button Table 35 Properties of the Touch button Properties Description Identifying name of the Touch button Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Area of the button when depressed
284. f grey White and Black Ai fE m 01 Image gt Increase Increases the contrast of the contrast image selected Image gt Decreases the contrast of the Decrease contrast image selected Image gt Increase Increases the brightness of the brightness image selected Image gt Decreases the brightness of the Decrease image selected brightness Image gt Cut area Cuts the area selected Image gt Rotate Rotates the image selected Image gt Adaptto Adapts the selection to the screen display A Image gt Maintain Maintains the proportions while proportions the image size is changed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 18 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Menu Display a Home Alt Up Backward Alt Left gt g rd Alt Right gt English United States z a Show all g G tice at Show gt Toolbars gt Reset window and bars layout ual Enter Full screen mode Fil Table 14 Functions of the menu Display ete Path Menu Description of function A Display gt First Moves to SmartClick Home page Page Moves to last work page a Display gt Last displayed Display gt Moves to next work page Forward displayed i Makes it possible to change the Display gt Project current project language a Display gt Show Shows all the anchorable a all windows Display gt Hide all Hides all the anchorable windows N Display gt Show Allows to access the anchor
285. f the String GetConversion mathematical conversion Y1Par of the value of a numerical tag Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 SetFillingChar Chapter 8 Scripts Table 2 Methods of the ESATAG objects accessible from Script GetConversion X2Par GetConversion Y2Par Seti nputValue LowerLimit Seti nputValue UpperLimit Seti nputRaw ValueLower Limit Seti nputRaw ValueUpper Limit SetConversion X1Par SetConversion Y1Par SetConversion X2Par Description Gets the parameter of the mathematical conversion of the value of a numerical tag Gets the parameter of the mathematical conversion of the value of a numerical tag Changes the lower limit of the operations in entry of a numerical tag Changes the upper limit of the operations in entry of a numerical tag Changes the lower limit of the operations in exit of a numerical tag Changes the upper limit of the operations in exit of a numerical tag Changes the parameter of the mathematical conversion of the value of a numerical tag Changes the parameter of the mathematical conversion of the value of a numerical tag Changes the parameter of the mathematical conversion of the value of a numerical tag String Tag name DbI Limit String Tag name Double Li mit String Tag name Double Li mit String tag name Double Li mit String Tag name Double Co nvPatamet er String Tag name Double Co nvPatame
286. f the imported image Rotate reached via icon or main menu Image gt Rotate This function makes it possible to rotate the image anticlockwise with each rotation SmartClick automatically updates the Height and Width dimensions inverting them Adapt to screen reached via icon a or main menu Image gt Adapt to screen If this icon is pressed the image is adapted so that it occupies the work screen completely in practice its dimensions coincide with the maximum screen dimensions of the terminal Maintain proportions reached via icon or main menu Image gt Maintain proportions If this icon is pressed the proportions of the original image are maintained that is to change the Height of the image SmartClick updates the Width and vice versa 159 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 160 Chapter 4 Project Explorer General Image ME Identification Name Start_color Comment The General mask can be used to set the identifying properties of the image The Name of an image is a unique attribute within any given project that is other different images with the Same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick Advanced The following objects come under the heading of Advanced e Pipelines e Print e Keyboards Pipelines Pipelines are the active objects that update the value of one variable on the basis of the value of another variable The most common application
287. fers to be spec ified The operator can indicate the name and path of the destination file in runtime ExportRecipe Makes it possible to export to a CSV or XML file all the recipes whatever their ExportRecipeAllTypes type The operator can indicate the name and path of the destination file in runtime Ends recipe transfer SmartClick re quires the type of recipe see chap 5 StopRecipeTransfer Creating and changing a Recipe type page 191 to which this command re fers to be specified StopAllRecipe Interrupts all current recipe transfers Transfers Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix B Predefined functions 557 Functions relating to pages Table 4 Functions relating to pages Function Description Shows next page follows order of page ID numbers If this command is on a Pop up page the next Pop up page is shown ShowNextPage Shows previous page follows order of page ID numbers If this command is on a Pop up page the previous Pop up page is shown ShowPreviousPage Displays page defined the name of the ShowPageName page to be shown needs to be specified in SmartClick Displays page defined the number of ShowPageNumber the page to be shown needs to be specified in SmartClick Shows the previously viewed page it ShowPreviousOpened goes back to the previously opened pa Page ge based on opening order and not number Closes only the current pop up
288. file e Export selected Export selected objects in the list to an Excel or CSV file Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 35 Layout of menus e Modify After selecting an element from the list it al lows modifying it within the project e Tree view Allows modifying how elements are viewed from table to tree type e Find element Allows a more detailed search among ele ments that have already been searched e New search Allows carrying out a new search from the beginning Find Replace With the Find Replace option it is possible to find within the project certain elements for example a Font type and replace it with another for example a different Font type H Cross reference Search for T Timer v ag Font Alarm RecipeType TextList ImaqeList ystemT ahoma Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 36 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Let us now select the font to be used E Cross reference _ fox Search for SystemTahoma SystemCourier SystemSymbol SystemTimesNewRo he n SystemWingdings SystemFangsSong ESA Jui Progetto SC207A4 SP1 ETH1 S WConfiguration Fonts SystemT ahoma Progetto SC2074 SP1 ETH1 SWC Deselect All Select all Click End Page Elements In the Page Elements option it is possible to complete a search for elements within the project with three different Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0
289. fined for each trend contained in the project We can freely modify some of these properties as type of scale we assign the limits of the variable already defined in Phase 3 for the variable of the buffer num_ pezzi We also set the line style as dash dot the marker as a little circle and its color to be dark blue Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Phase 16 Compilation and Download Chapter 9 Tutorial Harie Fnghth Urbid Statai Trend buffer Scale type Pen style Line style Marker Oefault color kel Show pen icon At the bottom of the page we see an example of a preview of how the graph will appear Finally we click on Close to con firm our changes and thereby conclude the editing of the trend viewer We have now finished editing a simple project that uses all the basic functions offered by SmartClick At the end of this tuto rial the reader will be able to be more familiar with the appli cation and ready to create projects with the sure knowledge of how to take full advantage of the numerous functions avail able Once the edit phase is over before seeing the results of our work we must compile the relevant files and download them onto the panel To start the compilation in the toolbar click on the icon The compilation starts straight away and the messages relat ing to its status will appear in the Log View under the Compi lation mask Polymath S
290. fines the value the symbol field refers to Can be varied by Value providing a new string and the on screen update happens after the Draw method or Refresh Control is invoked Methods of ESACNTRL Symbol field Table 41 Methods of ESACNTRL Symbol field Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only the part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Refresh Control Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 442 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 41 Methods of ESACNTRL Symbol field Method Description Returns the original value of the horizontal dimension of the image currently displayed inside the Symbol field Returns the original value of the vertical dimension of GetVertDI m the image currently displayed inside the Symbol field Properties of ESACNTRL DateTime field The properties of the DateTime field accessible using Scripts coincide with those of the Numerical field see chap 8 Properties of ESACNTRL Numerical field page 431 Methods of ESACNTRL DateTime field Table 42 Methods of ESACNTRL DateTime Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only th
291. for other controls can be customized Furthermore if we se lect each column in this list we can use the right hand section of the mask to edit the values of column width and font prop erties for the table headings titles In our example we set for both columns a width of 104 pixels and heading font size of 16 points Finally we click on Close to confirm the changes made Remember that the colors of the fields selected in the table in runtime can be changed in carrying out the general editing of the recipes see chap 5 Fields page 159 In conclusion using the last option in the Properties Editor ShowRecipeType we select the type of recipe the check re fers to RecipeType Introducing other complex controls Using the same procedure employed in introducing the recipe editor we can introduce other complex controls in new pages or even more than one in the same page For example in our project we create a new page in which we insert an active alarms display table Applying the same procedures as in the previous subsections we obtain the following result Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 538 Chapter 9 Tutorial GEH General Help page Keys Events Page Properties This we obtained by inserting the complex control resizing it and eliminating certain default buttons Furthermore we have configured the control graphically so as to have a uniform set ting wit
292. fy the type like ArrayOfUnsignedI nte ger and the dimensions of the area equivalent of 4 ele ments Address 7 We now use the Device mask to set as starting memory ad dress word 7 namely the first to remain free as a result Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 489 Tutorial words 8 9 and 10 will also be occupied and enable the con tinuous update option as illustrated below Memory Address Memory Address RTU Master slow peripherals Refresh group Class_0_5 500 msec i Update Device enabled V Update always even when a tag isn t used by any field O Read only In conclusion we use the same procedure to define another two memory areas calling them array_var_6 and array_var_2 respectively and defining their dimensions as equal to 6 and 2 We give the variable array_var_6 the ad dresses from word 11 to 16 inclusive and give the variable array_var_2 the addresses word 17 and 18 Setting refresh times Now that we have defined the list of variables we can go on to attribute particular refresh policies to some of them by ac cessing the list of variables double clicking on Variables in Project Explorer and opening the Refresh Groups mask List Mette Groups Tags class_0_5 500 msec We add a customized group to the list of groups by clicking on Add We will call the new type NewRefresh and set the up date time as 2 seconds Finally w
293. g is also the way an object moves from the library to a project just take an element from the Library Explorer to the Project Explorer so that it is included in the project Warning When inserting an element from the Library to the Project pay special attention to the nomenclature of the objects When the object inserted has the same name as an element already present in the project SmartClick will replace the element with the one present in the library The Error Viewer mask supplies information regarding the errors present in the project The Error Viewer window lists in real time any errors asso ciated with the project you are editing and validating errors are highlighted in red color The value of the address is incorrect The value must be included between the min and the max values Errors Viewer 2 A Warnings Viewer Compiler Output Double clicking the description of a problem focuses the appli cation on the source of the error opening a window Proper ties Editor window in the work area etc where you can make the necessary corrections Errors disappear aS soon as they are corrected in the associated area Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 360 Chapter 6 Library Explorer Warning Viewer Warnings Viewer 2 The dimension of the field are incorrect in Language English United States k Errors Viewer 6 Warnings Viewer 2 A Compiler Output The Warning Vie
294. g operations e Export all Export all objects in the list to an Excel or CSV file e Export selected Export selected objects in the list to an Excel or CSV file e Modify After selecting an element from the list it al lows modifying it within the project e Tree view Allows modifying how elements are viewed from table to tree type e Find element Allows a more detailed search among ele ments that have already been searched e New search Allows carrying out a new search from the beginning Ti E Note The Project Tags option exclusively searches Tags used in the project If a Tag is present within the Project Explorer but it is not associated with any project element it will NOT be included in the search Project Scripts Functions In the Projects Scripts Functions option it is possible to com plete a search for elements within the project with two diffe rent criteria that can only be used individually e Search by Name allows carrying out an alphabetic se arch among elements the Search by Name option is divided into three subgroups 1 Search from to The filter is set by the user who can de fine a search field starting form one letter and finishing with another one 2 Element name begins with The filter is set by the user who defines a search field by selecting the letter at the begin ning of the name for the element to be searched 3 Mask The search filter is
295. g out functions respectively Finally we set two new pages Page_1 and Page 2 that will be recalled by the Script depending on the user level Let us look now at the implementation of the code first of all we must use the object USERMGR to get the level of the user currently logged in a ESAHMI ESAUSERMGR GetCurrentUserLevel Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 469 Scripts Now we need merely create a check condition for this level the function returns an integer The credentials of the user will determine which page is displayed If a gt 3 Then ESAHMI ESAPAGEMGR ShowPageByName Page_ 1 Else ESAHMI ESAPAGEMGR ShowPageByName Page_2 End If The complete Script code is ass follows General Sub Script a ESAHMI ESAUSERMGR GetCurrent UserLevel i If a gt 3 Then ESAHMI ESAPAGEMGR ShowPageByName Page 1 Else ESAHMI ESAPAGEMGR ShowPageByName Page 2 End If mA i ob wh h Example 3 Exporting alarms to a file chosen by the user Another example of how SmartClick Scripts can be used Is provided by the use of value fields to receive data to be used to invoke dynamic functions We insert a complex field into a page and this displays the Alarm history an ASCII field ASCII assigned to a string variable and a button to which we assign a Script event onReleased The Script reads the value of the ASCII field and saves
296. ges the project language current ly being used to the defined one all the elements subject to translation are displayed in the new language ChangeLanguage In RUNTIME this function exits from the project completely returning the operator to the environment of the panel s operating system Reduces the project to an icon the corresponding icon can be found in the applications bar It increases brightness of led display terminals 1T104 IT1LO5T 1T107W LightUp It decreases brightness of led display migpepown terminals 1T104 IT105T 1T107W It sets brightness of led display termi LightSet nals 1T104 IT105T IT107W Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix B Predefined functions 559 Table 5 Functions relating to the project Function Description Fiach Percictent Dats Used to force the writing of the actual persistent type internal Tag values Show Calculator It shows calculator DownloadPanasonic Allows transferring a Panasonic PicProgram project to PLC using the terminal ChangeModbusSlave Used to change the address of a SLA Address VE Modbus Functions relating to trends Table 6 Functions relating to Trends Function Description Performs a trend sample reading the trend buffer the command works on must be given as an input parameter see chap 5 In runtime the system Supplies the support for the acquisition and accumulation of numerical values and for their gr
297. had Bool String been forced whilst in Off ean Scan Checks if the threshold of oe String the tag is forbidden Set the tag to the Off Scan String tag status name Boolean O ffscan 383 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 384 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 2 Methods of the ESATAG objects accessible from Script Description Set the threshold of the String Tag tag to the forbidden status name Boolean nhibit GetStringLen Gets the eng th configured Long String of the tag s string ae Gets the filling assigned to Integ String Gerrlling Type the code of the tag s string To ieee GetFillingChar Gets the one character Integ String of the tag s string er Changes the fillings String Tag character of the tag s name string Integer Fil Ichar Geti nputValue Gets the lower limit of the Doub String LowerLimitGe operations in entry of a tTagThrsDevR numerical tag eference Geti nputValue Gets the upper limit of the String ae operations in entry of a UpperLimit l numerical tag Geti nputRaw Gets the lower limit of the String ValueLowerLi operations in exit of a mit numerical tag Geti nputRaw Gets the upper limit of the String ValueUpperlLi operations in exit of a mit numerical tag GetConversion Gets the conversion type Integ String Type code of a numerical tag er Gets the parameter of the String GetConversion mathematical conversion X1Par of the value of a numerical tag Gets the parameter o
298. he Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 209 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 20 Properties of the Label Properties Description Determines whether there will be a BorderVisibility Border to the Label or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle l ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Text shown in the Label by clicking on Tak you can edit multilanguage texts and their related Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Determines the flashing of the text the possibilities are No Blinking Slow TextBlink blinking or Rapid Blinking The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thr
299. he Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor i value can be assigned to a whole vari able Determines whether the Border of the Selector should be present or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize l whole variable can be assigned if so desired Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle l ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Active if the value is a Text List value Font for the text shown in the field by clicking on v you can edit multilan guage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Establishes the Font size Defines the color of the indicator hand I ndicatorColor This is selected using the RGB code or the color palette Determines the color of the Selector KnobColor knob which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette Reference variable whose value is checked Using the appropriate keys Tagi d i you can create a new variable or edit an existing one Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 BorderVisibility 282 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 45 Properties of the Knob Selector Properties Description
300. he Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple controls gt KnobPotentiometer After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the potentiometer Knob potentiometers are useful for introducing a direct control on a variable A continuous representation of the value of the reference variable is given and the operator can attribute any value simply by clicking on the knob indicator The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a potentiometer Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 277 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the Knob Potentiometer Table 43 Properties of the Knob Potentiometer Properties Description Identifying name of the Potentiometer Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Potentiom eter selectable using the RGB code or AreaColor color palette The value can be as signed to a whole variable Determines whether the Potentiometer has a background area or should be AreaVisibility transparent a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be man aged with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border Borders which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable
301. he applications bar and draw the outline inside the page B IQaGeH8 GC osoo BABSCBHSG o ARARA BE 5600 Mngr mnam ooa stay Page 3 GECI General Help page Keys Events Page Properties selection 45 18 165 63 b We will now add in the text that will be displayed on the but ton after having double clicked on it we enter the General mask and we select Label mode Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 506 Chapter 9 Tutorial Sa Edit TouchButton x Appearance Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Identification Name TouchButton Comment O Lock Bitmap hoe S Image O oO Image list id E A ar oO Caption Text Text list id Text Tag id lr al a00 We then click on to edit the translations of the text Sci Tartan stacy X Appearance Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Identification Name TouchButton Comment O Lock Bitmap None x Image Image list id Image Tag id 7 JOQ Caption E Text Text Text list id a Text Tag id lr a rv I Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 507 Tutorial For English we put in Back for Italian Indietro SCHEN 10 x Language Font English United States Italian Ital SystemTahoma 7 Indietro Once the texts have been defined we edit their size and color From the Text Properties mask we selec
302. he appropriate keys you can create a new variable or edit an exist ing one Determines the flashing of the text the possibilities are No Blinking Slow TextBlink blinking or Rapid Blinking The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Field text which can be selected using the RGB TextColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the type of horizontal TextHAlign alignment of the text this can be Cen ter Left or Right Determines the type of horizontal TextVAlign alignment of the text this can be Cen ter Top or Bottom Indicates the number of digits to be truncated when finally representing the field the digits are truncated start TruncationDigits ing from the right e g 1456 when truncation 2 is 14 The value can be associated with Tag or it can be man aged with thresholds Indicates whether the field should be Disable l disabled Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Indicates if zeroes should be set before the significant digits e g if True 000541 will be displayed otherwise it will simply be 541 Determines if the object can move or Lock Boe Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 LeadingZeroes 236 Chapter5 Properties and Events that c
303. he object selected Copies the object selected Pastes the object that has been cut or copied Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 6 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Table 2 Functions of the Edit menu ete Path Menu Description of function Edit gt Cancel Deletes the object selected Script Menu Find 60 bo line comment Uncomment Indent Cutdent Table 3 Script menu functions ete Path Menu Description of function S Script gt Find Finds a specific string in the script 1 Script gt Go to line Directs to a specific page in the script Wo 1 Script gt Comment Allows to insert a comment in the script SE Script gt Increase Increases the re entry of the re entry text in the script E Script gt Reduce Reduces the re entry of the text re entry in the script RI Script gt Eliminates a comment from the Uncomment script Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 7 Layout of menus Fields menu H 7 Select Move editing area Connect Move port Create Table 4 Functions of the Fields menu ete a Path Menu Description of function B Fields gt Select Selects the object clicked on after pressing Fields gt Move Moves the Editing area selected Editing area e g Popup Page Enables connection of devices Fields gt Connect and terminals see chap 4 Managing the project page 83 g Fields gt Move Moves a connection po
304. he objects Arc An Arc can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Arc and drawing its dimensions directly in the page To define the characteristics of the Arc they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Properties of the Arc Table 15 Properties of the Arc Properties Description Identifying name of the Arc Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Arc outline which can be selected using the RGB LineColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tial visible it is also possible to assign a Boolean variable dynamic in Runt ime or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock not StartAngle Determines the Arc starting position given as an angle Determines the angle in degrees o awecpAngle the opening of the Arc Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 200 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Sector A Sector can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Sector and drawing its dimensions directly in the page To define the characteristics of the Sector they must be set in
305. he terminal Putting together the methods described in this section you can construct customized functions according to your own project needs In this example we shall see how to create a function of just a few rows that will cancel all the recipes saved in the terminal This is useful for avoiding cancelling each individual recipe manually and substituting it with a cumulative cancellation We also introduce a few rows of code allowing us to time the execution of the entire script giving us an identifying value of the time taken for it Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 473 Scripts Let uS now analyze the code t Timer R_Type Dieci_ Var In the first line we ask for the instant the Script starts the Timer function returns the number of seconds elapsed since 12 00 AM and we save this in variable t In the second line we define the recipe type whose instances we want to cancel completely alternatively we could pass this string value as a parameter for the function as seen in example 4 for the addzero function Next we go and get the name of the first recipe and Save it in a variable a a ESAHMI ESARECI PEARC GetFirstRecipeName R_ Type if there are no recipes for the type indicated R_Type the function returns an empty string Thus cancellation should only occur if the string returned is different from We therefore use a Do While cycle to make operation Do
306. he top where the ControlTop Grid has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the object Int Width Control Defines the height of the object Int Height Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 454 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 53 Properties of ESACNTRL Complex Control Grid Properties ControlHide BorderColor GridColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description TYP RW T Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of the rectangle containing the Grid currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the rectangle containing the Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the field is enabled 0 or disabled 1 that is whether the user can edit its values Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to
307. he variable and the corresponding rough value P1 x1 y1 P2 x2 y2 where xn are rough values and yn the corresponding engineering The rough value x and the corresponding value y of the variable in the conversion are related by the following equation Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 88 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Type SquareRoot aa x1 TL x2 Y2 Insert a value in one of the box below the other will be calculated autombtically The quadratic conversion needs the same values with the exception of Y1 in the quadratic transformation the equation that connects the rough value x and the y value of the variable IS as follows In both cases the window situated in the left part of the mask furnishes a graphic representation of how the conversion of the values will take place In addition you can carry out an immediate test of the conversion after entering the necessary values a value can be entered in the appropriate fields and SmartClick displays its conversion instantly The conversion defined by the user envisages the association of a Script with the events that can be associated to the variable see chap 6 Events related to variables page 249 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 89 Project Explorer Thresholds Type None 7 Inhibit n Po The developer can enable the generation of various types of event assoc
308. hin the project as a whole The user can now practice inserting also instances of other complex controls recipe list alarm buffer and user table all of which are edited in exactly the same way as we have just seen Phase 15 After inserting the complex controls we need into our project Defining the we can add a page containing a trend a chart displaying the Trend graph behavior of a variable Suppose that in our project we want to constantly monitor the situation of the variable num_ pezzi graphically In Phase 10 we defined a Trend buffer for acquir ing and memorizing value samples acquired by the variable First of all we create a new page as in the previous phases and drag the navigation frame inside it Now we can really start inserting the graph in the toolbar we click on and draw the space where our trend should appear in the page when the mouse key is released SmartClick will draw the basic structure for us Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 539 Tutorial GES General Help page Keys Events Page Properties We select the graph that has just been added and after dou ble clicking we set the graphic properties for the area that contains the trend as per standard practice To maintain a graphic unity with the rest of the project so far edited we set blue as the color for the area and the border 100 67 o r r N 10 34 13 10 34 15 10 34 17 10 34 19 10 34 21 10 34 2
309. hod is invoked Defines whether the field text is shown underlined 1 orin normal Font 0 If modified using a Script Underline the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field text is shown barred 1 or in normal FontStrike 0 If modified using a Script Out the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field is enabled 0 or disabled 1 that is whether the user can edit it Disable Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the current text contained in the field Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for ValueColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 434 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 35 Properties of ESACNTRL Numerical field Properties ValueBlink Description Defines whether the current field text should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the value of the text currently written onto the field Can be varied by provi
310. holds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 252 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 30 Properties of the DateTime field Properties Description Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock at Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the field see PasswordLevel chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only Makes it possible to control the active focus using cursor keys within a page It also controls the order in which data Tabi ndex is introduced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Indicates the position of the Date with DatePosition in the field this may be centered left ward or rightward Indicates the format of the date to be Shown the order and the layout of the day month and year can be selected You can choose whether or not to as sign a text list to the value of the month so as to display the string relat ed to the current month see chap 5 Text list page 209 DateRepresentation Indicates the position of the Time with TimePosition in the field this may be centered left ward or rightward Indicates the format
311. hreshold specified using a drop down menu see chap 4 Priorities page 120 indicate which Page to display when the alarm is raised Fields List Memory resources Bashavior Priorilies Alanna groups User Signals Events Fort SyptbemTahomal Tahara Text Cobor DF foe cee Background color ee Headers of the columns Feet Sythe ashomal Tahar A Text Color O Beckground cobor 55 25 255 Luga imple Teritenated Ci agread tee OOP aa Pr Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 120 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Use the Fields mask to define the character and the colours of the display tables of the alarms see chap 6 Active Alarm View page 389 and see chap 6 Alarm History View page 394 You can specify the character of the rows the colours of the cells selected the characters and colours of the column headers The way the editing fields relating to the fonts and colours work is identical to what has already been set out for the user table The programmer can also make a choice in relation to labels to be assigned to the table headings Each column can have associated to it a multilingual label to access mutilingual editing just click on the wo icon adjacent to the editable text field see chap 4 Languages page 104 Icons that identifies an alarm Raised IconAlarmRaised n conAlarmacknowiedged MEA Terminated Icon larmTerminated xG ve 4 Smid
312. hresholds functionality can be applied 223 Simple CONOIS telecine A 260 COMPEX CONOIS arera ee E 283 ACive Alann View cae neces ease eaereeaar cen 304 Operations on graphic elements ccccccecccceesseeeeseeeeeeeeeaes 327 Library Explorer oaee Nea Ea TENEN h 345 Smart CK Libraries sssscesacisiaudbexsioectonedaavasbeceandaentadedsvencdiaaans 345 E A E E E E S E E A E S 359 Warnie NICWCL sprnocenpon enea a AAT 360 Compiler Output sraa 360 Compiling Downloading and RUNTIME ssccscssseccccecceesees 361 Project SUMUNATION sirenen n Genesee 363 Download the OPERATING SYSTEM image 0 371 Establishing an Ethernet connection sssssseeesessesssseeerrsssss 312 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 SCIPS sapines irane ae re EE EREE 377 The object ESAUSERMOR ssirseiisiiriineeka airne 387 The object ESAALARMMGR oaessssssssssssssssssssssssssses 387 The object ESARECIPEMGR oneessesssssseesssssssseseressssssseereesssess 390 The object ESARECIPETY P nrcsucieieinuie a a 391 Theobject ESARECIPEARC orere sae kaesenoes 392 ITheobect ESARECIPETRE serenana bia a 394 The object ESAPIPEMGR irerenncenii e 396 THe ODjECUTE SA TIMER srecrma reren N 398 The object ESATRENDMGR cornainoceiineuancanuiii 399 THcODEcCESAPAGEMOR axiceteeticewwienierinaeaucoencitetileacaen 404 The object ESAPAGE ro ee athe 408 The obec t ESACNITR G saraseenien 409 OBJEC ESAPRN corani a R ATEON 463 Examples Or SCHpt USCS sonra E pa
313. iated to a numerical variable The events are generated when the variable assumes particular values or when there is a rapid change in the value itself called threshold values or simply thresholds The user can make use of the defined thresholds by assigning a function or a Script to the threshold events that can then be associated to a variable see chap 6 Events related to variables page 249 There are three types of thresholds level thresholds deviation thresholds and variation speed thresholds In this mask select the type of threshold required and decide whether to value activating the event should be dynamic or not Boolean The type of threshold is represented graphically to the right of the mask Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 9O Chapter 4 Project Explorer General Yalue Device Limits Conversion Ujigesoulb amp Events Type Level v Max Value Inhibit ora Tag_1 7 ee Deadband 4 Min Value The first type of threshold is the Level type Up to eight Level thresholds can be defined each of which can be enabled independently of the others For each of the above mentioned thresholds the developer wants to enable he she must specify whether the threshold is a maximum or minimum independently of which event is generated thus if all eight of the possible Level events are generated eight different thresholds need to be specified It IS also necessary to specify a dead zon
314. ical Alignment Disabled Hidden Bar Field Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Bar Background Colour Disabled Hidden Indicator Area Visibility Border Style Hidden Touch sensitive Button Area Colour Pressed Area Colour Released Area Visibility associated to the objects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 228 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Border Flashing Border Colour Pressed Border Colour Released Border Thickness 3D Button Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignment Text Vertical Alignment Image Horizontal Alignment Image Vertical Alignment Disabled Hidden Tactile Area Disabled Slide Potentiometer Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Disabled Hidden Slide Selector Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Disabled Knob potentiometer Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Area Visibility Border Style Disabled Hidden Knob Selector Area Visibility Border Style Disabled Hidden Monostable Button Area Colour Pressed Area Visibility Pressed Area Colour Released Area Visibility Released Disabled Hidden Bistable Button Area Colour Key Off State Area Off Present Area Colour State On State Area On Present Disabled Hidden Trend Buffer V
315. ice in this case it is possible to specify whether the value should be retentive by activating the option appearing in the page when the variable is internal Save the value in a persistent memory Tags are retentive If the variable is retentive the value is conserved when the terminal is switched off The system variables whose names begin obligatorily with the prefix SYS_ are variables predefined by SmartClick that contain special information relating to the working of the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Project Explorer project and of the system They are not editable by the operator but can be displayed and used by the panel The type of system variable can be selected from the options on a drop down menu the characteristics of each variable appear in the lower part of the mask and are also illustrated in the related appendix of this manual see Appendix A System Variables page 693 Value General Limits Events Tag Type Type integr O array The mask relating to value can be used to configure the type of data that the variable is supposed to contain The types of data possible are those represented in the following table Tabella 1 Types of variable Type Description Range Boolean True 1 or False 0 Unsigned 16 bit unsigned integer O to OXFFFF Integer Lon 32 bit signed integer 2 147 483 648 to a 2 147 483 647 Unsigned 32 bit unsigned integer O to OxFFFFFFF
316. ich backup should be carried out before performing this operation Establishing an ESA panels with Windows CE operating system allow a Ethernet connection to be made to an Ethernet network by means of connection just a few simple steps After connecting the terminal to the network using the appropriate network cable just define the connection as set out below e From the initial page of the terminal click on Control Panel MP Start 54 Application t Downloader Configuration E Control Panel e From the Control Panel click on the Network icon Stylus Date Time Owner Network ne Brightness Backup Password Reset Information aver e Use the next window to insert the details by which the panel is to be recognised within the network e Select the Specify an IP address option and insert an IP address and a Subnet Mask address These Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 amp Chapter7 373 Compiling Downloading and Runtime parameters must be used in order to interact with the terminal inside of the network for example Downloading a project via Ethernet see chap 7 Perform the project Download on the Terminal page 366 SMSC11X Ethernet Driver M IP Address Name Servers An IP address can be automatically 4 assigned ta this computer Obtain an IP address via DHCP i Specify an IP address IF Address Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Default Gateway i ele eo
317. icking it thereby ending its edit Once a Polygon has been introduced its structure that Is its vertices can be edited after selecting the Polygon and then moving one of its vertices the lines sides adjacent to this vertex are automatically removed by SmartClick Using this function an irregular Polygon can be created that is one having angles and sides with dimensions chosen at will Regular polygons can also be introduced using the appropriate SmartClick tool see chap 5 Regular polygon page 207 To define the characteristics of the Polygon they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 204 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the Polygon Table 18 Properties Description Identifying name of the Polygon Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Polygon which that can be selected using the AreaColor RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Polygon outline which can be selected using LineColor the RGB code or color palette Th
318. icking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Value fields gt Pointer After clicking on the icon use the mouse to define the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Indicator The Indicator gives a graphic representation of the value of a variable within a given scale of values Unlike the Bar the In dicator cannot be edited and has a different graphic form The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to an Indicator Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 258 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the ndicator Table 34 Properties of the Indicator Properties Description Identifying name of the Indicator Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Indicator area which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable AreaColor Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border Border3D which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking
319. ies Alarms groups DESRET GR Events Signals used to inform the aparator ha Enable Buzzer He iiiai prear Ey What will trigger iha buzar Alacm iPraardy Frees oe Use this mask to set the alarm signals that appear to the operator The types of alarm messages displayed are e Raised alarms e Simple messages e Diagnostic alarms Once the type of alarm message has been selected by clicking on the appropriate box it is displayed in the preview page in the right hand section of the mask After clicking on the element introduced it can be moved to the position you want the message to appear in For the three types of messages a minimum level of priority must be defined for the appropriate icon to be displayed a destination page when the icon itself is pressed and the image to be presented on screen which can be selected from among those in the project The reproduction of a warning sound Enable buzzer audio can be enabled at the back of the mask ha Enable Burner Panman prearnky What wall trigger the buzzer When this function is enabled it is also necessary to indicate a minimum priority alarm level so as to cause the sound re production see chap 4 Priorities page 120 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 123 Project Explorer 4larmPriority Error OOQ larmPriority Fatal Error o AlarmPriority Warning Events It is possible to associate an event script to
320. iew Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Trend Buffer Graphics Area Colour Chapter5 229 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 230 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Trend Buffer X Y View Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Trend X Y Graphics Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Data Log View Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Active Alarms View Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Historic Alarms View Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden User List Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Recipes List Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Recipe Editin Area Colour Area Visibility 3D
321. ility Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 352 Chapter 6 Library Explorer by selecting the corresponding entries the user can edit all of the parameters in the General mask Edit PushButton Reltased Pressed GOT Aahaviour Eventis Identification PushBalton O teverride default grid size width Height by selecting the corresponding entries the user can edit all of the parameters in the Behaviour mask H Edit PushButton Released Pressed General EEE Events Behaviour Disable Password level Tab index Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter6 353 Library Explorer In the Events mask it is possible to associate a function or a script to the object ES Edit PushButton x Released Pressed General Behaviour SITTE ante impressed Cwent nre Libraries management To manage libraries click on the appropriate Libraries man agement icon in Libraries explorer Libr ary Exp lorer Keyboards Lights Dynamic objects Filled polygons TEMP Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 354 Chapter 6 Library Explorer This screen opens 8 Libraries management Selecting the Visible column boxes makes it possible to de termine which libraries need to be visible in Libraries Explo rer P Note To choose a library click twice on check box the first time is to select a library and the second time is to make
322. ill direction of the object currently being redrawn the values may be as follows 0 From bottom to top 1 From top to bottom 2 From left to right 3 From right to left If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 412 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 17 Properties of ESACNTRL Rectangle Properties Description Defines the infill color of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for FillColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Methods of ESACNTRL Rectangle Table 18 Methods of ESACNTRL Rectangle Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Properties of ESACNTRL Ellipse Table 19 Properties of ESACNTRL Ellipse Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the object has currently been drawn ControlLeft If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object has currently been drawn ControlTop If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when re
323. ill now also use an internal variable that does not relate to the device in any way It is a variable that works on the ter minal irrespective of the status of the PLC This type of vari able is defined differently from a device variable in that it is not possible to define memory conversion and threshold val ues Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 488 Chapter 9 Tutorial felis Value Events Identification Name Internal_Var Comment v lt ili Address Type Internal v M Store thLsvalue in the persistent memory area The tag is retentive We use the General mask to specify the name like internal_ var and of course we set the type of address as Internal In addition we enable the option allowing the vari able to be made retentive that is to maintain its value even after the terminal has been switched off In the Value mask we set the type of variable as Integer Defining memory areas Besides individual variables with SmartClick it is possible to define consecutive memory areas value arrays or indexed variables that can be used for example to define Exchange Areas see chap 5 Exchange areas page 116 To insert these memory areas in a project use the same pro cedure as for normal variables General Device Events Tag Type Type Unsigned Integer N v M array Length 4 After assigning a name to the variable array_var_4 we use the Value mask to speci
324. ime Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 53 Properties of the Active Alarm Grid Properties Description LetterHeadVisibility ees eel the tables should Allows the operator to decide whether or not to display the index numbers of the alarm in the columns to the left of the table RibbonVisibility Indicates the chronological order in which to arrange the alarms in the grid may choose to show the most re cent ones first or the oldest ones TimeStampOrder Alarm History View The Alarm History table is a predefined element in SmartClick one that can be inserted into the project pages It allows the operator to access the active alarm list and perform the prin cipal operations with a simple click To insert an Alarm History View table into a page click on the icon ag or alternatively use the main menu Fields gt Create gt Complex Controls gt Alarm History This table contains only those alarms whose configuration explicitly says that they are to be saved in the terminal s Alarm History see chap 5 Properties page 185 After clicking on the table draw just its outline in the page and the table will appear automatically General Help page Keys Events Page Prop Once the table has been inserted into the page and been se lected a series of properties can be attributed using the Prop erties Editor the meanings of
325. imeters 1 Bottom 3 Grid width 1 1g 1g dy Bg 1g Ig Grid height 1 The lower part of the General mask can be used to define the common layout of each page belonging to the Report currently being edited All the pages belonging to the same Report thus have the same layout Using the left side of the mask you can define the page settings while the right side shows you an updated preview of how the printed page will look You can define a format for the page options are A4 A3 B5 Legal or Letter an orientation Portrait or Landscape and a default Colour for the pages belonging to the Report Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 165 Project Explorer Finally after specifying a unit of measurement as a reference options are centimetres pixel inches or millimetres you can proceed to define the margins between which to print the Report pages You can define the left right top and bottom page margins You can also define default values for the editing grid of all the pages belonging to the Report then if required the grid can be edited for each individual page in the related General table Report page list General DAEA Headers and footers Comment i a je x Delete Duplicate j The Report pages mask displays the list of the pages belonging to the Report Use this list to add new types by clicking on the Add key or duplicate use
326. imilarly the point is drawn on the pixel with the value X2 Left Script values Vertical coordinate of the starting point Changing this value means moving the starting point vertically when redrawing using the Draw method This value if read with a Script assumes a value of Y1 Top values set with SmartClick Similarly the point is drawn on the pixel with the value Y1 Top Script values Vertical coordinate of the arrival point Changing this value means moving the arrival point vertically when redrawing using the Draw method This value if read with a Script assumes a value of Y2 Top values set with SmartClick Similarly the point is drawn on the pixel with the value Y2 Top Script values Defines whether the object should Bool RW be visible 0 or invisible 1 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Chapter8 421 Scripts Table 25 Properties of ESACNTRL Line Properties Description Defines the color of the line currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for LineColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the line should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking LineBlink If a different value from the
327. inally we also change some graphic details like the color of the area blue and the border white Eg Edit Dynamiclmage General i aye Behaviour Image Events Appearance 4rea color s 255 255 4rea Visibility Border 3D nore Flat Border blink gt Blink Border color s 255 255 Border visibility T Border size a Border style Solid E Cancel L J At the side of this symbol field we also put a button permitting us to change the display language of the project by assigning the function ChangeNextLanguage We dealt with how to edit Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 528 Chapter 9 Tutorial a button in Phase 11 so now we follow the same steps to cre ate the button for changing languages General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Introducing value indicators We now give the page an object for indicating value for our variable num_ pezzi As illustrated elsewhere in this manual there is a set different objects for displaying editing values In our project we will insert a knob potentiometer that allows us also to set the value of the variable to suit our requirements We click on the icon relating to the knob potentiometer in the toolbar and draw the destination area in the page Smart Click will draw the object in the page as can be seen from the following figure EEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properti
328. ines whether the Potentiometer has a background area or should be AreaVisibility transparent a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be man aged with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 274 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 41 Properties of the SlideSelector Properties Description Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a Border to the Selector or not a Bool ean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Active if the value type is Text List Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Establishes the Font size Indicates the color of the precision
329. input Var parameter the ID of the Result track and the value and Long value type pointers The value type is numerical with the following meanings O intersection value 1 Sample value 2 valid value but cursor is in cut off area 1 non valid value the cursor is out of range 2 non valid value the cursor is in a track gap 3 non valid value the cursor is hidden Returns the time Long Time Str GetCursor coordinates of the cursor Position functions only if the cursor is active Saecursor Changes cursor time Long Time Str He coordinates functions only Position l i if the cursor is active Moves display of the table Long Step up Long MoveDown Moves display of the table Long Step down Long MoveLeft Moves display of the table Long Step leftwards Long Moves display of the table Long Step Moyemgng rightwards Ga Long Moves the coordinates of Long Time Str the table to the position indicated by the input parameter Redraws the table Long completely GetCursor TrackValue Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 object ESAPRN Chapter 8 Scripts Table 56 Methods of ESACNTRL Trend Graph Method Description OUT IN Chart Aligns the contents of the Long Alignment table to the right Changes the display times Long RelTime RelativeTo from Relative to Absolute Str Absolute Needs as an input AbsTime Time parameter the times at Str which to
330. invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Chapter8 455 Scripts Table 53 Properties of ESACNTRL Complex Control Grid Properties Description Defines the color of the Grid ribbon Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value RibbonBack returned for example by the Color RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the text of the Grid ribbon Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value RibbonFore returned for example by the Color RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the cell row selected in the Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB SelBack Long value returned for Color example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the text of the cell row selected in the Grid Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for SelFore l Color example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines how to create the or
331. ions Functions relating to users and password Table 2 Functions relating to users and password Function Description Makes it possible to invoke the user log in operation see chap 5 Pass UserLogin word configuration page 194 Makes the window for inserting the user name and password appear in RUNTIME Makes it possible to invoke the log out operation Makes a message of confir mation appear in RUNTIME If con firmed this operation takes the UserLogout session user to default status can also be sent to a certain page each time the log out operation is executed see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 Changes the password of the user cur ChangeUserPassword rently logged in has no effect if no us er is logged on when pressed Allows controlling Password protected ExportUserLog objects accesses see chap 5 User log Export page 197 Functions relating to recipes To have an overview of the way the operations performed by the following functions work the reader is advised to consult the section of the manual dealing with the transfer of recipes between the terminal and the device see chap 6 Operations for transferring Recipes page 403 Table 3 Functions relating to recipes Function Description Loads a recipe of a particular type SmartClick requires that the type of recipe see chap 5 Creating and changing a Recipe type page 191 to which this command refers b
332. ipelines with the same name and the same ID cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick At the bottom of the mask you can enter the working characteristics that describe the Pipeline First of all it is necessary to indicate a source and destination variable The related sliding menu is used to select the Pipeline operating mode and this is chosen from those listed in the following table Tabella 6 Pipeline modes Description Each time a new value is read from the source variable this value is assigned to the destination variable The acquisition rhythm is governed by the refresh parameters of the source variable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 162 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Tabella 6 Pipeline modes Description Similar to polling only that the values acquired from the source variable are Copy by Change assigned to the destination variable only when the value of the source variable is changed The value is copied by command that is in Copy by line with the transition from FALSE to TRUE of Command the value of the auxiliary variable that can be entered into the next field activation must be Boolean In the boxes for choosing variables you will also find the icons for adding variables and editing them Events You can associate an event function or script to each condi tion of the Pipeline by clicking the Browse button on the ri gh
333. ipt if the Script is set to return a value in a variable For details regarding the functions that can be associated and regarding Scripts the reader is advised to consult the sections of the manual devoted to these topics see Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 e see chap 9 Scripts page 509 Variables are fundamental elements for creating a SmartClick project they allow the programmer to store and arrange data to permit dialog between panel and device Up to 500 variables can be created in a SmartClick project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 76 Chapter 4 Project Explorer List Refresh Groups Groups Tags Folder Name Memory Address Field 1 Field 2 Add 2 Edit X Delete Duplicate After double clicking on Project Explorer you access a table of variables whose list and classes of update described in the next subsection can be managed Using the list you can not only introduce new variables delete them and duplicate them but also edit certain properties name memory and Type the meaning of these properties will be described in the next section The Tools key allows modifying at will the columns structure importing or exporting Tags see chap 4 Variables Export Import page 94 One alternative method of creating a variable is to click Add in the menu arising from right clicking on Tags in Project Explorer or clicking on Ea in all those properties to which a varia
334. is OnPressed pressed Activated whenever the button is re OnReleased leased after being pressed Touch Keyboard Button A Touch Keyboard Button can be inserted inside the key board Double click one of the keyboard types on SmartClick default in the Keyboards sub menu of the Explore Project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 268 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Project Explorer a 3080008088 Project SC2074 SP1 ETH1 Pages v Tal Project L HWConfiguration z C SC2074 SP1 ETH1 SW Configuration vy Tags A Languages and fonts 5 Pages Le PopUp pages FN Alarms lt 2 Recipe types g Users and passwords h S Data archive Scripts 3 Global script ce ii Lists as Images i a Advanced ty Pipelines gah Reports E m Keyboards w Blk_Numeric W Blk_Ascii_up Blk_Ascii_Low Blk_Numeric_Limits Blk_Ascii_Up_Lim w Blk_Ascii_Low_Lim w Bk_Date_Time The following image will appear General Properties Click on the icon or the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple controls gt Touch Keyboard Button The Touch Keyboard Button allows to insert a touch key for the creation and configuration of a new keyboard After having clicked the icon indicate the area in which SmartClick must designate the button using the mouse inside of a key Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 269 Properties and Events that can
335. is assigned to this property the properties PageRows and PageColumns are updated og Defines the page width in pixels aa PageHeight Defines page height in pixels page Defines page height in pixels in pixels Indicates the horizontal margin of the page in pixel MarginVert Indicates the vertical margin of the page in pixel Defines the number of printable rows in the page This property is neagcneue updated whenever the value of the property FontSize changes Defines the number of columns Int that can be printed in the page Page This property is updated Columns whenever the value of the property FontSize changes Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 465 Scripts ESAPRN methods accessible with Scripts Table 58 ESAPRN methods accessible with Scripts Method Description Starts the print procedure DialogBox and leaves the panel Bool waiting for other print inputs This function needs as an input parameter a value indicating whether the print setup window should be shown If the value True is passed the Options window is shown as soon as this instruction is executed If the value False is passed the print command is sent to the last printer used in the current session or to the default printer if no printing has been performed in the current session The actual printing starts when the method PRNEnd is invoked The method returns 1 if the user has clicked on O
336. ised the alarm condition is signalled on the device e return to rest refers to the end of the alarm state on the device e acquisition often also identified as ack acknowledgement an operator has recognized the alarm condition Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 117 Project Explorer Using Project Explorer double click on Alarms to access the general setting windows of all the alarms The masks available in this area are e List e Memory resources e Behaviour e Fields e Priority e Alarm groups e User signals e Events The next subsections will give a detailed account of the features accessible via each mask For a more thorough knowledge of the list and the meaning of the events that can be associated to an alarm the reader is advised to consult the next chapter see chap 6 Events related to alarms page 250 where there are also illustrations of the complex fields for displaying and managing alarms see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 List Memory resources Behavior Fields Priorities Alarms groups User Signals Events Name Activation Type Activation Value Bit Tag Priority Group Description User q The Alarm list allows you to manage the table of alarms and their related properties a summary of all the standard properties in editable fields is supplied This mask is useful for giving an overall vision of all the alarms present in the project New alarms can be adde
337. ist provided the name can be Str assigned in Runtime the recipe type name and the list of recipes to be inserted names separated by the TAB character on the keyboard If one of the two parameters or both is an empty string all recipes are exported without consideration to their type or name Imports the recipes Filename contained in the file xml Str or csv indicated by the input string If the input string is empty when this method is called in Runtime the window for exporting files is shown to allow a search for the file from which to import the recipe The object This object offers functions relating to the transfer of recipes ESARECI PETRF the project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of ESAHMI ESARECI PETRF RecipeBufferUpload RecipeType 1 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 ESARECI PETRF methods accessible with Scripts Chapter8 395 Scripts Table 8 ESARECIPETRF methods accessible with Scripts Method LoadRecipe SaveRecipe Recipe Download Description Loads the recipe specified by the input parameter into the video buffer It is necessary to provide the type of recipe the name of the recipe and a Boolean variable indicating whether the user must confirm the operation 1 or whether the loading is automatic 0 Saves the data in the video buffer into the recipe specified by the in
338. it Do you want io conkinwe Ca om Also in this case the user can decide whether to continue by clicking on the OK key or to annul the introduction of the data which must be re set If the user decides to continue by clicking OK as just seen SmartClick will automatically attribute the minimum limit val ue 10 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 87 Project Explorer Conversion The value of the numerical external variable is always calculated by the system based on the rough value Often apart from the standard conversions it is necessary to carry out a calculation because the units of measurement in which the rough value is expressed are different from those required for the value of the variable For example it occurs very frequently that the rough value is expressed as an integer value within the range of a digital analog converter while the value of the variable is expressed in engineering units Using this mask you can determine the type of conversion to be adopted for the variable the conversions that can be selected are none linear quadratic or defined by the user General Value Device Limits Thresholds Events Type Linear 7 xi ial x2 Y2 Insert a value in one of the box below the other will be calculated automatically x aR Ko ay p a a a a Linear conversion implies the definition of two pairs of values each formed of the value of t
339. ith any key simply by double clicking on the table in the corresponding row or by selecting and clicking on Put should you wish to delete an already existing association click on Remove after having made the selection If you choose to introduce an association with a key the following dialog window opens Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Variables Chapter 4 Project Explorer System Alarms System Messages Timers Timers events BOW A iutos Pacometors of the solocied handaan script O Steve the return value ete To add a function just click on Add Function and choose the function required from the list which appears by clicking on the line just created three times or on the f key similarly by clicking on Add Script the Script to be associated can be chosen Up to 2 functions Scripts can be introduced for each key and these will be executed in the order indicated to change the order of the functions just move them with the Move Up and Move Down keys To delete a function just select it and click on the Delete button Should a predefined function be chosen to associate with the global key the lower part of the window can be used to indicate the data related to a correct execution of this e g file name name of objects etc Should a Script be chosen to associate with the global key it will be possible to choose to save the value returned by this Scr
340. its at 1 the lowest one will be considered H Thresholds EEx Thresholds 255 0 0 The Bits that the user addresses may not be adjoining The most insignificant Bit must be Bit 1 while the most si gnificant Bit will depend on the length of the type of Tag as sociated e g if the Tag is at 16 Bit the user can insert the Bits from 1 to 16 The new Thresholds Management functionality is supported by the following objects with properties described below Rectangle Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Ellipse Area Colour Area Visibility Line Colour Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 224 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Hidden 3D Ellipse Ar Line Colour Hidden Circular Sector Area Colour Area Visibility Line Colour Hidden Line 3D effect Line Colour Line Size Hidden Polygon Area Colour Area Visibility Line Colour Line Size Hidden Polyline Line Colour Line Size Hidden Regular Polygon Area Colour Area Visibility Line Colour Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 225 Properties and Events that can be Line Size Hidden Label Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignmen
341. ity Border blink No Blink i Border color pressed Border color released w 0 0 0 Border visibility aw E B E E E m m a Border size aj HH Border style Cat riit N ee SERRE LECCE EEEL EEE PERPEERE and blue with a white border when it is pressed We also set the border width as 3 pixels EiEdit TouchButton xj General Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events FontField SystemTahoma Tahoma 4rea color pressed a 0 128 255 z 4rea color released 64 128 128 t 4rea visibility Border blink a No Blink Border color pressed Border color released a 0 0 0 X Border visibility Si Border size Border style Solid iy Button 3D Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 510 Chapter 9 Tutorial The last operation to be performed on the button is to define its function from the Events mask we associate a function to the OnReleased event by clicking on Scimreategtiecnn x General Appearance Text properties Behaviour List of Texts Label Image OnPressed OnReleased After having clicked on Add Function SC Events Functions Editor 10 x Functions Scripts associated to this event i Parameters of the selected function script O Store the return value into I E The list of predefined functions will open up see Appendix B Predefined functions page 553 where we will select the Show previous page function Polymath SmartClick Use
342. ject ESATRENDMGR gives access to certain properties and ESATRENDMGR methods that are useful for managing Trend Buffers Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 400 Chapter 8 Scripts ESATRENDMGR properties accessible with Scripts It is important to emphasize that the properties offered by ESATRENDMGR are only available as Read only and the Trend buffer ID that the following code lines refer to must be defined at the beginning of the Script or at least before using the properties To exemplify this we will analyze the following code lines ESAHMI ESATRENDMGR Trendld 5 a ESAHMI ESATRENDMGR Name ESAHMI ESATRENDMGR Trendld 1 b ESAHMI ESATRENDMGR Name After performing the 4 instructions listed above variable a will contain the name of the Trend buffer with D 5 while variable b will contain the name of the Trend buffer with ID 1 SmartClick assigns the IDs during the editing of the Trend buffer Table 12 ESATRENDMGER properties accessible with Scripts Properties Description Typ RW e This is a unique code identifying Long drenete the trend selected m tr This is the name of the Trend S buffer selected It is unique in that two Trend buffers with the same name cannot exist Defines the type of variable Long assigned to the Trend buffer Type selected The possible values of this property are 0 Single value 1 Array This is the name of the variable Str SourceTag assigned to the Trend buffer selected
343. k or if simply it has been decided not to show the DialogBox O if the user has cancelled the operation or there is a negative integer indicating an error code It is important to deal with cases in which a value other than 1 is returned so that no further print operations are run Concludes the print setup phase and sends the data to the printer Interrupts and aborts the print procedure being run Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 466 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 58 ESAPRN methods accessible with Scripts Method Description With this a new print page can be created After this New Page function has been invoked the next texts are printed on a new page Writes the text contained in the input string in a WriteLN single row going to the next line when the row has been printed Writes the text contained PosX Int in the input string into the PosyY Int WritexY position indicated in Text Str pixels by the two parameters PosX and PosY Writes the text contained Row I nt in the input string into the Col I nt WriteRC position indicated interms Text Str of row and column positions by the two parameters Col and Row Examples of This paragraph deals practically with writing the scripting Script use code We offer examples relating the use of all the accessible objects described so far Example 1 Analysis of variables and launching events In this example we will Suppose we have a project in whi
344. k or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking BorderBuny If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the field currently being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the font to use for writing the text Can be edited by FontFace inserting the string relating to the Na nre name of the Font one of those included in the project The change will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines the size of the field text Can be changed by attributing the required value The change will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 433 Scripts Table 35 Properties of ESACNTRL Numerical field Properties Description Defines whether the field text is shown in Italics 1 or in Roman 0 If modified using a Script the variation will appear in runtime after Draw method is invoked Defines whether the field text is shown in Bold 1 or in Roman FontBold 0 If modified using a Script the variation will appear in runtime after Draw met
345. king on the adjacent icon this can then naturally also be used inside the project or accessed using Scripts To be able to see in detail the list of activities that can be run using the status area and the command area the reader is advised to consult the appropriate appendices see Appendix C Status area page 715 e see Appendix D Command area page 719 69 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 70 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Components Components SWConfiguration Tags Pages PopUpPages Images TextLists ImageLists Alarms RecipeTypes Reports Pipelines Scripts GlobalScripts TrendBuffers DataLogs TrendBuffersxyY This page offers only a summary of the components that can be assigned to ESA panels by clicking on each of these the appropriate main editing page can be accessed Software To access the general editor of each entry simply click on the Configuration corresponding entry To this area there belong the setting windows for the following elements e SystemAlarms e SystemMessages e Timers e Timers Events e F Keys To access the general editor of each option just double click on the appropriate name in Project Explorer The following paragraphs will carry detailed information on the features that can be configured for each element SystemAlarms The system alarms are alarms that are displayed to the operator whenever certain conditions of anomaly occur In this section it is possible
346. king on wo you enter an editing window in which the value intervals and their respective colors can be defined the window also allows you only to specify the limits in relation to the scale to be displayed Indicates the number of notches on the scale of values You will also see the fi ScaleSectors gure for the value above the notch calculated based on the number of notches Reference variable corresponding to the position of the indicator Using the Tagld appropriate keys you can create a new variable or editor an existing one Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 ScaleColorRanges 256 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 32 Properties of Bar field Properties Description AlignBarColorToScale Allows to align or not the color of the Color bar to the color of the scale Allows you to assign a color to the bar background The value can be associ ated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Indicates the direction of the Bar whether vertical or horizontal Indicates whether the field should be disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds BarBackgroundColor Disable Determines the color of the filling of the bar through code or RGB color pa lette The value can be associated with integer variable FillBarColorRanges Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolea
347. l Tags types present in the project will be shown and subse quently exported EN Export lol Choose the tags to export Filter All Tags v Tags to be exported Tag a Tag_1 2l al Tag_2 Clicking the Next key will open the following page from whi ch the user can choose where the file to be exported is saved by clicking the Browse key Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 97 Project Explorer lere Export og lol x Choose the filename and extension to export tags File Name O Separate addresses Salva con nome 2 xi Salva in E Progetti SC gt QO 2 m e Documenti recenti Desktop Documenti g Risorse del computer Ki Lo aE E Nome file Test Salva come Microsoft Excel xls Annulla Microsoft Excel xls L Comma Separated Values csv b P Note The file to be exported can be saved with extension xls or nm 39 CSV By clicking on the Separate addresses check box the varia bles list is shown in the table created in separate fields Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 98 Chapter 4 Project Explorer EN Export lolx EE Choose the filename and extension to export tags i E Documenti File Name LMASK SMARTCLICK Progetti Browse SC TEST xIs p addresses By clicking on the Export key the following screen is obtai ned Edtags Export
348. ld page 431 Methods of ESACNTRL ASCII field Table 39 Methods of ESACNTRL ASCII field Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Redraws only the part of the field relating to the value shown leaving out the graphic aspects of the field This function is preferable to Draw when all that is needed is a refresh of the value it is quicker Refresh Control Returns the length of the GetTextLen string currently written into the field Properties of ESACNTRL Symbol field Table 40 Properties of ESACNTRL Symbol field Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the rectangle of the field has currently ControlLeft been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 440 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 40 Properties of ESACNTRL Symbol field Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object or the rectangle of the ControlTop field has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the rectangle Width containing the object Control Defines the height of the Height rectangle containing the object Defines whether the object should
349. ld events Table 23 Numerical Field events Event Description OnAbortI nput Be when data input operation is Activated when data input using the pabeg ake pue keyboard starts OnValueChande Activated when the value of the Field is g changed using the keyboard Dynamic Text A ayna text can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Value Fields Dynamic text After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the Field The purpose of a Dynamic text is to show the operator a given String as the function of the value of a variable Which string contained in a Text List is displayed depends on the value of the variable see chap 5 Text list page 209 For example the words On or Off can be shown as a function of a Bool ean variable The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Dynamic text In SmartClick the value of a Dynamic text is represented by the first value of the text list which in Runtime is substituted by the correct value Properties of the Dynamic Text Table 24 Properties of the Dynamic Text Properties Description Identifying name of the Dynamic text Must be unique among the graphic el ements Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 238 Chapter5 Properties and Events
350. lector can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple controls gt SlideSelector After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the Selector Slide Selectors are useful is useful for introducing a direct check on a variable There is a discrete representation of the value of the reference variable and the operator can attribute Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 fit Chapter 5 273 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects one of the available values by just clicking on the indicator slide control The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Slide Selector Note It is advisable to use the SlideSelector rather than a Potenti ometer if the number of choices that can be executed by the opera tor is restricted giving a limited range of options Properties of the SlideSelector Table 41 Properties of the SlideSelector Properties Description Identifying name of the Selector Must be unique among the graphic elements Comment Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Potentiom eter which can be selected using the AreaColor RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determ
351. lity OK the components can be downloaded Following this the details regarding the memory required for the project and that available on the terminal s supports is shown the operator can see if there is enough space on the panel to hold the project files and if there are problems an error message is shown Project components status O Use automatic allocation Component Current proje Device C Runtime 4025Kb 4025Kb Hard Disk bin Pages NZA N A Hard Disk pagesi Help NZA N A Hard Disk help Images 297Kb 297Kb Hard Disk Ul Recipes NZA N A Hard Disk recipes Translation 12Kb 12Kb Hard Disk trn Log N A N A Hard Disk log Menia nk 5117h 5117h Used Mil Bimi Masi w Update All Update oldest only Finally in the lower part there is a list of project components the more recent of which compared with those residing in the terminal are highlighted in pink The support and the path used for saving the files of the related section can be shown or the operator can decide to let SmartClick automatically allocate the component on the physical supports available on the panel At this point all the elements on the panel firmware project and all the other components can be updated or to save time only those elements requiring updating because the currently used version is more recent than that of the elements in the terminal Component Current proje Device Runtime 4025Kb 4025Kb Har
352. lor Border style Border 3D Flat af Use background image oO Background image ti Gg Image representation Positioning Image horizontal position Image vertical position The Properties mask is identical to the pages one see chap 4 Page Properties page 113 Definition of Header and Footer In SmartClick you can use the default Headers and Footers after editing them or create an unlimited quantity of new ones Editing for Headers Footers is the same both for the default elements and for those introduced by the user After clicking on the Edit option of the Headers Footers list or on a Header or Footer in Project Explorer you can proceed to the actual editing the object which is subdivided into three masks Fields General and Properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 168 Chapter 4 Project Explorer pP Note In this phase the objects are defined without distinguishing between Headers and Footers thus these are created and edited in the same way and only at the moment of their being used within a Report is it specified whether they are to be placed at the top or the bottom of the page Header Footer list Name Comment DefaultHeader C Gia By clicking twice on the object Headers Footers you can access the Headers Footers list defined in the project for the Reports As a default SmartClick already contains two objects Default Header and
353. lor Background Color AlarmPriority Warning i Ca sabes de In this mask we will indicate the colors to be used to represent in the pages showing the alarms with complex controls the instances of the alarms that have FatalError priority like the one defined in the project List Memory resources Behavior Fields Priorities Alarms groups MEIE Events Signals used to inform the operator o Enable a signal and move it to the desired position M Raised Alarms i Message O Diagnostic Alarm Left ral 27 a Top 0 a Jamm Page to show Pages v Start v CO Priority larmPriority Error Image IconSimpleAlarm v CO s Buzzer settings i Enable Buzzer Minimum priority that will trigger the buzzer AlarmPriority Error v in the last mask we select the option Message and set the same priority FatalError that we set for the alarm we defined In this section we can establish how the operator is to be ad vised of the alarm being set off we have chosen message hat is a little icon will appear on the screen irrespective of the page the project is in when the alarm is raised By clicking on this alarm icon in runtime the operator is taken to the page identified in the second field of this mask Furthermore we will leave the default image as the image associated with the alarm icon and at the bottom we will keep the enablement for the warning noise
354. ls counting from the top where the object has currently been drawn SO ernor If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method ControlWidth Defines the width of the object Int i i j nt ControlHeight Defines the height of the object Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of the arc currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for ArcColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 416 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 21 Properties of ESACNTRL Arc Properties Description Defines whether the arc should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Methods of ESACNTRL Arc Table 22 Methods of ESACNTRL Arc method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Properties of ESACNTRL Circular sector Tabl
355. ly the control to or the group initial refer ence if the control relates to a group Active if ImageListType is bit group I mageListLastBit oriented Indicates the last bit of the group to which the check is applied Touch button events Table 36 Touch button events Event Description Activated whenever the button is OnPressed pressed Activated whenever the button is re OnReleased leased after being pressed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 266 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Touch Area A touch sensitive area can be introduced into a page by click ing on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple controls gt Touch area After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick Should draw the item The Touch Area is useful when you want to assign an entire screen area to a given function or user script for example a part of an image to create a map The area in question can contain other graphic objects or elements i Note If a Touch area is superimposed on other objects only the function relating to the Touch area is performed in Runtime In gen eral the operation relating to the object positioned on the surface is performed while those relating to the objects underneath are ig nored For further details regarding the script and predefined func tions the reader is advised to consult
356. lygon coincide with those of the polygon drawn by the user as already described see chap 8 Properties of ESACNTRL Polygon page 422 and see chap 8 Methods of ESACNTRL Polygon page 423 Properties of ESACNTRL Label Table 31 Properties of ESACNTRL Label Properties Description e Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from the left where the rectangle of the label has ControlLeft currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from the top where the object or the rectangle of the ControlTop label has currently been drawn If this value is changed the object is moved vertically when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the object Int Width Control Defines the height of the object Height Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method ControlHide Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 426 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 31 Properties of ESACNTRL Label Properties BorderColor BorderBlink TextValue Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Defines the color of the border of the rectangle of the label currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value ret
357. m relating to global acknowledgement Needs aS an input parameter the name of the alarm of the operator and of the station from which the request is made valid parameter in the case of a network Alarm Name Str Operator Str Station Str Group Name Str Operator Str Station Str Operator Str Station Str Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 390 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 4 ESAALARMMGER methods accessible with Scripts Alarms Export History Export History Delete The object ESARECI PEMGR Description Acknowledges the alarm specified by the first input parameter whether it is AlarmI SA type or OnlyAck Needs as an input parameter the number with which the alarm has been registered 1D the operator s name and that of the station from which the request is made valid parameter in the case of a network Exports active alarms to the file in main directory of the terminal Needs two input parameters one relating to the name to give to the file and one whole relating to its type the possible file extensions are FileType 1 XML FileType 2 CSV Exports history alarms to the file in main directory of the terminal Needs two input parameters one relating to the name to give to the file and one whole relating to its type the possible file extensions are FileType 1 XML FileType 2 CSV Cancels the buffer of alarm history and needs no input para
358. martClick User Manual rev 1 0 544 Chapter 9 Tutorial Compiler Output Compiling INT file Compiling SYS file Building configuration files succeeded EPMCEV4IRTCOMPILER Building Cct zml 5 Building Cct xml Succeeded Building Idx _Tags xml Building Idx _Tags xml Succeeded Building Scripting xml lt Building Scripting xml Succeeded Building Tags eml s Building Tags xml Succeeded Building Messaging xml Building Messaging xml Succeeded Building Recipients xml Building Recipients xml Succeeded Building Alarms Manager xml Building Alarms Manager xml Succeeded Building Recipes Mamager xml Building Recipes Mamager xml Succeeded As the instructions supplied in each phase have been correctly followed no error nor warning message will appear provided that we have also remembered to assign a Help page for each page created With no error signaled in the compilation phase we are ready to download onto the panel we click on FJ and SmartClick proceeds by asking us for information regarding the connec tion between the PC and the terminal Wal SMARTCLICK Downloader oi xd Communication parameters Connection type USB X Password Password Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 545 Tutorial In our example we have connected the terminal using the Standard USB p
359. me ShowRecipeType ee Indicates whether the vertical scroll VSCO NBAFVISIDIE bar should be visible in Runtime LetterHeadVisibility Indicates whether the tables should have titles Indicates the way the instances should be ordered within the table the order can be alphabetical chronological or der of editing and Recipe ID order OrderMode Operations for transferring Recipes The following summary gives an overview of all the operations that can be performed on transfers of Recipes using terminals and devices It is important to note that transfer operations see the interaction of 3 elements the physical memory of the terminal where the Recipes are saved the terminal video buffer containing the data of just one Recipe the one being displayed on the panel and the device in whose memory the Recipe data really resides import 7 Export Video Buffer Panel Memory ee ar Upload Download Device When you decide to manage the transfer of Recipes in syn chronized mode constitutes a special case Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Operations on graphic elements Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects In this case before transferring the data the terminal asks for the status of the device waiting for an authorization The syn chronization procedure happens by means of the write read of certain exchange areas see chap Appendix C Status area page 715
360. meter Registratio ni D Long Operator Str Station Str FileName Str FileType Int FileName Str FileType Int This object offers functions relating to the management of the recipes in the project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax of ESAHMI ESARECI PEMGR GetTAGBuffer m RecipeType variable1 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 ESARECI PEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Chapter 8 Scripts Table 5 ESARECIPEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Method GetTAG Buffer ClearTAG Buffer Description Returns the name of the tag buffer related to a field of the recipe needs as input parameters the name of the type of recipe and the field buffer Clears the buffer of all recipe variables including ID name and comment the numerical variables are set at 0 the strings at it needs as an input parameter the type of recipe Returns a Boolean value indicating whether the two recipes indicated are the similar 1 or different 0 the test is carried out on the versions that have been saved Requires as an input parameter the name of the recipe type and of two recipes to compare Indicates if it is in course and therefore a transfer is active Structure Name Str FieldName Str Structure Name Str Structure Name Str Recipe Namel Str Recipe Name2 Str Structure Name
361. mines height in pixels of each row Determines the index that the object Tabi ndex will occupy in the table order ae Indicates whether the horizontal scroll HS crolBarvisible bar should be visible in Runtime 0 Indicates whether the vertical scroll Voc louBarvicizi bar should be visible in Runtime LetterHeadVisibility Indicates whether the tables should have titles Indicates the way the instances should be ordered within the table the order can be alphabetical chronological or der of editing and Recipe ID order OrderMode Recipe Editing Table The Recipe Editing table is a predefined element in Smart Click one that can be inserted into the project pages It allows the operator to access the Recipe editor in the terminal see chap 5 Recipes Types page 188 To insert a Recipe Editing table into a page click on the icon or alternatively use Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 322 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects the main menu Fields gt Create gt Complex Controls gt Recipe Editing After clicking draw just the outline of the table in the page and it will appear automatically EEE General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Mouse pointer 665 244 Save Save as Load Clear Buffer Download Upload a rhe By double clicking on the table you access its editing page which comprises three masks Fields General and Properties GES General Prop
362. mines whether the translation of TextTranslateDisable the Button text must be disabled Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 264 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 35 Properties of the Touch button Properties TextListValue TextListType TextListid TextTagld TextListFirstBit TextListLastBit I mageAutoSize I mageKeepAspect Ratio I mageListValue ImageListType Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Active if TextListType is value orient ed it is necessary to indicate the val ues on which to apply the list strings By clicking on w you can access the mask for associating values and text list elements Indicates which type of check to per form on the control variable can be value oriented single bit or bit group oriented Active only if Caption is a Text List type Determines the reference text list See chap 5 Text list page 209 Active only if Caption is a Text List type Determines the variable to choose from the text list see chap 5 Text list page 209 Active if TextListType is single bit or bit group oriented Indicates the ref erence bit to be checked or the group initial reference if the control relates to a group Active if TextListType is bit group ori ented indicates the last bit of the group to which the control is applied Indicates whether the image should automatically sized to fi
363. mory Address Merriory Address CS1 CJ1 Ethernet ETN21 x Refresh group Class_0_S 500 msec zii 7 j M Update Device enabled O Update always even when a tag isn t used by any field O Read only Core Input Output bit CIO Type Bit Valid range CIO DEC 0 6143 Bit DEC 0 15 In the case of device variables it is necessary to proceed to Specify the destination memory areas for the values SmartClick guides the user by furnishing indications regarding the valid memory ranges calculating them automatically in relation to the device chosen in the project First of all it is necessary to introduce the destination device the related memory addresses and the update class see chap 4 RefreshGroups page 77 If these last two components are lacking or incorrect they can be introduced again by clicking on the icon or they can be edited by clicking on fad In addition you can decide whether to enable the updated or not Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 82 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Even when a tag is not being used by any field the option Keep updating indicates if it is activated that the variable will be updated even when its value is not shown in the page currently being displayed on the panel this option is indispensable whenever you want for example to access the value of this variable via Script In the event that the variable is part of Alarms Pipelines Trends or Recipes this
364. mp 7 p When the mouse is placed on one of the icons its meaning is displayed see below Banoa Note The Toolbar offers a shortcut to the same Functions that you can access from the main menu To find out what a given icon means consult the Table of Functions in the main menu see chap 2 Main menu page 4 Editing the Toolbar The Toolbar is organized into groups of icons each of which can be managed individually To move or delete a group of objects just drag up from the bar towards any area of the application To start the drag click on the left edge of the group Agscena Once you have clicked the mouse pointer will change into the dragging cursor typical of Windows It is now possible to insert the group wherever you want Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 46 Chapter 2 Layout of menus tH 2 _ gt a cE aAA Mr Release the mouse key to apply the move The group can be left in any position on the screen or once you have double clicked on the group itself it can be closed by clicking on the Xi Closed groups can be reinserted into the toolbar by clicking on the corresponding name in the main menu Display gt toolbar The changes to the layout of the toolbar are saved for the next time SmartClick is used In addition to the menu and the icons SmartClick s other fun damental component is represented by the following menu windows e Project explorer see chap
365. n be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking or Rapid blinking The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether the Border of the Numeric Field is present or not a Bool ean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Defines the maximum number of char acters visible in the field representing the value Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Enabling this option allows you to se lect the keyboard to use for editing Indicates the value representation for mat which will be either Decimal with or without a Sign Hexadecimal Bina ry Floating or Fixed Point Chapter5 235 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Description Reference variable for the value to be displayed This is a numerical variable Tagld Using t
366. n introduce a second element into of our first page for example let us add the image of the ESA logo we can do this by dragging General Help page Keys Events Page Propertios We have now defined where the image is to be placed so we can define which image to introduce While keeping the area just defined selected we move to the Properties Editor Next to the Images option there is a pull down menu containing all the images introduced into the project we choose the image logo Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 525 Tutorial E3 Edit ImageField x Ceili Appearance Image Identification Name ImageField Comment ESA_logo Bk_Ascii_Up_Bg Bk_Ascii_Low_Fg Bk_Ascii_Low_Bg Bk_Numeric_Limits_Faq Bk_Numeric_Limits_Ba Bk_Day_Time_Fg Bk_Day_Time_Ba Bk_Numeric_Fg Bk_Numeric_Bg italy UK We can also change other properties of the image area for example we will set the border color as white so as not to see the edges of the image and have a more pleasing effect Inserting a symbol field Now let us imagine we want to insert a symbol field relating to a list of images which will indicate in this page the lan guage currently selected by the operator We click on the icon in the toolbar and draw the area that will take the field Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 526 Chapter 9 Tutorial General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Mouse pointer 798 211
367. n pixels valid only for editing the current field The graphic properties fonts and colors of the User List can be configured using together the Fields mask and Password el ement see chap 5 Fields grid page 199 Note After inserting a new user in Runtime you will have to change his her password by selecting the corresponding row in the table and then by clicking on Change Password Just insert the new password in the ensuing mask leaving blank the field relating to the old password since the new user does not possess any assigned password Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 316 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Fields General a Position Top Left Width Height Area visibility z 4rea color 255 255 255 Ma Border visibility Border size Border color 0 0 0 Ma Border style Solid ij Border 3D Hide n The Users Table View properties are the same as those in the Active Alarms View see chap 5 Properties of the Ac tive Alarm View page 308 Properties of the Password Grid sciz GridPassword x Identification Name GridPassword Comment O Lock Columns User Id User Level w RowHeight 18 TabIndex 0 HScrollBarvisible a VScrollBarvisible a Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 317 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects By
368. n the watch list Watch list Tags gt Show Shows list of all variables included in complete list the project Simulation Menu path Function description Simulation gt Play Carries out all simulations Simulation gt Pauses the simulations Pause Simulation gt Stop Stops the simulations Simulation gt Add Adds a new simulation new simulation Simulation gt Edit Edits the selected simulation simulation Simulation gt Removes the selected simulation Remove simulation Simulation gt Enables the selected simulation Enable simulation Simulation gt Disables the selected simulation Disable simulation Simulation gt Removes all simulations Remove all simulation Simulation gt Enables all simulations Enable all simulation Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter7 365 Compiling Downloading and Runtime Menu path Function description Simulation gt Disables all simulations Disable all simulation Help Menu path Function description Help gt About Allows the information regarding the version of the program to be seen List of buttons in the tags Device simulation tag List of configured simulations e Add adds a simulation to a selected variable e Edit edits the selected simulation e Remove removes the selected simulation Project Tags Tag List of all the variables in the project e Edit Value Edits the value of the selected variable
369. n variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the field see PasswordLevel chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using movement keys of the cursor within a page It also con trols the order in which data is intro duced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Indicates from which value the Bar val BarOrigin ue count should start Color of the values figures related to the numerical subdivisions of the scale This can be selected using the RGB code or the color palette Tabi ndex ScaleValueColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 257 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 32 Properties of Bar field Properties Description Indicates where the scale of values should be positioned in relation to the Bar If the Bar is vertical the scale can be positioned to the left or the right if it is horizontal the scale can be above or below Bar field events ScalePosition Table 33 Bar field events Event Description Activated when the value of the Field is OnValueChange i changed using the touch screen Indicator An Indicator can be introduced into a page by cl
370. nd Str Trendid Long FileName Str Type Int Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 404 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 13 ESATRENDMGR methods accessible with Scripts Description Changes the limits of the Trendid vertical scale assigned to Long the penline All tracks of MinLimit Change the trend specified are Dbl ScaleLimit updated In addition needs MaxLimit as input parameter the Dbl new upper and lower coordinates of the track scale Returns the identifying number ID of a trend GetTrendlid whose name is known provided as input parameter for the method Used to enable or disable Trendid the trend in practice Long operates on attribute Enabled Enabled Requires as Boolean input parameter the trend to edit and the value to be attributed 1 enabled 0 disabled The object The object ESAPAGEMGR offers functions and methods for the ESAPAGEMGR global management of pages within the project The following table describes the methods that can be used with this object using a syntax similar to ESAHMI ESAPAGEMGR ShowNextPage Properties of the object ESAPAGEMGR accessible from the SCrip Table 14 Properties of the object ESAPAGEMGR accessible from the script MELO PEES S Resch htc N A Leuren adea ne eny code e the identity code of the integ RW Language current language in use Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 SAPAGEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Chapter8
371. nd properties being set The properties of the Report pages are the same as those of the Project pages To introduce an object simply click on the respective icon and immediately after draw the outline of the area to contain it wherever you wish in the page The next chapter describes all the procedures for introducing the graphic objects together with their related meanings and tools General Fields EJE Properties Identification Name ReportPage Comment Parameters Number of multiple pages supported 0 x O Override default grid size Units Grid width 1 Grid height 1 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 167 Project Explorer The General mask can be used to set the identifying properties of the Report page The name is a unique attribute within the project that is other different Report pages with the same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick In the Parameters sub mask it is possible to determine the number of pages to be printed Programmers can use the bottom of the mask to define their preferences regarding the editing of the page by ticking the option required you can define whether to overwrite the default dimensions established in the General mask of the Report of the grid Properties Fields General jess 255 255 x Background color Border visibility Oo Border size 1 Border co
372. nd Events that can be associated to the objects Table 39 Properties of the Slide Potentiometer Properties AreaVisibility Border3D BorderBlink BorderColor BorderVisibility BorderSize I ndicatorColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Determines whether the Potentiometer has a background area or should be transparent a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be man aged with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No Blinking Slow blink ing or Rapid blinking The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a Border to the Potentiometer or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Indicates the size of the character of the values written above the numerical division lines Indicates the color of the precision in dicator of the Potentiometer this is se lected using the RGB co
373. nd events that can be assigned to the Popup pages the reader is advised to read the relevant section in the next chapter see chap 6 Properties of Popup pages page 257 and see chap 6 Events related to Popup pages page 258 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 115 Project Explorer Fields General Helppage Keys Events PopupPage Properties Mouse pointer 650 476 The Fields mask for the Popup pages Is similar to that relating to the traditional pages see chap 4 Fields page 108 The sole difference between the two masks consists in the dimensions of the Popup page Naturally the Popup page Is meant to be smaller than a standard page it may be positioned in any part of the screen To change the dimensions of a Popup page select it after pressing the key at this point just take the cursor onto the edges of the page red outline to enlarge or reduce its dimensions TO move a Popup page select it after pressing the key then simply drag it to the position you want it to appear in runtime The next chapter illustrates all the procedures for introducing graphic objects and their related meanings and tools see chap 6 Managing a page page 254 General The General mask for the Popup pages is identical to that relating to the traditional pages thus readers are advised to consult the paragraph dealing with these see chap 4 General page 109 for details of the properti
374. nd the page and take the variable to a low value To get the value of the variable we use ESATAG and Save it into variable a with the following instruction a ESAHMI ESATAG ReadValue Tag Now let us analyze the received value if the value is greater than or equal to 5 an alarm is raised Using SmartClick we set an alarm to be activated when the value 10 was reached so we are certain that it is the Script activating it now The control and activation code uses the object ESAALARMMGR as indicated by the following rows If a gt 4 Then ESAHMI ESAALARMMGR RaiseAlarm Alarm End If We can also run other instructions within the same condition such that when we change the value of the variable and launch the Script other changes will be applied too For example we change the text the color and the blinking of the label object ESACNTRL remembering to invoke the Draw method related to the label and the background of the page object ESAPAGE as set out below If a gt 4 Then ESAHMI ESAALARMMGR RaiseAlarm Alarm ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL Label TextValue ValueError ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL Label AreaColor RGB 23 123 43 467 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 468 Chapter 8 Scripts ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL Label BorderColo r RGB 54 245 13 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL Label BorderBlin k 2 ESAHMI ESAPAGE Page ESACNTRL Label Draw ESAHMI ESAPAGE
375. ned for BorderColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 444 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 43 Properties of ESACNTRL Bar Properties BorderBlink Indicator Color Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Defines whether the border of the rectangle containing the bar Should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the bar currently being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the color of the indicator used in the bar currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g AreaColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the value the bar refers to Editing this property provokes immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines whether th
376. ng image summarising the operation to be carried out will appear H Panel conversion wizard Conversion Convert from SC2074 SP1 ETH1 Model SC207A SP1 ETH1 Convert to SC107 PORT1 PORT2 ETH1 M Adjust fields dimensions M Adjust background image At this point click on Next and wait for the end of the con version H Panel conversion wizard Status The panel has been successfully converted Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 29 Layout of menus Convert device The Convert device option allows converting a Device into a second during this conversion only variables with the same structure are maintained The first screen allows choosing the Device group Ei Device conversion wizard Destination device Convert to fa CANOPEN fe CODESYS fi MOTION CONTROL fy MOTOR DRIVE fy OTHERS i PLC fm PROFIBUS fy PROFINET fi THERMOREGULATOR fm WEB SERVER Ge Ge Ee ee Open the folders to choose the Device type Once the Device type is chosen click Next Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 30 Chapter 2 Layout of menus E Device conversion wizard Destination device Convert to fig EATON MOELLER fig GE FANUC fi HITACHI fi KERNEL Sistemi fi KUHNKE fig MITSUBISHI me MODBUS fi OMRON fi PANASONIC fig SATA J fig SCHNEIDER TELEMECANIQUE fm SIEMENS lig Helmholz ethernet adapter for S7 300 400 M 5 90 95 100
377. ng the key makes the graph move from left to right If however the cursor is visible the button moves it to the right and when it reaches the furthest point the graph moves from left to right by a unit de fined by the principle horizontal division of the grid Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Move Up the button makes the graph move upwards by a unit defined by the major vertical division of the grid Move Down the button makes the graph move down wards by a unit defined by the major vertical division of the grid Principal the button makes the graph move from right to left until the oldest sample readings are positioned on the left side of the graph End the button makes the graph move from right to left until the most recent sample readings are positioned on the right side of the graph GoTo the button makes a dialog window appear to ask the user at what date and time the right side of the graph should be put IncreaseVerticalEnlargement increases the vertical scale factor ReduceVerticalEnlargement decreases the vertical scale factor IncreaseHorizontalEnlargement increases the horizon tal scale factor ReduceHorizontalEnlargement decreases the horizon tal scale factor Zoom Increases the total graphic display Reduction Decreases the total graphic display Reset Enlargement restores the original scale factors no zoom
378. nning and the end of the various line sections SmartClick will show the preview of the line as soon as the mouse is moved Every click made will produce a new line sections The introduction of the Irregular line is con firmed by just double clicking it thereby ending its edit Once an Irregular line has been introduced its structure that Is its vertices can be edited after selecting the Line and then moving one of its lines those adjacent to this vertex are au tomatically removed by SmartClick Using this function an open line can be created that differs from an irregular Polygon in that it is not necessarily closed to form a closed geometric figure To define the characteristics of the Irregular line they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following sec tion Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 206 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the Irregular line Table 19 Properties of the Irregular line properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Identifying name of the Irregular line Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Line which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the thickness of the out line of the Line The value
379. ntage beyond which the user must be advised that the Buffer is nearly full this triggers an OnWarningLevel event The option Save to File at the bottom of the mask indicates whether the elements of the TrendBuffer must be saved to file so as to be kept after the terminal is switched off otherwise they are retained in the volatile memory If this option is activated a storage file name containing characters Supported by a Windows environment will also have to be specified The log file is memorized in the log folder see chap 8 Transferring data page 474 The last option relates to the possibility of enabling the Trend at the start up of the project if the Buffer is associated to a Timer it will still be necessary to start the Timer see chap 6 Properties of the Password Grid page 398 to begin the acquisition Note The log file is a file the system uses to permanently save the data to be represented in the TrendView The fact that its name can be chosen using SmartClick is useful in that this allows the user to manage the file e g copy or delete if dimensions are too great If however you want to manipulate the data of a TrendBuffer it will have to be exported using either a predefined function or Script see Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 Scripts page 509 Events It is possible to associate events Script to different statuses that the trendbuffer is subje
380. ntroduce the Shows page button in the Alarm display tables see chap 6 Active Alarm View page 389 and see chap 6 Alarm History View page 394 Events It is possible to associate an event Script to each alarm you have created The event is activated in the different conditions of the Alarm Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 128 Chapter 4 Project Explorer e OnAlarmAck the event is activated when the alarm is stopped e OnAlarmOff the event is activated when the alarm en ds e OnAlarmOn the event is activated when the alarm en ters Activated mode General Properties On4larmack OnAlarmoOff OnAlarmOn OnAlarmOn To attribute an event to the alarm simply select a condition by clicking the browse button and in the window that appe ars using the necessary buttons to associate a script to the alarm General Properties ETS OndlarmAck OnAlarmoOff OnAlarmOn Wa Events Functions Editor Functions Scripts associated to this event CRD sss C Chas Parameters of the selected function script O Store the return value into Recipes Types Recipes are a means of creating the setup of the plant or part of it to carry out a given process This result can be obtained by writing appropriate values into a certain number of variables typically set points or regulating parameters and PLC memory cells Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Cha
381. o access the editable list of languages already described in this paragraph see chap 4 Languages page 104 amp Note In ESA terminology system messages differ from alarms in as much as the former are simple messages set into Dialog Boxes or masks for entering information while the latter are connected to events correlated to system variables e g flat battery insufficient space on disk etc Timers Timers are tools put at the operator s disposal for programming the execution of certain activities in line with temporal variables calculated directly by the terminal System Alarms System Messages Timers events F Keys Name Mode Duration Direction C G Q Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 72 Chapter 4 Project Explorer The Timers can be used in accordance with the needs of the project simply by entrusting functions or Scripts to their Start suspend or end count events see chap 6 Events related to Timers page 253 Using the general table relating to the Timers you can introduce delete and duplicate Timers In relation to each element you can specify the operational mode the duration and the direction of the count There are different modes of operation e One run the timer starts allows a certain period of time to elapse then goes off and stops one run e Normal the timer works periodically that is when it goes off it resets itself and then another cycle star
382. o show the operator the value of an item of data variable or a representation of it Some of these fields can also have their value edited by the operator In this section we will analyze each Value field indicating its functional charac teristics its particular properties that can be configured by the Properties Editor and its Events Events Editor Invert Function A general property of all graphic objects buttons value fields Option numerical fields etc that can be inserted in a project page is called the Invert Function option The Invert Function option can be associated to variables that have a Boolean behaviour true false and can be used only if activated as shown hereafter Select the Tools menu and then the Options sub menu File Edit Script Fields Layout Image View Tools 088089800 i Te i ilities Cm a cg as 10 O Translations gt BAHA A b Recipes Project Explorer tart T TT l Alarms clicking on Various the following image will appear Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Invert Function option operation Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects H SMARTCLICK Options Draw only field s border while moving Copy amp Paste using 4 new name Use manual validation of project s components Mask passwords editing Show page s fields tooltip Use the panel s picture into the page editor Show
383. object Width Control Defines the height of the object Height Defines whether the object should be visible 0 or invisible 1 ControlHide Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the border of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value BorderColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 411 Scripts Table 17 Properties of ESACNTRL Rectangle Properties Description Defines whether the edge of the object should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking i 2 Rapid blinking BorderBlnk If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the percentage infill of the object currently being redrawn The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Defines inf
384. of images Indicates the type of control to exer ControlType cise over the control variable this can be value oriented single bit orientat ed or bit group oriented Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Active if the type of control is single bit orientated or bit group oriented It in dicates the bit reference to apply the control to or the group initial refer ence if the control relates to a group Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Active if the control is bit group orient LastBit ed Indicates the last bit of the group to which the control is applied Determines if the object can move or Lock ak Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the field see PasswordLevel chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 248 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 28 Properties of the Symbol Field Properties Description Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using movement keys of the cursor within a page It also con T bindax trols the order in which data is intro duced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next
385. of the Alignment function we will use the same example we utilized in the last subsec tion using the mouse we select all of the objects HES General Help page Keys Events Page Properties By clicking on Layout gt Align gt Top the top edges of all the figures selected are aligned with one another at the level of the top edge of the highest positioned object in our exam ple the red button Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 331 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects General Help page Keys Events Page Properties By clicking on Layout gt Align gt Bottom the lowest edges of all the figures selected are aligned with one another at the level of the bottom edge of the lowest positioned object in our example the red button Sao si we oe SOG S 3 0046 igurat icp Start Alarm G Align Top 4d gt Gon General Helppage Keys Events Page Proper manean p pointer 507 4 a r n Align middle ta Bottom G Align Left 4lign Center g Align Right By clicking on e Layout gt Align gt Mid point the vertical mid points of all the figures selected are aligned with one an other at the level of the vertical mid point of the lowest po sitioned object in our example the red button aA ae 500GA SoG 0 8 5 00 46 HW Configuratio Start Alarms G Align Top 4b EEE General pe page Keys Events Page prepeanf anna B Align middle G Align
386. ogging of users login logout Log to file User log The file will be saved in the FLASH of the terminal If the logs are too frequent the FLASH could be damaged Timestamp format DD MM YYYY hh mm 24h be i Erase logs after 3 t Days The same window now allows us to access the General mask to set general values relating to managing users in runtime For example we set the automatic logout after a period of in activity at 5 minutes 300 seconds and force the view of the first page Page when the logout is executed In conclusion we set a name e g log for the file to register the users ac tivity Setting global keys We now set the global keys of the application Their functions come into effect whenever the button corresponding to them IS pressed using either the physical or the virtual keyboard irrespective of the context Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 483 Tutorial Fields General Help page LOB Events Page Properties Keys defined in this page Local Function Global Function ShowHelp In our project Fl will be assigned the function displaying the page linked Help in this way whenever the operator presses button F1 the Help relating to the page being displayed will appear Setting timers The last operation of the software configuration is setting tim er to be used to manage a trend see below System Alarms System Messages Timers events F
387. ol must act upon is required upon input see chap 5 DataLog page 207 DataLogReset Functions relating to Remote Notification Table 12 Functions relating to Remote Notification Function Description Sends notification messages to a pre viously created user list via email SMS or Proxy see chap 5 Remote Notifi cations page 225 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 VT Status area Appendix C Status area 565 Appendix C Status area The terminal can be set to write information regarding its sta tus and functioning onto defined memory areas This informa tion can be used by the device while it is carrying out its work Unlike in the case of command areas here the panel supplies information to the device There are four types of status infor mation that the terminal can write to these memory areas status of VT informs the device of the display and op erating status of the terminal status of keyboard only for terminals with a keyboard stato pulsante funzione printer status trend buffer status The memory area reserved for the status area will depend on the type of information to be supplied by the terminal the ter minal status requires 6 Words the Keyboard status 2 Words and the Recipes status areas are 2 Words and 1 Word respec tively In SmartClick the status areas can be defined in the course of the general configuration of the panel see chap 5 Ex change a
388. ollows If a 1 Then ESAHMI ESARECI PETRF RecipeBufferUpload Proportions 0O ESAHMI ESARECI PETRF SaveRecipe Proportions Recipe 0 pom bi We execute the upload of the recipe loaded onto the PLC type is Proportions in the first rows of the cycle while in the second row we Save that recipe using the name Recipe onto the terminal Now all we need is the save phase that Is run using the following instruction ESAHMI ESARECI PEARC RecipeExport dest Proportions ESAHMI ESATAG WriteValue Check 0 All the recipes are exported the third parameter is an empty string and they are saved in the file indicated in the string variable dest which we shall now go on to construct After the Save operation the check bit returns to 0 The string dest is constructed by adding the details relating to the date and time of the execution of the operation This information can be obtained using the functions put at the user s disposal by the programming language VBScript time Now date Date day addzero Day date month addzero Month date year Year dat hour addzero Hour time minute addzero Minute time second addzero Second time Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 472 Chapter 8 Scripts dest Hard Disk2 ric_ amp day amp amp month amp amp year amp h amp hour amp amp minute amp amp second amp xml As we can see the variables
389. ommand at a time interrupting the polling while the command itself is run The table below shows the codes relating to the various com mands that can be used COMMAND_ID and the respective parameters required for the execution Tabella 2 Command codes and parameters Description Parameters Forces sequence non POP PARAMETER_1 sequence ID UP if page ID is O it starts PARAMETER_2 page ID from the first page Not on PARAMETER_ 3 Touch Screen panels Forces page non POP UP PARAMETER_ 1 if a Sequence is active it is PARAMETER_ 2 disabled PARAMETER_ 3 Forces the cursor onto the PARAMETER_ 1 index tab current non POP UP page PARAMETER 2 in the field whose index tab PARAMETER_3 is specified Sets the language indicated PARAMETER_ 1 language ID in PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix D Command area Tabella 2 Command codes and parameters Description Asks for the current time writes parameters onto the response tag see next ta ble Asks for the current date writes parameters onto the response tag see next ta ble Sets time specified in pa rameters parameters con tain time in BCD with the format HHmmss0O0O Sets date specified in pa rameters parameters con tain date in BCD with the format DDMMYYYY Reads sample block of trend buffer specified by the parameter Clears empties alarm his tory Recipe synchronization
390. ompilation again before beginning to transfer Run time simulator The project can be simulated directly on the PC without being transferred to the terminal all device variables and the project s accurate execution can be verified without the device actually being connected List of entries contained in the ESARunTime Simulation me nu e File e Tags e Simulation e Help Menu Path File gt Import File gt Export File gt Print Menu path Tags gt Edit value Tags gt Reset all values Function Imports csv files of following elements Watch list list of variables selected by check mark Tag values value of variables Simulations type of simulation associated with single variables Exports csv files of following elements Watch list list of variables selected by check mark Tag values value of variables Simulations type of simulation associated with single Function description Edits the value of the selected variable Resets the values of all variables Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 364 Chapter7 Compiling Downloading and Runtime Menu path Function description Tags gt Add to Adds the selected variable to the watch list Watch List Tags gt Remove Removes the selected variable from from watch list the Watch List Tags gt Reset Removes all variables from the Watch watch list List Tags gt Show Shows list of variables included i
391. on Properties Description Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock at Determines the authorization level re quired to access the button utilities see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 PasswordLevel Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using the cursor keys within a page It also controls the or Tabi ndex der in which data is introduced in sev eral fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Bistable button events Table 50 Bistable button events Event Properties OnSwitchButtonOff Activated when the Button is pressed In position OFF Activated when the Button is pressed in position ON OnSwitchButtonOn Editing the Bistable button Once a Bistable button has been added to a page its form can be edited both for the ON state and the OFF state To edit the button just double click on it within the page editing a Bistable button comprises three windows OFF ON and Gen eral The OFF and ON masks can be used to define the graphic ap pearance of the button in its two states Editing these windows works like normal editing for project pages see chap 5 Managing a page page 190 The General window is used to set identifying properties relat ing to
392. on between the variables is restored When a Pipeline stop is requested Events related to Passwords The events relating to the Passwords can be edited by the Events editor by keeping the User table for Password configu Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 189 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects ration selected see chap 5 Users and Passwords page 194 Table 8 Events assignable to Passwords Event Description operation OnLogout Activated following a successful Logout operation OnLoginError Activated when wrong Login data is emitted Activated following a change in pass word for a user via the user grid see chap 5 By double clicking on the OnPasswordChanged Alarms View Fields mask we enter the Alarms Grid editing area whose prop erties are contained in the following ta ble page 317 Events related to Timers The events relating to the Timers can be edited by the Events editor by keeping the reference Timer in the related list select ed Table 9 Events assignable to Timers Event Description Activated when the Timer is suspended OnSuspend by means of a stop command OnTimerFired Activated following the completion of the Timer count OnTimerStart Activated when the Timer count is started Activated following a stop command to the Timer OnTimerStop Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 190 Chapter 5 Propertie
393. on will appear as a broken blue line between the two reference ports Operations on terminals and devices To change a terminal or a device in the Hardware Configura tion window you need first to select it click on and then on the element itself Once the object has been selected just click with the right hand key on the same to be able to access the following edit ing menu Edit Duplicate Delete zoom In zoom Qut Add Mew Object Convert device Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 56 Chapter 3 Managing the project Using the Edit option you can make changes to the properties of the object Duplicate creates within the Configuration Win dow an identical copy of the object that has been selected all the properties of the first are copied into the second The Cancel option eliminates the element from the project while the Cut Copy and Paste keys have their usual functions typical when operating in Windows Besides these there are the Zoom options which allow you to edit the dimensions of the display of the objects Eliminating a terminal or device To eliminate a terminal or a device from the Hardware Config uration window just click on and then on the element to be eliminated To eliminate it once the object has been selected press the Canc key of the keyboard or alternatively click with the right hand key of the mouse on the element then using the drop do
394. or recording the user login logout operations this function is particularly useful where it is important to be able to maintain a history file of accesses The files in which the data is saved a valid file name must be given when working in a Windows are editable as is the format of the date time and whether to program the logs after a certain period of time The log file is saved in text format in the folder log See chap 8 Transferring data page 474 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 138 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Users General TESS Users events Fields Users defined Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Level 7 Level 8 Level 9 Level 10 DefaultUser No Passwor a G oxerision The Users window is the one used to show the participating users and the corresponding passwords Up to 256 participating users can be introduced To create a new participant just click the appropriate level and then Create new for each participant created it is essential to indicate a user name and a password minimum 1 maximum 14 alphanumeric characters In addition each level can be supplied with a comment visible only within SmartClick in the programming phase To introduce a comment just click on the level not the user and enter the text in the corresponding field Once a participation has been registered and selected using the KJ and Ff icons it can be transferred to a l
395. or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Ellipse out line that can be selected using the RGB LineColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tially visible it is also possible to as sign a Boolean variable dynamic in Runtime or it can be managed with thresholds Determines if the object can move or not Determines the 3D effect of the Ellipse which can be Flat Bump or Etched The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether to make a partial Partial Fill color infill The value can be assigned to a whole variable Determines the color of the Ellipse infill which can be selected using the RGB FillColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable Determines the direction of the Ellipse infill The infill can happen From Low to High From High to Low From Right to Left or From Left to Right The value can be assigned to a whole variable Indicates the percentage of the infill The value can be assigned to a whole variable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 199 Properties and Events that can be associated to t
396. or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle i ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 294 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 51 Properties of a Trend View Properties Description Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Properties of a Trend Graph By double clicking on the Trend View Fields mask we enter the graphic editing area whose properties are contained in three different masks e Appearance e Behaviour e Advanced Appearance Sa Edit TrendChart a xi Behaviour Advanced Appearance Area color 255 255 255 7 Border 3D None Flat bs
397. ord Lev el option and enter the value 5 for the user set in Phase 2 SCH meal ey Ale n General Appearance Ee Viiitie Advanced Events Behaviour Disable Hide Password level 5 Tab index 0 This setting means that the value can be edited by means of the potentiometer only by users who have logged in and whose user level has a value lower than or equal to 5 thus level 1 users can also edit When the project starts for ex ample the system gives the user level 10 until the log in has been performed This means that if a user who has not logged in or with level greater than 5 tries to access the potentiom eter that is tries to change the value of num_ pezzi the log in window will automatically be displayed to make it possible to perform the operation We need now only define the graphic details as we have just seen in the case of other objects relating to the color of the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 531 Tutorial area of the border and of the indicator needle of the value For example in our project we set the color blue for the border and the internal area 5 for the border size with 3D Etched as the style The last step is to edit the indicator so that it will be displayed in yellow The preview of how the potentiometer will appear is as below Setting a dynamic text Suppose we want to relate a text to the value of the variable monitored by the potentiometer To hel
398. order when scrolling the page from the left If the reference distance Is less than zero SmartClick takes it automatically to 0 thereby aligning to the center Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 336 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects 245 Sa 5800 BoG 0 8 30 006 Start 0 Distribute Horizontally GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties a eee Tae ip Distribute Center X a gt YE Gey Distribute Left Distribute Center F a be S F i au oe N In our example the result obtained will be the one represent ed in the next figure GETS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Mouse pointer 752 1 To operate a leftward arrangement just click on the icon of the toolbar or Main menu Layout gt Arrange gt Left SmartClick will arrange all the objects selected such that the distance between the left sides of consecutive objects is al ways equal to the distance between the left sides of the first two objects reference objects calculated according to their order when scrolling the page from the left If the reference distance is less than zero SmartClick takes it automatically to 0 thereby aligning to the right Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 337 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects 444 Bab BOS Bo 3 30 0046 A Start 0 Distribute Horizontally 1p 10
399. ore also at the startup of the project and when the connection with the device is re established The event is always generated before the value itself is transferred Activated when the rough value has been correctly sent to the field device Activated when a new value is as signed to the variable thus also at the startup of the project and when the connection with the device is re estab lished The event is always generated before the value itself is transferred Chapter5 187 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Events related to alarms Table 3 Events associated with the Alarms Log Event Description OnHistoryFull Activated when the alarm log is full Activated when the alarm log memory reaches the set value by default the OnHistoryWarning warning is issued after 75 records out of the 512 that can be stored on the memory Table 4 Events assignable to Alarms Event Description OnAlarmAck Activated when the alarm has been ac knowledged OnAlarmOff Activated when the alarm ends Launched when the alarm enters the active stat the script or the function are run after the instance of the alarm event in the table of active alarms OnAlarmOn Events related to Recipes Table 5 Events assignable to Recipes Event Description OnDownload Activated when the download from the Complete terminal to the device is completed Activated when errors occur in the OnDownloadError
400. orer General Fields AAGE Help page Keys Events Page Properties Name Comment Page number Description Runtime parameters O Jump automatically at the next input field O Override default grid size Width 10 es Height 10 Using this mask you can introduce the identifying attributes of the Page like Name Comment Number and Description The Name the Number and the Description of the page are unique properties within the project that is there cannot be other different pages that have one of these attributes in common For this reason whenever a page Is pasted in or duplicated SmartClick sees to it that these properties are edited so that they satisfy the requirement of uniqueness The page number can be a whole number greater than 0 its maximum value depending on the capacity of the terminal s memory the Comment is a Unicode string and it is visible only within SmartClick A Warning when entering the Description string be very careful not to introduce control or punctuation characters Control characters are those between 0x0000 and Ox001F inclusive that can be introduced using a keyboard by pressing the sequences ALT 000 up to ALT 031 This rule applies in general for all the objects containing the property Description Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 110 Chapter 4 Project Explorer This mask can also be used to furnish operational settings for the page you can decide have the c
401. ort so we do not need to edit what is in the mask terminal model and connection mode We click on Con nect after checking that the connection cable has been prop erly attached to the terminal and PC In this phase SmartClick compares the versions of the project element on the panel and those to be downloaded The next window shows us a summary of this comparison nar STAAL YMA TH feeble Cannachon Tripti oo Selected parel SC 207 a SPL ETAL ode ACOTA SPL DTH Madel panel eonmected CST A Required by project Available on device 14GI0Kb Mamory availability OK the components can Be downloaded Project conponat Phatt O Use sutomabe allogyian Canpanank Current praye Ceevice hanwee Path Gl Pages NA N A Hard Digk eager Help Aa AA Hard Disk Peel s Hard Disk th Update Al teh Update ohlari only The parts needing updating are highlighted in red color In ad dition the support and the destination path of the files in the terminal can be changed In our case we will leave everything unchanged and click on Update only oldest to only update the project If you also want to download the firmware for the first time you are advised to click on Update all Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 546 Chapter 9 Tutorial Sa LS APULYMATH Dormlosder upload Connection Type USB Qovwnloading files Time left 33 sec Show details bd O O Cennldeded contig file D
402. ou also need to indicate a sampling mode for the values The types of sampling available are summed up in the following table Tabella 5 Types of Trend sampling Sampling mode Description the sampling is done at regular intervals the sampling is done when the reference On Strobe Raise variable changes the value from FALSE to TRUE the sampling is done when the reference On Strobe Fall variable changes the value from TRUE to FALSE the sampling is done on receipt of a command On Command l l from a Script function or command area If the type of sampling is Time based it will be necessary to enter a reference to a Timer specially configured so as to acquire sampling of the TrendBuffer see chap 4 RefreshGroups page 77 while if the type of sampling is On Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 146 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Strobe Raise or On Strobe Fall it will be necessary to specify a Boolean variable see chap 4 Value page 79 Setting the TrendBuffer also requires its dimension be indicated the maximum number of samples to be saved can be defined or if the sampling frequency refers to a timer the maximum duration of the buffer in tenths of a second The system can manage the buffer either on a FIFO first in first out the least recent element is eliminated or an ARRAY basis when the buffer is full the new values are disregarded You can also set a Warning value expressed as a perce
403. oups is only useful for cataloguing alarms in the project when many of them are configured and a description of the alarm the description is displayed on the panel when there is an error in runtime As alarm type we will leave the default setting ISA Parameters O Support acknowledge with global ack M Log to historic buffer Delay in raising the alarm 1 10 sec 0 a O When an instance is acknowledged acknowledge also all the instances of this alarm O Support external acknowledge V Automatic bit reset after remote acknowledge M Support association with a page Page Pages v Page v EG We now use the lower part to enable the log in the history buffer in practical terms with this option the instances of this alarm are listed in the history table we will set in due course We also enable the association with a page to be displayed when requested by the user after the alarm has been raised for now we will assign the first page 495 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 496 Chapter 9 Tutorial General alarm settings A series of general options relating to managing the alarms can be accessed by clicking twice on Alarms in Project Explor er While we will leave the masks relating to the resources and the behavior of the alarm buffer memory unchanged we will make changes to the Priorities mask List Memory resources Behavior Fields Alarms groups Aa User Siqnals Events Value Foreground Co
404. ower or higher level as required If however Delete is pressed the selected participation is cancelled Users Events It is possible to associate events functions or scripts to the actions executed by each use for instance log in by clicking the Browse button on the right Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 ExportUserLog Chapter4 139 Project Explorer General Users ESSSESEMNS Fields N d Component DefaultUser gt 1 OnLogin OnLoginError l OnLogout OnPasswordChanged al Events Functions Editor q m x Functions Scripts associated to this event Parameters of the selected function script O Store the return value into The event is activated in the various conditions listed in the table Password Events see chap 5 Events related to Pas swords page 188 Among the functions that can be associated to password Events we have the ExportUserLog function which can be usedtocontrolaccesstoPassword protectedobjects With this function the user can export the user log in a CSV format The Export User Log function is associated to the event in the various conditions described in the Password Events table see chap 5 Events related to Passwords page 188 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 140 Chapter 4 Project Explorer S events Functions Editor Functions Scripts associated to this even
405. owing subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to an ASCII Field In SmartClick the value of an ASCII field is represented by a series of dollar symbols that can be substituted by the effective value in Runtime S SSS SSSSS Note An alternative method of creating an ASCII Field is to drag a string variable from the Project Explorer directly onto the destina tion page in the work area Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 242 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the ASCII Field Table 26 Properties of the ASCII Field Properties AreaVisibility Border3D BorderBlink BorderColor BorderVisibility BorderSize Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Identifying name of the ASCII field Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the ASCII field which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds
406. p ply the list strings must be indicated Value By clicking on you can access the mask associating values and elements of the text list Indicates the type of control to exer ControlType cise over the control variable this can be value oriented single bit orientat ed or bit group oriented Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 240 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 24 Properties of the Dynamic Text Properties Description Active if the type of control is single bit orientated or bit group oriented It in dicates the bit reference to apply the control to or the group initial refer ence if the control relates to a group Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Active if the type of control is single bit LastBit orientated Indicates the last bit of the group to apply the control to Determines if the object can move or Lock at Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the field see PasswordLevel chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using movement keys of the cur
407. p 4 Keyboards page 171 Events You can associate an event function or script to each Page you have created The event is activated in the two different conditions of the Pa ge e OnPageClose the event is activated when the page clo ses for instance when moving from one page to the next e OnPageOpen the event is activated when the page opens for instance when moving from one page to the next Fields General Help page Keys Page Properties OnPagecClose OnPageOpen To attribute an event to the page simply select a condition by clicking the browse button and in the window that appears using the necessary buttons to associate a function or script to the page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 113 Project Explorer S events Functions Editor 5 x Functions Scripts associated to this event es Add Function es Add Script Parameters of the selected function script O Store the return value into Page Properties The Page Properties window is in two parts Appearance and Advanced Fields General Helppage Keys Events jess 255 255 Background color Border visibility oO Border size 1 Border color 0 0 0 v Border style Solid ea Border 3D Fiat z Use background image o Background image Image representation Positioning 7 Image horizontal position Centered x Image vertical position Centered TH The Appearance section
408. p us do this Smart Click allows us to insert dynamic texts in the project pages the text displayed is chosen from a text list in runtime and it depends on the current value of reference variable To add a dynamic text to the page we click on the icon In the toolbar and draw the outline of the field in the page GELS General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Ea j toon tome om A heehs By double clicking on the field that has just been created from the General mask we indicate the control variable num_ pezzi the same one that the potentiometer is moni toring and the appropriate text list TextList Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 532 Chapter 9 Tutorial Sciaity DynamicText Appearance Text properties Behaviour Label Events Identification Name DynamicText Comment Tags v num _pezzi HZ Machinestatus Control type TextList Text list id TextList z Yv Value First bit Last bit We now move to the Value option and click on w to start ed iting the values we must specify a reference value for each option in the text list The corresponding string will be dis played whenever the value of num_ pezzi reaches the exact value specified in this window Sa Text list values The Level is low Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Phase 14 Using complex controls Chapter9 533 Tutorial We also have to specify the graphic prope
409. page editor Show the invert function Show the structure images Use graphics hardware editor Don t ask for the conversion of older projects Use the panel s picture into the simulator Don t ask to import Tags from specific DB if supported by the device Language Skin Max open dialogs OK II Cancel J y Use the Various menu to proceed to configure the general Options of the application The user may decide to view all the objects during the move or only their outline to automatically provide a new name if using the cut paste function whether to validate the project manually File gt Validate project or in real time automatically see chap 8 Validation page 461 to visualise the edit password screen view or hide information on the various fields of the page whether or not to view the ESA terminal frame on the page editor whether to activate the Invert option or not view or hide the images of structures graphically decide if wanting to inherit the Hardware configuration decide whether it should show the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 22 Chapter 2 Layout of menus message regarding conversation for old programs or not display or not display the panel image in the simulator enable or disable pop up window viewing for importing tags to set the maximum number of windows open at the same time in the SmartClick Work area a Note
410. pe directory Recipe editing SGeeeoe6 amp Table 8 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Complex controls ete a Path Menu Description of function Complex controls Adds a one touch push button gt One touch to the page see chap 6 button Complex Controls page 360 Complex controls Adds a double touch button to gt Double touch the page see chap 6 button Complex Controls page 360 Adds a trend to the page see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 Complex controls gt Trend Inserts a trendXY in the page see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 Complex controls gt TrendXY Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 12 Chapter 2 Layout of menus Table 8 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Complex controls Icon Path Menu Complex controls gt Logged on users displayed Complex controls gt Active alarm table Complex controls gt Alarm history table Complex controls gt User list Complex controls gt Recipe list Complex controls gt Recipe editor Menu Layout Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 ua Show grid w Align to grid Description of function Displays the users logged on and allows the password to be changed see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 Adds a table of active alarms to the page see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 Adds an alarm history t
411. pe_id PARAMETER _2 type_id PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_1 pipeline id PARAMETER 2 PARAMETER _ 3 PARAMETER_1 pipeline id PARAMETER 2 PARAMETER _ 3 PARAMETER_1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_3 PARAMETER_1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_3 PARAMETER_1 percenta ge of maximum light 0 100 PARAMETER 2 PARAMETER _ 3 PARAMETER_1 buffer id PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_3 PARAMETER_1 buffer id PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_3 PARAMETER_1 buffer id PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_3 PARAMETER_1 buffer id PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_3 Appendix D Command area 575 Note Commands number 54 55 and 56 are used only for terminals with backlight LED Commands number 14 and 15 require data being written onto the response tag as indicated in the next table Tabella 3 Response Tag codes and parameters ID Description Current time the parame ters contain time in BCD with the format HHmmss0O Current date the parame ters contain date in BCD with the format DDMMYYYY Parameters PARAMETER_1 HHmm PARAMETER_ 2 ssOO PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_1 DDMM PARAMETER_2 YYYY PARAMETER_ 3 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 576 Appendix D Command area Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0
412. pendix B Predefined func tions This section is dedicated to the meanings of the predefined functions in SmartClick that will prove useful during the devel opment of a project In general they can be assigned to the events of the various SmartClick objects see chap 5 Events that can be associated to objects page 182 and can be se lected from the relevant pull down menu For certain types of function it is also necessary to specify the variables or the ob jects that that function should effect and indicate the values with which it should operate A typical example of the use of predefined functions in Smart Click is when they are assigned to touch buttons and touch ar eas when changing values of value fields or when opening and closing pages and pop ups Functions relating to alarms Table 1 Functions relating to alarms Function Description Cancels the buffer containing the alarm history may be useful to insert ClearAlarmHistory a button with this function near an alarm history table see chap 6 Alarm History View page 394 Exports all alarms in the history to a file The name of the destination file and its format XML or CSV need to be specified ExportAlarmHistory Exports all active alarms in RUNTIME to a file The name of the destination file and its format XML or CSV need to be specified ExportActiveAlarms Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 554 Appendix B Predefined funct
413. ppear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 nt nt nt GB ControlHeight Defines the height of the object pint fR 430 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 33 Properties of ESACNTRL Image field Properties Description Defines whether the border of the rectangle of the field should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking Border sunk If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the field being drawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for AreaColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Methods of ESACNTRL I mage field Table 34 Methods of ESACNTRL Image field Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Returns the original value of the horizontal dimension of the image currently displayed within the symbol field Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 431 Scripts Table 34 Methods of ESACNTRL Image field Description Returns the original value of the vertical dimension of GetVertDI
414. pre sentation Indicates the color ranges to be as signed to given value intervals within the scale By clicking on wi you enter an editing window in which the value intervals and their respective colors can be defined the window also allows you simply to specify the limits in rela tion to the scale to be displayed Indicates the number of divisions on the scale of values The number relat ScaleSectors ing to the value above the division is also displayed calculated according to the number of divisions Reference variable whose value is checked Using the appropriate keys Tagld l you can create a new variable or edit ing an existing one Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 I ndicatorColor ScaleColorRanges Chapter5 279 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 43 Properties of the Knob Potentiometer Properties Description Determines if the object can move or Lock aa Determines the authorization level re quired to edit the potentiometer value PasswordLevel see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only StartAngle Determines the
415. presentation of the values must specify the variable on which to perform the operation and the value with which to execute the OR The result of the operation will substi tute the original value of the variable This executes a logical XOR operation on the binary representation of the values must specify the variable on which to perform the operation and the value with which to execute the XOR The result of the operation will substi tute the original value of the variable Functions relating to pipelines Table 8 Functions relating to pipelines Function Description Starts the pipeline defined according to the settings set out in the editor in SmartClick the name of the Pipeline to be started must be specified StartPipeline Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 562 Appendix B Predefined functions Table 8 Functions relating to pipelines Function StopPipeline WritePipeline Description Stops the pipeline defined from work ing in SmartClick the name of the Pipeline to be stopped must be speci fied When this function is invoked the writ ing of a pipeline defined independently of its settings the writing occurs even if the pipeline has been stopped takes place Functions relating to timers Table 9 Functions relating to timers Function StartTimer StopTimer SuspendTimer SetTimerValue Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Starts the coun
416. pressed OnReleased Monostable button events Once a monostable button is added to a page its form can be edited but in OnPressed state and in OnReleased state To edit the button just double click on it within the page editing the monostable button comprises three windows Pressed Re leased and General In the Pressed and Released masks the graphic appearance of the button in its two states can be defined Editing these win dows works like normal editing for project pages see chap 5 Managing a page page 190 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 286 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects pP Note A monostable button differs from a touch button in its graphic form which is completely editable As described in this chapter im ages or geometric forms can be applied to them The library sup plied with SmartClick contains a set of buttons ready for use in a project see chap 6 SmartClick Libraries page 345 The General window can be used to set identifying properties related to the button the Name is a unique string within a set of graphic objects while the comment is a recognition text to be used only within SmartClick You can also choose to over write the global grid dimensions to make positioning on the surface of the button more or less precise Bistable button A Bistable button can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu
417. pter4 129 Project Explorer SmartClick allows you to define a number of types of recipes that is general data structures whose instances the operator will proceed to furnish in line with his needs there are no limits to the number of types of recipes that the programmer can define using SmartClick The only limits my depend on the Hardware characteristics of the terminal Warning SmartClick makes it possible to define types of recipes that is different structures identified by name and by the related variables the recipes are created and managed in runtime and saved into the retentive memory of the panel The types of recipes describe only the structure which all the recipes belonging to that type have For further information regarding the list and the meanings of the events that can be associated to a Recipe type the reader is advised to consult the next chapter see chap 6 Events related to Recipes page 251 where there is also a description of the display modes of the recipes using complex controls see chap 6 Complex Controls page 360 as well as the meanings of the transfer operations between the terminals and devices see chap 6 Operations for transferring Recipes page 403 Recipe list After double clicking on the Recipe element of Project Explorer you access the list of types of recipes present in the project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 130 Chapter 4 Project Explorer
418. ptionally a description for the project Name Tutorial Description This project is an exemple showing the powerful features avaiable throught the SmartClick Software Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 478 Chapter 9 Tutorial First of all we are asked to identify the model of ESA terminal that we are using and that we intend to use for our project In our case we will select ESA SC207A from among the SC pan els in the list and then click on Continue s Create New Project Choose the panel to use fi Products fig Industrial Si sc fim sc207 mee C2074 SP1 ETH1 eae Gz In the next page we select the device the ESA panel should interface with in our example we will use a Modbus PLC Us ing the list of devices in the form of a tree diagram we search the category of PLC to find the makers of our chosen device We select the model we are using one which uses a compatible protocol in our case RTU Master slow peripher als and then click on Continue to proceed with the configu ration Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Phase 2 Software configuration Chapter 9 Tutorial Eg Create New Project Choose the device to use mg PLC ALLEN BRADLEY fig DELTA fig HITACHI 4 fig MITSUBISHI fi MODBUS EE M RTU Slave A Tcp IP Modbus Master E Tcp IP Modbus Slave fig OMRON fig PANASONIC fig SCHNEIDER TELEMECANIQUE 4 fig
419. pupOpen GetPopup Open GetPage Name GetPage Number Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Returns the number counter of the currently open popup pages Returns the identifying number of the popup page corresponding to the index number provided as an input parameter The index number provided as an input parameter marks the order of the opening of the pages for example if 2 pages are opened index 0 identifies the first page opened while index 1 identifies the second page opened It is advisable to use this command when in the programming phase the number of popup opened at the moment the method is invoked can be foreseen Returns a string of the page name corresponding to the input parameter needs the identifying number of the page whose name is required to be passed Returns the identifying PageName number of the page Str corresponding to the input parameter needs the name of the page whose ID is required to be passed Chapter8 407 Scripts Table 15 ESAPAGEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Description OUT IN be checked Returns a Boolean value 0 Bool PagelD if False 1 if True Int indicating whether the I sPageNum page relating to the input Open parameter is open or not needs the passage of the ID number of the page that is to be checked ActivePage Activates a l window Show Diaa the page where Sequence Sequence the name of the page and Name Str PageBy the n
420. put parameter It is necessary to provide the type of recipe the name of the recipe and a Boolean variable indicating whether the user must confirm the operation 1 or whether the loading is automatic 0 Downloads onto a device the recipe specified by the input parameter It is necessary to provide the type of recipe the name of the recipe and a Boolean variable indicating whether the download must follow synchronization 1 or not 0 Structure Name Str Recipe Name Str UserFlag Bool Structure Name Str Recipe Name Str UserFlag Bool StructureN ame Str RecipeNa me Str SyncFlag Bool Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 396 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 8 ESARECIPETRF methods accessible with Scripts Description Downloads the video Structure buffer onto the device Name corresponding to the Str recipe specified by the SyncFlag i input parameter It is Bool Recipe area Buffer necessary to provide the Hewnload type of recipe and a Boolean variable indicating whether the download must follow synchronization 1 or not 0 Uploads the video buffer Structure from the device Name corresponding to the Str recipe indicated by the SyncFlag input parameters It is Bool necessary to provide the type of recipe and a Boolean variable indicating whether the download must follow synchronization 1 or not 0 The object This object offers functions relating to the Pip
421. r 4 Project Explorer e Copy to copy the element selected into the clipboard e Paste to paste in the element contained in the clipboard e Paste as Child to paste in the element contained in the clipboard as Child of the element selected e Import to import texts inside of the project in the xls or csv format e Export exports project elements texts alarms pages etc onto the Hard Disk or the USB storage device e Configuration columns allows you to configure the columns of the properties for the function in question to your liking Elements of Project Explorer The tree type structure of Project Explorer allows the user to access the configurator of all the components of a SmartClick project with the exception of the graphic elements that are configured by the Editor property the Project see chap 4 Changing a project s data page 96 and Hardware configuration editor see chap 4 Managing the project page 83 have already been described in the previous chapter while the other objects will be described in this chapter To access the editor of an element just double click on it in Project Explorer the corresponding editing window will appear in the work area We will start by describing the elements that can be associated with ESA terminals and then we will illustrate the settings of devices connected to these terminals Setting the When the Project Explorer icon corresponding to the panel panel ad
422. r List Table The User List table see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 is a predefined element in SmartClick one that can be inserted into the project pages It allows the operator to access the user list respecting the limits of its level of protec tion and perform the principal operations with a simple click To insert a User List table into a page click on the icon Bil or alternatively use the main menu Fields gt Create gt Complex Controls gt User list After clicking draw just the outline of the table and it will ap pear automatically 313 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 314 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects HELA General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Mouse pointer 15 362 Change Password tit Add User Delete user Once the table has been inserted into the page and been se lected a series of properties contained in the Properties Editor can be attributed to it the meanings of these properties are identical to those of the properties in TrendView see chap 5 Properties of a TrendView page 293 By double clicking on the table itself you access its editing page which comprises four masks Fields General Properties and Events GELS General Properties Events ra up 3 Page down Prage let Page right Eine up ine down cursorleft cursor right velete user 3 Modify password Buser button
423. r Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 511 Tutorial Sal Events Functions Editor Functions Scripts associated to this event fO ClearAlarmHistory Page ShowNextPage ShowPreviousPage ShowPageNamet R ShowPageNumber G ShowPreviousOpenedPage CloseCurrentPopupPage ClosePopupPageName q ClosePopupPageNumber CloseAllPopupPage Oo i ShowHelp ShowFocus HideFocus Project ChangeNextLanguage ChangeLanguage oo ExitRuntime i Minimizet LightUpt Lightdown LightSet FlushPersistentData ShowCalculator Once we have clicked on Close in the function assigning win dow we have finished editing our button S events Functions Editor Functions Scripts associated to this event jem ShowPreviousPage Parameters of the selected function script EN Following the same procedure explained in this example we can edit all the buttons in our pages We shall now see how to create other buttons using the work just done Duplicating buttons Up to this point we have added only one button to our page that has the function of returning to the previous page the or der followed is that of the IDs set for the pages Now we can create a similar button but one with the opposite function that is show the next page We need just duplicate the button al Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 512 Chapter 9 Tutorial
424. ramming com mands are made available Use buttons el and of the toolbar accessible also via Layout menu gt Zoom to change the display dimensions of a page defining these with the Zoom the same operation can be performed by clicking the right hand mouse key when the pointer is on the page and choosing the required function from the menu that appears By clicking on the am icon of the toolbar Layout gt Show Grid you can decide whether to show or hide the editing grid in the page preview The grid is very useful for bringing ob jects in alignment very quickly when they are being arranged on the page The grid dimensions can also be edited using Project Explorer in the terminal options see chap 5 Main window page 113 By clicking on the icon of the toolbar Layout gt Align Grid you can decide whether to align the objects to the grid once they have been introduced or whether to have them intro duced freely With alignment to the grid is activated the element can only be introduced within the limits delineated by the grid Text While if the alignment function is deactivated the elements can be freely introduced into the page as shown in the figure below Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 192 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Text pP Note You are recommended to activate the alignment to the grid function to be sure to have a well ordered and coherent ar
425. range ment of objects on the page Should you be creating a multilanguage project see chap 5 Languages page 153 the elements in the page and the re lated texts can be displayed in a particular project language To do this just select the required language from the drop down menu containing all the languages added to the project this command can be accessed also via the Main menu using the sequence Display gt Project language Each time a language is chosen the display of the page changes in stantly To introduce an object into the page click on the related icon in the toolbar or use the Main menu and draw the outline in the position desired on the page preview Once an element is added it will appear in the page and can be selected simply by clicking on it For each object selected there will appear in the Properties and Events Editor all the options the user can set while by clicking with the right key on an object selected you can access a menu with standard functions like Edit Dupli cate Delete Cut Copy and Zoom Page properties Table 11 Page properties Properties Description Background page color editable using PAJEBCOLOT RGB code or a palette of colors Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 193 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 11 Page properties Properties Description PageBorder3DEffect Defines the effects of the Border Flat Relief or S
426. reas a pag 116 The status area relating to the panel is composed of 6 words each of which assumes a meaning in line with what is set out in the table below Tabella 1 Structure of VT status area Description VT_STATUS contains bit coded status information see chap C VT_STATUS values a pag 566 SEQUENCE_ID contains the numeric ID of the active sequence including pop ups in focus If no sequence is active the value is 0 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 566 Appendix C Status area Tabella 1 Structure of VT status area VT STATUS values Description PAGE_ID contains the numeric ID of the page including pop ups in focus can never be 0 when the Runtime is active CONTEXT_VALUE the value depends on the page control in focus see chap C CONTEXT_VALUE values a pag 567 MAIN _SEQUENCE_ID contains the numeric ID of the active non pop up or base sequence If no sequence is active the value is 0 MAIN_PAGE_ID contains the numeric ID of the base page currently being displayed can never be 0 when the Runtime is active Tabella 2 Meaning of VT_STATUS bit values Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description WATCHDOG in the course of normal working the terminal sets the bit at 1 If from time to time the device sets it at 0 you can check the Runtime is ac tive in which case the terminal will set it at 1 with a refresh period corr
427. rect commands Table 7 Functions relating to direct commands Function ResetBit ToggleBit Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Forces the value of a bit of a variable to a defined value in SmartClick the variable and the position of the bit to be forced need to be specified Allows the value of a bit to be reset the variable to be reset and the posi tion of the bit to be reset need to be defined Inverts the value of a bit of a variable to a defined value in SmartClick the variable and the position of the bit to be inverted need to be specified Forces the value of a variable to a de fined value in SmartClick the variable and to be forced and the corresponding value need to be specified Appendix B Predefined functions 561 Table 7 Functions relating to direct commands Function Description Used to increase a variable by one val ue must indicate the variable to which the command and the increase value Should be applied Used to decrease a variable by one val ue must indicate the variable to which the command and the decrease value Should be applied This executes a logical AND operation on the binary representation of the values must specify the variable on which to perform the operation and the value with which to execute the AND The result of the operation will substi tute the original value of the variable This executes a logical OR operation on the binary re
428. rend buffer xY amp Soale type X Presse o y Min x o Max x 100 La Scale type Y Prest o i Min Y ey lt Max Y r 100 E wW Pen style Line Analogic sd Line style Solid Size 1 e parker Cos oo y Default color o o 0 bd iv Show pen icon First of all a Name and a Trend bufferxXY for which the Pen must be used can be associated to the Trend Pen It is necessary to indicate a Scale Type for the X axis and Y axis values the scale type can be e Programmed the Max and Min values that can also be associated to variables must be indicated e Automatic calculated by Runtime based on the va lues contained in the Buffer but the limits can also be inserted e By the tag limits the Buffer must refer to a limited va riable See chap 4 Limits page 83 e Client the Max and Min values must be indicated From a graphical point of view the aspect of the Pen can be established It can be Signal only have an Analogue dash continuous with oblique connections between the values or Digital scaled with digital steps Even the dimensions of the line the colour and the style Solid Dash Dot Dash Dot Dash Dot Dot can be edited at will The pen marker can assume different geometrical shapes Pixel Cross Plus Cross and plus and circle and one can choose to not show the icon relative to the pen Every variation will
429. rev 1 0 492 Chapter 9 Tutorial General Communication ports Boot configuration Exchange areas Components ZA page default grid size lt gt O Show focus O Show mouse cursor M Use SIP keyboards O Beep on key press W Hide Taskbar MM Show confirmation messages M Use default dialogs size Dialogs size Persistent Data Flush Interval min 5 Edit mode idle timeout sec 10 Help pages font SystemTahoma Tahoma In our example we have decided to specify the dimensions of the grid as 5 5 to make the editing more precise and to leave the default settings for the page display focus reduce button etc Using the lower part of the mask we set at 5 the consent level allowing a user to display system pages then access is given when you log on We then edit the Help pages font by clicking on SCH Font English United States Font_Trebuchet Italian Italy Biever SystemSymbol SystemTimesNewRoman SystemWingdings SystemFangSong ES4 Font_Verdana Font attributes Size O Bold O Italics O Strikeout O Underline Preview Aa Bb Yy Zz 0123456789 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 9 Tutorial A different font can be specified for each of the project lan guages In our example we set Font_ Trebuchet which we pre viously inserted for both languages and set the font size at 25 These changes will be valid for all the Help pages we set Configuring the Boot
430. rev 1 0 Chapter5 319 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects e Export all Recipes exports all the Recipes in the table into a csv or xml file e Transfer download downloads the Recipe selected onto a device e Import Recipes imports the Recipes from a csv file In addition a Dynamic field can be inserted which contains the Recipe type list in a pull down menu which allows the op erator to filter the display for a specific type of Recipe The properties relating to position and dimension can be inserted into the Properties Editor of this field and it is also possible to indicate which type of Recipe to display as default when the page opens Fields EERE Properties Name RecipeDirectory Comment Editing O Override default grid size Width 10 Height 10 The General mask can be used to insert a name and an iden tifying comment for the Recipe table being edited In addition you can overwrite the default dimensions of the editing grid of the page see chap 5 Main window page 113 introducing new measures in pixels valid only for editing the current field The graphic properties fonts and colors of the Recipe list can be configured using the Fields mask of the Recipes element see chap 5 Fields page 159 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 320 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Fields
431. riggers an ISA sequence Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 127 Project Explorer Parente O Support acknowledge with global ack O Log to historic buffer Delay in raising the alarm 1 10 sec 0 O When an instance is acknowledged acknowledge also all the instances of this alarm O Support external acknowledge Tag array Bit number L 2 M Automatic bit reset after remote acknowledge O Support association with a page H The lower part of the mask is used to set a series of parameters relating to the behaviour of the alarm It is possible to decide e to permit acknowledgement via global cumulative acquisition e to include the alarm in the Alarm History e to attribute a lag the entered value is expressed in tenths of seconds before the alarm is signalled to the user in the tables or by means of messages If the alarm is terminated within this interval it is not signalled e that acknowledgement of an alarm instance should provoke the acquisition of all the instances of this type of alarm e to enable external acquisition via a project variable If so it will be necessary to define a reference variable and the bit value to be checked You can choose to have the bit reset automatically after its remote acquisition e to assign to a page if this preference is enabled it will be necessary to define a reference page be assigned To be able to exploit this function you will need to i
432. ring Text last error message SYS_ History Warning Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 550 Appendix A System Variables Table 1 Meaning of System Variables VELEL IS Description Name of terminal for TCP IP SYS_ Machine network terminals this always Name coincides with the network name of the terminal e g TermCE SYS_OSName Operating system e g CE4 2 String Name of focus page including String popup SYS PageNum Number of non POP UP project pages SYS_ Pipelines Number of pipelines in project Num SYS_ Project Name of the project see chap 4 String Name User Information pag 97 Version of project the string String never an empty string has the following structure Vvv rr dd SYS_ Project mm yyyy where vv version Version from 01 rr release from 00 dd mm yyyy release date see chap 4 User Information pag 97 SYS_PWD Default protection level that is Default with no user logged on SYS_RCS_BT Version BT of the first String Version communication card SYS_RCS_ DB Name of the configuration system s String Name configuration file SYS_RCS_FW Name of the first card s firmware String Name file SYS_RCS_FW Version FW of the first String Version communication card SYS_RCS_Hw Version HW of the first String Version communication card SYS RCS Status Operating status of the first Int i communication card SYS_RCS2_BT Version BT of the second
433. rogress of a variable Defining a we can do this using Trend This is a graphic object displaying Trend Buffer the data relating to the sampling of the values assumed by a particular variable The sample readings are saved in a mem ory called TrendBuffer Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 5O4 Chapter 9 Tutorial General ME Events Data acquisition Source sample Num_pezzi Ss Strobe type On Timer wi Strobe Timer vw E Size samples 2 time 0 hr 2 min 14 sec 0 dsec Warning level 75 lM Log to file Logtrend xml The file will be saved in the FLASH of the terminal If the logs are too frequent the FLASH could be damaged MW Enabled at start up After double clicking on the item TrendBuffers double click in Project Explorer we click on Add to be able to edit the buffer created We will leave the name TrendBuffer and the default ID 1 created by the application in the General mask In the Buffer mask however we set the options for how the buffer in question will operate First of all we set as the source the variable to be monitored num_ pezzi while we select the acquisition mode OnTimer and assign to it the Timer Timer we created in Phase 2 We must remember to change the Timer so that its event OnTimerFired has assigned to it the function AcquireSample for this TrendBuffer the timer must also be made to start in
434. rt Port Fi oe Fields gt Create Adds a device or a terminal to the project The Create submenu can be reached via the Fields menu and this submenu can be used to add a large number of elements to the page Fields gt Create Basic shapes Value Fields Simple controls Complex controls The elements that can be added are grouped under the following headings e Simple figures e Value fields e Simple Controls e Complex controls The tables below give a description of the commands that can be launched from this submenu Refer to the appropriate Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 8 Chapter 2 Layout of menus chapter for the characteristics peculiar to the elements that have been added Submenu Simple figures Rectangle Se Ellipse la Arc g Circular sector as Line A Polygon w Polyline a Regular polygon Label A Complex label Trend pen A Image Table 5 Functions of the submenu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures icon Path Menu Menu Description of function Adds a rectangle to the page see chap 6 Simple Figures page 259 Simple figures gt Adds an ellipse to the page Ellipse Simple figures gt Adds an arc to the page Arc Simple figures gt Rectangle Simple figures gt Adds a line to the page Line Simple figures gt Adds a polygon to the page Polygon Simple figures gt Adds a broken line to the page Broken line Simpl
435. rties Dynamic assigning of values to the properties Some properties can have a variable assigned to them rather than having a constant value it is also possible to manage a number of properties with the Thresholds mode see chap 5 Thresholds Management Function page 217 The value of the properties can change in Runtime in line with the chang es of the variables assigned to them To pass from the mode used to assign a constant value to the one used to assign a variable to the one used to manage the Thresholds simply click on the icon located to the left of the editing field If in assigning a constant mode the icon will be and pressing on it will take you to assigning a variable mode If in assigning a variable mode the icon will oe pJ and pressing on it will take you to assigning a constant mode the following icon is used for thresholds management j The type of variable assigned must naturally be C6mpatible with the values requested by the properties for example e forthe properties True False the variable must assume Boolean values e forthe properties DateAndTime the variable must as sume Long values e for properties defining colors e g BorderColor Area Color etc the variable must assume admissible RGB Long values as indicated in the following table Table 1 Color RGB Hexadecimal value Red 255 0 0 00 00 00 FF areen 0 255 0 00 00 FF 00 Bue 00 255 00 FF 00 00 Events that can It is possi
436. rties and Methods of ESACNTRL Slide Selector The properties and methods of the Slide Selector that can be accessed using Scripts coincide with those of the Slide Potentiometer already described see chap 8 Properties of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer page 450 and see chap 8 Methods of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer page 452 Properties and Methods of ESACNTRL Knob Potentiometer The properties and methods of the Knob Potentiometer that can be accessed using Scripts coincide with those of the Slide Potentiometer already described see chap 8 Properties of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer page 450 e see chap 8 Methods of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer page 452 Properties and Methods of ESACNTRL Knob selector The properties and methods of the Knob Selector that can be accessed using Scripts coincide with those of the Slide Potentiometer already described see chap 8 Properties of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer page 450 e see chap 8 Methods of ESACNTRL Slide Potentiometer page 452 Properties of ESACNTRL Complex Control Grid Table 53 Properties of ESACNTRL Complex Control Grid Properties Description Typ RW e Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from the left where the Grid has currently been drawn If Sones this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels Int RW counting from t
437. rties of the label re lating to the dynamic text using the same methods as already seen for all the other objects we have added up to now SmartClick allows you to insert complex controls for managing elements like alarms recipes users and trends All these elements are edited in the same way thus in this il lustrative project we shall insert only one complex control a recipe editor First of all we create a new page click with right key on Pag es in Project Explorer fg Tags 5 i Languages and fonts p Languages Pe Fonts i 1 Edit Add Mew and aN Le Pop FN Alar Ye Rec Og Use create Folder i Dat Scri 3 Glot Copy Cirle 2 Liste Paste Crl y Paste as Child a a TO E E E Configuration columns E Image fat Starting from this empty page we can begin to insert our check window to insert a recipe editor we click on f and draw the outline of the check window on the page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 534 Chapter 9 Tutorial General Help page Keys Events Page Properties SmartClick will draw the recipe editor viewer with a standard layout We select the control and after double clicking we set a number of general graphic attributes in the field that con tains the control for example we select a color blue for the area and border the width of the latter being set at 5 and the type as Bump General Help page Keys Event
438. rty is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 418 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 23 Properties of ESACNTRL Circular sector Properties Description Defines the color of the internal area of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines infill direction of the object currently being redrawn the values may be as follows 0 From bottom to top 1 From top to bottom 2 From left to right 3 From right to left If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Defines the percentage infill of the object currently being redrawn The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Defines the infill color of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an 3 RGB Long value returned for Emcorer example by the RGB function e g FillColor RGB 24 255 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 419 Scripts Methods of ESACNTRL Circular sector Table 24 Methods of ESACNTRL Circul
439. ructions VBScript error 1012 line 4 Expected IF End Sub Errors Viewer 1 Warnings Viewer Compiler Output As indicated in the figure above a red circle is shown to indicate the existence of an error When the mouse cursor is placed on it a complete description of the problem is put on screen The errors and their related descriptions are also listed the moment the project is validated and compiled Script Sub Script 6f ij ESAHMI lt UW T T m T 7 G pn gt ESABeen 50 ESACOM G ESADATALOGMGR ESAETH ESAFILE W ESAGetUr oS ESAGetUr Ext Y ESALPT ESAMsgBox a The editor facilities the drafting of the code showing too the list of objects and properties available for the object that has been inserted Intellisense mechanism This list appears whenever the user presses the separation point between the objects or between an object and the method or property to be called When the code is edited the objects are in fact separated from their respective children or methods by the insertion of a point dot There follows a chart showing the hierarchy of objects accessible by script Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 379 Scripts ESAHMI gt ESATAG gt ESAPAGE gt ESACNTRL gt ESAPAGEMGR gt ESAUSERMGR gt ESA ALARMMGR gt ESARECIPEMGR gt ESARECIPETYP gt ESARECIPEARC gt ESARECTIPETRF gt ESA TIMER gt ESAPR
440. run the display Changes the display times Long RelTime AbsoluteTo from Absolute to Relative Str Relative Needs as an input AbsTime Time parameter the times at Str which to run the display ESAPRN puts at the user s disposal simple functions for printing strings on printers connected to the panel A print session can be managed by inserting and positioning a variety of texts in the page The page is printed and released only after the method End has been invoked This type of printing is therefore useful when you need to print data destined to change over time on the same page In fact the method Start opens a buffer of elements to be printed that closes only when the method End is invoked For a concrete example of the use of the print functions the reader is advised to consult Example 6 of this chapter see chap 8 Example 6 Creates printout of list of recipes page 474 ESAPRN properties accessible with Scripts Table 57 ESAPRN properties accessible with Scripts Properties Description Typ RW e Indicates the code of the last Int RW LastError Saree 463 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 464 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 57 ESAPRN properties accessible with Scripts Properties Description Defines in points the size of the font in which the strings inserted during the print session will be written Can be called more than once within the same print session Moreover when a value
441. s Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 255 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 32 Properties of Bar field Properties Description Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a Border to the Bar Field or not a Bool ean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Indicates the size of the character of the values written above the numerical division lines Indicates the number of subdivision marks appearing between two numer ical divisions These are shorter divi sion lines than the numerical ones giving greater precision to the repre sentation BorderVisibility ScaleNotches Indicates the color ranges to be as Signed to given value intervals within the scale By clic
442. s returned by the functions VBSCRIPT can be values of 1 digit So that all files saved have the same format and the same length we write a function of a few rows that adds a 0 in front of a digit if it is less than 10 Script EE Name ADDZERO Comment Parameters Return value type Variant v Name Type Comment lt lilt gt D GD Ga Using SmartClick we create a Script in the usual way but in the general page we assign a name addzero a type of returned value Variant and an input value value numeric We have created the structure of our function now we write its code If value lt 10 Then Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 471 Scripts value 0 amp value End If addzero value If the input value value is less than ten that is consists of only one digit add the string O to the variable and finally it returns the value of Value if the cycle is not accessed the function simply returns the value received as an input parameter The following is an example of applying this function addzero 5 is invoked by giving the value 5 and returns the value 05 Now let us analyze the code of our main Script a ESAHMI ESATAG Check GetRawValue First of all we read the raw value of the Check variable and if its value is 1 we run our operations this way we avoid executing them when the bit passes from 1 to 0 The If cycle is as f
443. s Page Properties Internal editing of complex controls After introducing the recipe editor and defining its general graphic properties we can start editing the internal compo nents of the check window Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 535 Tutorial To perform this operation we just double click on the check window that has just been added to the page The work area will show the Fields mask that is used to change the buttons and the fields and their characteristics see below General Properties Geese up Grave down Geese left Gave right ie up Biine down cursorlett cursor right user button As we Can see the elements making up this control area are touch buttons labels indicating the recipe type and a grid in which the instances of recipes are inserted in runtime In the left section of the mask there Is a list of buttons and labels that can be inserted into the viewer all those already present are default elements so no change Is made By double clicking on each internal object button or label we can change their respective properties such as graphic at tributes or access procedures For example we could enable the download button only for level 5 users or those with a low er level higher priority General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 536 Chapter 9 Tutorial While the
444. s a multilingual Unicode string see chap 4 Languages page 104 that cannot contain punctuation or control characters da Alt 000 a Alt 031 The attributes Datiuser 1 and Datiuser 2 are optional attributes indicating identifying multilingual strings of the alarm The user can choose whether to employ them for personal purposes or to leave them unused When they are used they appear in runtime within the alarm views if the appropriate column is present in the attribute Columns see chap 6 Properties of the Active Alarm Grid page 392 and see chap 6 Properties of the Alarm History Grid page 396 Note For the current value of a variable for example one assigned to an alarm to appear in the Description Datiuserl or Datiuser2 strings just put into the string the name of the variable in a sequence having the form f lt name of the TAG gt lt format gt the format follows ANSI C specifications For example a Description containing the string excessive temperature TFORNO 03d C if the variable TFORNO has a value of 150 it will be displayed as excessive temperature 150 C The Property mask also asks you to specify the type of alarm the following table explains the types of alarm available Tabella 2 Types of alarm Event type Description simple event this is not an Simple event alarm but an information message alarm event requires acknowledgement on the part of an operator t
445. s and Events that can be associated to the objects Events related to Trend Buffers Table 10 Events assignable to Trend buffers Event Description OnBufferClear Activated when the buffer has been emptied Activated following the admission of a OnBufferFull new sample if after the reading the buffer becomes full OnBufferOverflow Activated when the buffer is full anda new sample has arrived A new sample has been admitted Not OnSample generated for the trend buffers as Signed to a tag array Activated following the admission of a new sample and the filling of the buffer has reached the warning level see chap 5 Buffer page 201 OnWarningLevel Managing a To set graphic and visual characteristics of a project special page attention must be paid its the base element the Page Each graphic element navigation or function button command and Data viewing editing field must be positioned in a Page for it to be visible to the operator in Runtime To create and manage the pages in a project the reader is ad vised to consult the preceding chapter see chap 5 Pages page 156 When you enter a page s Fields mask the work area will show a preview of how the page will be displayed on the terminal General Help page Keys Events Page Properties Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects During the editing of a page a series of prog
446. s must first be changed to OFF Raises named alarm without lag set using SmartClick Needs as an input parameter the name of the alarm to be acquired Bear in mind that you cannot activate in Runtime the event ON for an alarm whose status is already ON the status must first be changed to OFF RaiseAlarm Forces the named alarm setting its status as terminated OFF Needs as an input parameter the name of the alarm to be terminated ClearAlarm Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 389 Scripts Table 4 ESAALARMMGER methods accessible with Scripts AckGlobal Description Acknowledges all the instances of the named alarm whether of AlarmlSA or OnlyAck type that is if allowed by the settings of the alarm relating to the acknowledgement of multiple instances Needs aS an input parameter the name of the alarm of the operator and of the station from which the request is made valid parameter in the case of a network Acknowledges all the instances of the alarm whether of AlarmISA or OnlyAck type of the named group that is if allowed by the settings of the alarm relating to global acknowledgement Needs as an input parameter the name of the alarm of the operator and of the station from which the request is made valid parameter in the case of a network Acknowledges all the alarms whether of AlarmlSA or OnlyAck type that is if allowed by the settings of the alar
447. s of the DateTime field Properties Description Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle l ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Languages page 153 Enabling this option allows you to se Reference variable for the data value to be displayed The variable selected Tagi d can be Long or Unsigned Long Using the appropriate keys you can create a new variable or edit an existing one Determines the flashing of the text the possibilities are No Blinking Slow TextBlink blinking or Rapid Blinking The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Text field which can be selected using the RGB TextColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the type of horizontal alignment of the text this can be Cen TextHAlign ter Left or Right The value can be as sociated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the type of horizontal alignment of the text this can be Cen TextVAlign ter Top or Bottom The value can be associated with Tag or it can be man aged with thresholds Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thres
448. se the image editor of the Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Project Explorer window Below we set out a list of SmartClick utilities related to images Load image reached via icon Ry or main menu Image gt Load image Allows a new image present in your PC to be loaded you can introduce images in the more common formats Modify can be reached via the icon or by main menu Image gt Modify Allows the image to be modified Restore image reached via icon A or main menu Image gt Restore image Undoes all changes made to the base image Colour reached via icon isi or main menu Image gt Colour Allows the type of image colour to be selected from the following 3 types namely Automatic Grey tones or Black and white Increase contrast reached via icon 01 or main menu I mage gt Increase contrast Increases the contrast of the image being edited Decrease contrast reached via icon or main menu Image gt Decrease contrast Reduces the contrast of the image being edited Increase brightness reached via icon or main menu Image gt Increase brightness Increases the brightness of the image being edited Decrease brightness reached via icon bea or main menu Image gt Decrease brightness Reduces the brightness of the image being edited Cut Area reached via icon or main menu Image gt Cut Area If this icon is pressed it will be possible to cut and make visible a portion o
449. setting is ignored and the variable is monitored all the same In conclusion a one shot read can be requested when the variable is used in a data field It is also necessary to indicate the type of memory to reserve whether Bit Byte Word DWord or String if it is not String you can indicate whether the memory is to be considered as Signed for relative values or BCD pP Note Binary coded decimal BCD is a commonly used format for representing the decimal digits in binary code In this format each digit of a number is represented by a 4 bit binary code whose value is between 0 0000 and 9 1001 For example the number 127 is represented in BCD as 0001 0010 0111 Fc 03 16 read write registers Type String 7 Length 1 a Fill character Right 7 ol 7 If the type of area is String you can define the length the type and the gap characters The types of gap characters available are left right or none It is also possible to define the gap character by entering the appropriate ASCII code or choosing an option from the drop down menu In both cases the right hand side of the mask will display a preview of the gaps You can use the lower part of the mask to introduce the destination memory addresses the values entered must be coherent with the range displayed at the foot of the mask Address 0 valid range aj Address HEX 0 FFFF Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0
450. signed to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle i ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 309 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 52 Properties of the Active Alarm View Properties Description Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Border3D Bump or Etched The value can be as Signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Properties of the Active Alarm Grid Ss Edit GridAlarm Name Grid larm Comment Columns Name Description Raise Date Ack Date Term Date State iw RowHeight 18 TabIndex 0 AutoScrollEnabled oO 4utoScrollinterval Filters HScrollBarvisible VScrollBarvisible LetterHead Visibility RibbonvVisibility TimeStampOrder Recent first By double clicking on the Alarms View Fields mask we enter the Alarms Grid editing area whose properties are contained in the following table Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 310 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 53 Properties of the Ac
451. sor within a page It also con Tabli ndex trols the order in which data is intro duced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Defines the text list from which the string to be displayed will be selected TextListid in Runtime Using the appropriate keys you can create a new list or edit an ex isting one see chap 5 Text list page 209 TextMaxLen Indicates the maximum length of the text Determines whether the translation of Tex ris netatev eae the Label text must be disabled Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 241 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Dynamic Text Events Table 25 Dynamic Text Events Event Description OnAbortI nput Be when data input operation is Activated when data input using the Ongegininput keyboard starts OnValueChande Activated when the value of the Field is g changed using the keyboard ASCII Field An ASCII field can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon Ela or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Value Fields gt ASCII field After clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Field ASCII fields tell the operator the updated value of a particular String variable These fields can also be edited thereby be coming value changing fields The reader is advised to consult the foll
452. ssigned to it To access Multilanguage editing just click on the w icon adjacent to the editable text field active only if more than one language coexists in the project Creating and changing a Recipe type Once the general characteristics of the recipes in the project have been established you can start defining the actual characteristics of each Recipe type A Recipe type can be created directly from the list of Recipe types see chap 4 Recipe list page 129 or using Project Explorer click with right key on Recipes types and then on Add For each Recipe in the project there are two editing masks General Fields Recipes and Events Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 132 Chapter 4 Project Explorer P Note Up to 5 different Recipe Types can be entered in a SmartCli ck project General BE Fields Recipes Events Name RecipeType Comment O Enable exchange areas Command area X G Status area Gaas Status area O 7 The General mask is used to define the identifying properties of a Recipe Type The Recipe Type ID Is an identifying number within the data structure of the project it is a whole number greater than zero The Recipe type name and ID are unique attributes within the project that is other different Recipe types with the same name cannot exist The Comment is a Unicode string and is visible only within SmartClick You can use the bottom of the mask to
453. structure of the columns at will Tags in the groups List Refresh Groups Folder Memory Address Field 1 Field 2 Fi Duplicate This window shows the list of project tags and it is possible to modify the relative class associated It is possible to filter the display of the elements limiting it just to the tags of the class selected The distinctive features are supplied for every tag in the list Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 78 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Under Tags in the tree chart find the tags just created Double click on these to enter the editing window of the individual tag General ENE value Device Limits Conversion Thresholds Events Identification Name Comment Type Device The editable elements in the General mask are the identifying properties of the variable like name and comment the name of a variable must be unique that is other variables cannot exist bearing the same name The comment is a string that is displayed only within SmartClick and it identifies the variable It is necessary to specify the type of variable you are editing the variables are divided into device internal system variables The device variables are shared with the connected equipment and constitute the two way data exchange medium the internal variables by contrast are used as a deposit for local data or results of operations or Scripts and their value is not read by the dev
454. t General BA OnDestDown OnSourceDown OnStart OnStop OnStart The event is activated by associating it to one of the conditions listed in the table Events associated to the Pipeline see chap 6 Events related to Pipelines page 252 Reports Print reports are objects that make it possible to set out on paper information relating to the Runtime procedures In SmartClick different types of Report can be defined each having an undefined number of pages Each Report page can in turn contain all the objects found in a Page The arrangement of these objects is independent and fixed In runtime printing can be launched by pressing buttons to which predefined functions are associated or via User Script see Functions relating to printing page 713 and see chap 9 ESAPAGEMGR methods accessible with Scripts Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 4 Project Explorer page 537 Naturally a compatible printer needs to be connected to the panel Using the Report element of Project Explorer you can define any number of Report types Headers and Footers Different pages even ones belonging to the same Report can have Different and customized Headers and Footers Report List Name Report_1 Report_2 Cs GED GEE GE Double clicking the Report element of Project Explorer accesses the List of Reports in the project Using this list you can introduce Report Types by clicking on Add
455. t fC J ExportUserLog E AlarmViewer ClearAlarmHistory ExportAlarmHistory i ExportActivealarms PasswordAndUser UserLogin b UserLogout r ChangeUserPassword a Recipe e LoadRecipe DownloadRecipeBuffer DownloadRecipe be SaveRecipeBuffer ClearRecipeBufferi DeleteRecipe UploadBufferRecipet ExportRecipe ImportRecipes ban ExportRecipeType ExportRecipeallTypes i bn StopRecipeTransfert l StopAllRecipeTransfers The FileName field in the window below allows you to select the directory and the name of the file in which to save the Log S events Functions Editor _ O xi Functions Scripts associated to this event tem ExportUserLog A Delete Delete Parameters of the selected function script O Store the return value into FileName Hard Disk test Fe ee Opening the xxxxx csv file with Excel displays the following records and allows you to check who has accessed password protected objects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 141 Project Explorer 16 07 2010 08 44 09 P4 login 16 07 2010 08 45 11 P4 logout 3 16 07 2010 09 16 07 P8 login 16 07 2010 09 19 33 P8 logout 16 07 2010 10 08 03 P8 login 6 16 07 2010 10 16 14 P8 logout Fields General Users Users events RELA Font SystermTahoma Tahoma w Selected cell Text Color psss Background color 0 0 0 X Font SystemTahoma Tahoma v
456. t Text Vertical Alignment Hidden Il mage Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Hidden Numerical Field Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignment Text Vertical Alignment associated to the objects Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 226 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Rejected Characters Disabled Hidden Mile Separator Dynamic Text Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignment Text Vertical Alignment Disabled Hidden Ascii Field Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignment Text Vertical Alignment Disabled Hidden Symbol Field Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 227 Properties and Events that can be Border Style Disabled Hidden Date Time Field Area Colour Area Visibility 3D Border Border Flashing Border Colour Border Thickness Border Style Text Flashing Text Colour Text Horizontal Alignment Text Vert
457. t er String Tag name Double Co nvPatamet er 385 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 386 Chapter 8 Scripts Table 2 Methods of the ESATAG objects accessible from Script Changes the parameter of String Tag the mathematical name SetConversion conversion of the value of Double Co X2Par a numerical tag nvPatamet er GetCurrent Reads the current value Varia String Value Saved in the tag nt GetCurrent Read the current rough Varia String value value inside the nt RawValue i l device saved in the tag ReadValue Read the value of the tag Varia String from the device t t n Writes a new value of the String Tag WriteValue tag in the device lue Reads from the device the Varia String Tag ReadElement Single element value ofthe n name tag s array Integer In dex Writes from the device the String tag single element value of the Name WriteElement tag s array Integer In dex Variant Va lue Reads from the device the Bool String Tag ReadBit single bit value from an ea name array or the numerical Long Inde variable x Writes on the device the String Tag single bit value from an name array or the numerical Long Inde variable x Boolean V alue GetThreshold Gets the code type of the Integ String Type configured threshold er name Variant Va Description OUT Nn Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 387 Scripts Table 2 Methods of the ESATAG objects a
458. t Explorer Exchange areas General Communication ports Main window Boot configuration Components Status Tag Trpe C me Command Tewoke Tag o 5E SE Br nt ouptrent E ye 1 L ESA panels communicate with the field devices to which they are connected to make this information exchange possible the panel and the device in question share memory areas from which data can be taken and into which it can be written In reality an exchange area is a tag area of one or more words located in the field device The two main categories of exchange areas are the status areas and the command areas The former are for the panel to write information regarding the working of the device connected while the second are read by the terminal which then answers by running particular operations in relation the value read in practice the device uses the command areas to send automatic commands to the terminal From this mask it is possible to proceed to add using the Add key delete using the Delete key or duplicate using the Duplicate key both exchange areas and command areas Once an exchange area Is added an area type variable must be assigned to it see chap 4 Value page 79 for reference In the case of command areas it is also necessary to introduce a response tag variable to which the data relating to the outcome of the operation indicated is written This variable can also be newly created and edited by clic
459. t of the application can be divided into the following areas e main menu e toolbars e work area e Project Explorer Library Explorer This chapter offers guidelines for making general software settings and will pay particular attention to the main menu and the toolbar which are the basic instruments for carrying out any operations within SmartClick We will also briefly mention the Project Explorer and Library Explorer menu windows that will be treated in detail in the following chapters Menu Toolbar Working Area per ag ropes Sy a acral i Fy Te k i ir 7 F Thy the ily user L E Deas Ei tow paj et i a i PE Errors Warnings Viewer amp Compiler Output rt atmi of OSR TI EEEE T ien GEES General Happs Koy Ev mlie na OO 890 88 O88 i Mi Paspe hnj bi wl i il is Da coat Librery Explorer amp Task Help Project Explorer Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 4 Chapter 2 Layout of menus The functions offered by the toolbar can all be accessed via the main menu Main menu The main menu is the tool that permits SmartClick s main project and settings operations to be performed gt File Edit Script Fields Layout Image View Tools This is positioned at the top of the programme window There are also various scrollable submenus each offering different functions as set out in the paragraphs that follow File menu rlia Fe Celera Di
460. t of the selected Tim ers need to specify the name of the timer to which the command refers see chap 5 Timers page 118 Starts the count of the selected Tim ers need to specify the name of the timer to which the command refers see chap 5 Timers page 118 Momentarily suspends the count of the selected Timers the count of the se lected Timers need to specify the name of the timer to which the com mand refers see chap 5 Timers page 118 Set the value of the selected Timers the count of the selected Timers need to specify the name of the timer to which the command refers see chap 5 Timers page 118 Appendix B Predefined functions 563 Functions relating to printing Table 10 Functions relating to printing Function Description This command brings up the print pref PrinterSetup erences window to choose printer format etc in runtime This function makes it possible to print the contents of the current page see chap 5 Points relating to print for mats XML and Hardcopy page 224 HardCopy need to specify if the print preference window the print mode 1 page hard copy 2 full screen hardcopy and the page orientation horizontal or verti cal should be shown Prints one of the Reports defined in the project need to specify if the print ReportPrint preference window and the name of the Report to be printed should be shown This function apart from
461. t the color yellow from the Text Color property Sa Edit TouchButton x General Appearance Behaviour List of Texts Label Image Events Text Blink re Blink x Text Color 0 0 0 X OmAN El EE OQA TEENE ai 9 SRR Text H Align Text Align J fe EE Em a fis E Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 508 Chapter 9 Tutorial From the Appearance mask we click on o the Font Field entry to edit character size FontField SystemTahoma Tahoma Q 4rea color pressed 0 0 0 X 4rea color released l 175 193 7 Area visibility u Border blink GJrosin H Border color pressed fes zss 25 Border color released 0 0 0 X Border visibility w Border size Border style Solid 7 Button 3D Using the editing window that now opens we choose the size of 13 and choose Bold from among the properties Eron Project font English United States SystemTahoma SystemTahoma Italian Italy Font attributes Size M Bold O Italics O Strikeout O Underline Preview Aa Bb Yy 2z 0123456789 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 509 Tutorial At this point the only thing left to do is to set the colors of the button From the Appearance mask we select green as the area and border color when released FontField SystemTahoma Tahoma v 4rea color pressed 5 0 0 0 bd 4rea color released 64 128 128 bi rea visibil
462. t the dimen sions of the Field Indicates whether the image should maintain the proportions of the source image Active if ImageListType is value ori ented Indicate the values correspond ing to the Strings in the list By clicking on you access the mask for associ ating values and text list elements Indicates which type of check to per form on the variable value oriented single bit or bit group oriented Chapter5 265 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 35 Properties of the Touch button Properties Description Active only if the Bitmap is an Image List Determines the reference text list see chap 5 Image list page 210 ImageListi d Active only if the Bitmap is an Image List Determines which text list vari able to choose see chap 5 Image list page 210 Waaaeteanciarent Indicates whether a transparency filter g P should be applied to the image Allows you to specify the horizontal centering of the image within the but I mageHAlign ton The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds I mageTagi d Allows you to specify the vertical cen tering of the image within the button I mageVAlign The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Active if the ImageListType is single bit orientated or bit group oriented It I mageListFirstBit indicates the bit reference to app
463. tClick User Manual rev 1 0 152 Chapter 4 Project Explorer we advise the reader to consult the relevant part of the manual see chap 9 Scripts page 509 GlobalScripts GlobalScripts function in the same way as the Scripts described in the preceding paragraph the real difference is that these types of Script cannot be associated to an event or a key but are activated with the start up of the Runtime They work and are edited in the same way as standard Scripts the only difference consists in the non configurability of the input parameters and the return values for these functions as they cannot be called up inside the project Text list In SmartClick there are objects whose purpose it is to be text containers useful for creating value fields see chap 6 Value fields page 285 Each text list can contain an indefinite number of texts the sole limits are those deriving from the Hardware configuration of the panel When you double click on the Text list icon in Project Explorer the causes the table of text lists to appear in the work area this list can be used to introduce duplicate and delete the text lists or simply introduce or edit a related comment Once a Text list has been created it can be double clicked in Project Explorer to access the corresponding editing mask Name Machine status Comment This list contains the possible status of the machine Text The machine is now ON The machine is now
464. ted to the objects Properties of the RecipeEditingGrid x General Identification Name GridRecipe Comment O Lock Columns Recipe Field s Name Recipe Field s Value RowHeight 18 ShowRecipeType RecipeTypee O O O eO TabIndex 0 HScrollBarVisible a VScrollBarvisible T LetterHead Visibility OrderMode I se ee a i e A A A A By double clicking on the Recipe Editing Grid Fields mask we enter the editing area whose properties are contained in the following table Properties Description Identifying name of the Grid Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines whether the object can Lock move or not This field allows the operator to deter mine which columns to put in the table and define their respective properties To edit the columns click on the icon Columns W In the window which appears enter the details relating to their width to the font and to the dimension and for mat of the titles of each column in the table RowHeight ee height in pixels of each Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 326 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Description This allows you to choose the Recipe Type to show in the table Determines the index that the object Tabi ndex will occupy in the table order ae Indicates whether the horizontal scroll HS CrOUBarVisiblc bar should be visible in Runti
465. ter 8 Scripts Table 19 Properties of ESACNTRL Ellipse Properties Description Defines infill direction of the object currently being redrawn the values may be as follows 0 From bottom to top 1 From top to bottom 2 From left to right 3 From right to left If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Defines the percentage infill of the object currently being redrawn The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Defines the infill color of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for FillColor example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Methods of ESACNTRL Ellipse Table 20 Methods of ESACNTRL Ellipse Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 415 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL Arc Table 21 Properties of ESACNTRL Arc Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the object has currently been drawn ControlLeft If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixe
466. ter clicking on the icon use the mouse to indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Trend Pen For the characteristics of the Trend Pen to be defined they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the follow ing section Properties of the Trend Pen Table 21 Properties of the Trend Pen Properties Description Identifying name of the Trend Pen Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Trend Pen which can be selected using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable AreaColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 212 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 21 Properties of the Trend Pen Properties AreaVisibility Border3D BorderBlink BorderColor BorderVisibility BorderStyle TextBlink TextColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB
467. tes a backup file with the extension scprj bak saving it into the folder the user is working in In this way there is al ways areserve copy of the original project to use and edit the backup copy just rename the extension changing it from scprj bak to scprj and reopen the project in SmartClick IA Warning When the Save command described above is used the cur rently open file is overwritten or written onto a new file in the case of anew project to maintain the original file you must choose File gt Save as from the main menu and supply a name or a different path Opening a When the application is launched or in the course of the work project on SmartClick you can proceed to work on a project previously saved onto Hard Disk or onto a removable support There are three options for opening a new file click on File gt Open from the main menu click on to go to the Home Page of the program Then click on Open existing project In all these cases an exploration window opens that allows you to select project files scprj from within your resources Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter3 59 Managing the project Note When you enter the Home page of the program by means of a click on a list of recently opened files ordered chronologically according to their last editing date This procedure is simplest and quickest if you often work with the same files Polymath SmartClick User M
468. th SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 73B Project Explorer A Warning These types of Timer are software timers so it is preferable to avoid using them as clocks Timer Events You can associate an event function or script to a particular condition of any timer you have created These conditions can be e OnSuspend the event is activated when the timer is temporarily suspended e OnTimerFired the event is activated when the timer na turally stops counting e OnTimerStart the event is activated when the timer starts counting e OnTimerStop the event is activated when the timer is stopped System Alarms System Messages Timers F Keys Component Timer OnSuspend OnTimerFired OnTimerStart F Keys Global This mask allows the user to define a global mode of behaviour for all F keys of a virtual or physical keyboard Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 74 Chapter 4 Project Explorer System Alarms System Messages Timers Timers events Keys defined in this panel Global Function Gane Gis pP Note By global mode of behaviour we mean that the key will make it possible to effect the configured function independently of the page being displayed on the panel while by local mode of behaviour we mean the execution of the function only in the context of the current page see chap 4 F keys Local page 111 A predefined function or a user Script can be associated w
469. th thresholds Determines the color of the Field text which can be selected using the RGB TextColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the type of horizontal alignment of the text this can be Cen TextHAlign ter Left or Right The value can be as sociated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the type of horizontal alignment of the text this can be Cen TextVAlign ter Top or Bottom The value can be associated with Tag or it can be man aged with thresholds Indicates whether the field should be Disable disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 244 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 26 Properties of the ASCII Field Properties Description Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock at Determines the authorization level re quired to be able to edit the field see PasswordLevel chap 5 Password configuration page 194 This property is ignored if the field is Read Only Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using movement keys of the cursor within a page It also con trols the order in which data is intro du
470. that can be added to a page maintaining the order followed in the chapter on the Properties Editor All the graphic elements use the same Draw method for redrawing the element in question The correct syntax to access the properties of the object ESACNTRL is ESAHMI ESAPAGE PageName ESACNTRL ObjectName BorderColor RGB 32 255 0 A Warning When a Script modifies the graphic properties of an object these are displayed only when the object is redrawn using the appropriate Draw method This method redraws the object simultaneously applying all the changes made to the attributes up to the moment the display is invoked Dynamic fields that show a value also have the RefreshControl method capable of updating only the value of the field while ignoring the graphic properties that have been changed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 410 Chapter 8 Scripts Properties of ESACNTRL Rectangle Table 17 Properties of ESACNTRL Rectangle Properties Description Defines the position in pixels counting from the left where the object has currently been drawn ControlLeft If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Defines the position in pixels counting from the top where the object has currently been drawn ControlTop If this value is changed the object is moved horizontally when redrawn with the Draw method Control Defines the width of the
471. the Duplicate key or delete by using the Delete key the existent ones In addition existing ones can be edited by clicking on Edit For each type of Report the summary of its characteristics is Shown in editable fields Name and Comment This mask is useful for gaining a complete view of all the Report pages Headers and Footers page General Pages LGECCIES CECILIE Position Start page Frame Duplicate This Headers and Footers mask allows you to associate a Header or a Footer page or both to each Report page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 166 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Just assign a Header Footer object to the Report page ID and specify whether this is to be placed in the upper part Headers or the lower part Footer In the following sections we will illustrate how personalized Headers and Footers can be defined Definition of a Report page There are two ways of creating a Report page e click on Add in the Report list of pages related to reports e click on Add or Add and change on the menu appearing after clicking with the right key of the Reports element in the Project Editor In both cases the Report pages are edited by means of three tabs Fields General and Properties Fields Using this mask you can define the way a Report page in question will actually appear it is edited just like that for normal pages with various objects being introduced a
472. the F1 key was pressed in any context of the project the Help relating to the page being displayed at that point would be shown We will therefore define a text to be displayed when the oper ator presses F1 with the current pop up open The Help pages are edited while the page they refer to is being created just move to the Help pages mask to start editing Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 522 Chapter 9 Tutorial Fields General Keys Events PopupPage Properties Position Left Top Dimension Width Height Preview In this phase the dimensions and position of the Help page can be defined we shall leave the default values but change the text the operator will see We click on w to start editing the text SText DER Language English United States Italian Italy On this Popup click on OK to exit Runtime or to Cancel to continue running the project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Phase 13 Drawing Full Screen pages Chapter 9 Tutorial We insert the texts of advisory messages to be displayed in the page providing of course translations in both the project s languages After clicking on OK our Help page is complete and with that our page pop up too At this point in the project the only thing left to do is define the number of pages and the way data can be accessed from them In our example we first define the default page created in SmartClick that we defin
473. the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Properties of the Sector Table 16 Properties of the Sector Properties Description Identifying name of the Sector Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Area which can be selected using the RGB AreaColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Sector out line which can be selected using the LineColor RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 201 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 16 Properties of the Sector Properties Description Determines whether the object is ini tially visible it is also possible to as sign a Boolean variable dynamic in Runtime or it can be managed with thresholds Determines if the object can move or Lock not StartAngle Determines the Sector starting posi tion given as an angle Determines the angle in degrees in SMISCePengle ternal to the Sector Determines the type of Sector If True the line closing th
474. the developer wants to enable he she must specify the deviation value expressed as a percentage of the reference value independently of which event is generated thus if both possible events are enabled two thresholds different from one another must be defined The values can be fixed or can refer to other tags There must be a dead zone value for each threshold expressed as a percentage value of the level referred to the attributes dead zone and value can be associated to another tag Let us now seek to clarify how deviation thresholds work by using an example To make it easier to understand we will avoid using the dead zone the concept of which has already been expressed in the course of the explanation of the Level threshold concept Let us set 30 as a reference value We shall activate by clicking on the appropriate box the low Level threshold assigning 10 as the value This means that the event onThdDevLo see chap 6 Events related to variables page 249 is launched each time there is a breach whether rising or falling of the value given by e reference value low threshold value In our case 30 10 of 30 30 3 27 thus the event will be activated when the value 27 is crossed We operate in the same way to define a high deviation threshold by clicking on the appropriate box we activate the high level threshold assigning 50 as the value This means that the event onThdDevHi see chap 6 Events related to
475. the page can be defined At the bottom of the mask you are offered a preview of how and where the Help page will appear in runtime It is also possible to define the font and the dimension of the text of the Help pages during the phase of defining the general properties of the panel see chap 4 Main window page 67 This page only becomes visible to the operator when it is expressly called using the button assigned to this function introduced into a mother page via the command area and function keys F keys Local Fields General Help page LOH Events Page Properties Keys defined in this page Local Function Global Function Game Gx It is possible to edit the behaviour of a particular function button within the page Unlike the global keys the functions set in this page are only effective when they are in the current page Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 112 Chapter 4 Project Explorer A Warning The table present in this mask already indicates the global functions see chap 4 Keyboards page 171 so as to make any overwriting evident In fact if they were assigned to the same global and local key functions only the local ones would carried out in runtime in the context of the page in question The functions or Scripts that can be associated to the local buttons are introduced in exactly the same way as already seen for the global keys thus the same procedure should be followed see cha
476. the recipe to be transferred while parameter 2 has the identifier of the recipe type Parameters PARAMETER_1 trend ID PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_1 trend ID PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_1 report ID PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_1 text mode flag PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER _ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_ 1 PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_1 flag PARAMETER_ 2 PARAMETER_ 3 PARAMETER_1 recipe_id PARAMETER _2 type_id PARAMETER_ 3 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 574 ID 60 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Appendix D Command area Tabella 2 Command codes and parameters Description Sending recipe from PLC to terminal with overwriting Parameter 1 contains the ID of the recipe to be trans ferred while parameter 2 has the identifier of the rec ipe type Start the automatic execu tion of a pipeline Stopt the automatic execu tion of a pipeline Increase display light one discrete step Decrease display light one discrete step Set the display light to a specific level Read a single samples set Clear the specified datalog buffer content Start the automatic acquisi tion of a datalog buffer Stop the automatic acquisi tion of a datalog buffer Parameters PARAMETER_1 reci
477. the same one of the option Element name begins with e Search by Type allows searching within each indivi dual category of the Function or Script present in the panel project By selecting the Function option and choosing an item from the list e g Exit Runtime the SW will search all Exit Runti me functions in the project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter2 41 Layout of menus E Cross reference Search By Type Function ExitRuntime Script O Function Internal Command O Macro Search By Name Search from O Element s name begin with O Mask Save filtering conditions Load filtering conditions Once the filters for carrying out the search are selected the following mask is obtained E Cross reference Elements List Searched element Element name Element type Path TouchButton TouchButton Progetto SC207A SP1 ETH1 Par Export all xport selecte Tree View Find element By selecting the Script option and choosing an item from the list e g ESAStartup the SW will search all ESAStartup Script in the project Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 42 Chapter 2 Layout of menus B Cross reference Search By Type Function Script ESAStartup O Function Internal Command O Macro Search By Name Search from Element s name begin with O Mask Save filtering
478. the selection ef fective Clicking on the Create key adds a library named My Library by default E Libraries management Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter6 355 Library Explorer If you want to delete a library click on the corresponding check box to select it then click on the Delete key d Libraries management To confirm click on Yes Sa Remove Do you want to delete My Library Clicking on the Import key makes it possible to import pre determined libraries from the hard disk while clicking Ex port after having select it makes it possible to export the User library and save it onto the hard disk Creating a subfolder The user can add subfolders to the My Library folder by cli cking on the Create Folder icon Library Ex at Images The new folder appears under library Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 356 Chapter 6 Library Explorer Right clicking makes it possible to perform the following ope rations on the just created folder e Rename e Delete Insert the new name for Folder Type the desired name then click OK to confirm Selecting the Delete Folder option makes it possible to eli minate selected folder Do you want to delete BOILER Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter6 357 Library Explorer Saving objects It is possible to save the edited
479. these properties are identical to 311 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 312 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects those of the properties in TrendView see chap 5 Properties of a TrendView page 293 By double clicking on the table itself you access its editing page which comprises two masks Fields and General General Properties user button P vier page The default contents of the Fields mask include the Alarm Grid table whose properties will be dealt with in the next subsec tions see chap 5 Properties of the Active Alarm Grid page 309 Using this mask you can proceed to indicate which buttons should be present with the table and position them within the area To insert or remove a button just click on the list of buttons to the left of the table if an object is already present in the page it will appear highlighted within the list and will be visible in the Table Edit Area To move an ele ment button or table just drag it to the desired position The buttons that can be inserted are different and each has a pre defined non editable function assigned to it e Page Up allows the operator to go up the pages of the table e Page Down allows the operator to go down the pages of the table e Page Left allows the operator to move left within the page e Page Right allows the operator to move right within the page e Line Up select the line above the
480. ting connections are moved SmartClick will automatically update the position and the con nections showing in the window without altering their nature Connecting two elements If the page contains at least one ESA panel and one device you will be able to specify the mode of the connection between them If you want to add a connection you have first to click on and then go on to click inside a free port one that is not already a reference to another connection When the pointer nears an available port a small rectangle will appear next to the pointer containing a connection thread as shown in the figure EAMA Grid C1074 PORT1 PORT CS1 CJ1 Ethernet patati 4 PORT1 PORT2Z PD ETH1 4 ETH ha Without releasing the left mouse key you can proceed to specify the connection path a horizontal line appears Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter3 55 Managing the project fetes Grid C1074 PORT1 PORT CS1 CJ1 Ethernet l ime 1 a 4 PORT1 PORT2Z D gt ETHL gt ___ R aa To establish the second terminal of the connection release the mouse as soon as the black line reaches the port you wish to include in the connection When the pointer nears an available port a small rectangle will appear next to the pointer contain ing a connection thread EAMA Grid C1074 PORT1 PORT CS1 CJ1 Ethernet l lal a a 4 PORT1 PORT2 D gt EEEIEE _ ae The connecti
481. tion point Vertical coordinate of starting point Vertical coordinate of destination point Determines the 3D effect to be applied to the image Flat Relief Recessed Tube in Relief or Recessed Tube Can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the infill which can be selected using the RGB code or LineColor color palette The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the thickness of the line The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds LineSize Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 203 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 17 Properties of the Line Properties Description Determines whether the object is ini tial visible it is also possible to assign a Boolean variable dynamic in Runt ime or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock ner Polygon A Polygon can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple figures gt Polygon After clicking on the icon click on the page at the points that you want the vertices of the Polygon to appear in SmartClick will show the preview of the Polygon as soon as the mouse is moved Every click made will produce a new vertex The introduction of the Polygon is confirmed by just double cl
482. tive Alarm Grid Properties Description Identifying name of the Alarm Grid Must be unique among the graphic el ements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines whether the object can Lock move or not This field allows the operator to deter mine which columns to put in the table and define their respective properties To edit the columns click on the icon Columns W In the window which appears enter the details relating to their width to the font and to the dimension and for mat of the titles of each column in the table RowHeight Determines height in pixels of each row Determines the index that the object Tabli ndex l will occupy in the table order Indicates whether table scrolling AUTOS CTONT NADIEN should be enabled automatically Active if autoscroll is enabled Sets the AutoScrolll nterval number of lines for the autoscroll inter val This field allows the operator to insert filtering parameters for the alarms to be displayed within the table To apply these filters click on the icon 6 In Runtime only the alarm instances re specting the conditions indicated in the Filters window will be shown If more than one filter is set only the alarm in stances respecting the limits AND conditions will be shown in runtime Indicates whether the horizontal scroll HScrollBarvVisible bar should be visible in Runtime See Indicates whether the vertical scroll VScrollBarVisible bar should be visible in Runt
483. toa whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds AreaColorReleased Determines whether the button has a background or if it must be transparent when released a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value or it can be managed with thresholds ReleasedArea Visibility Indicates whether the field should be disabled The value can be associated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Disable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 285 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 47 Properties of the Monostable button Properties Description Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines if the object can move or Lock at Determines the authorization level re quired to access the button utilities see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 PasswordLevel Makes it possible to control the focus movement when using the cursor keys within a page It also controls the or Tabi ndex der in which data is introduced in sev eral fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 Monostable button events Table 48 Monostable button events Event Description Activated whenever the button is OnPressed pressed Activated whenever the button is re leased after being
484. tor and indicate the name of the page to go to after pressing this key In addition Dynamic fields can be assigned to the system variables related to the alarms each of which has properties that can be edited using the Properties Editor see chap 5 Label page 207 These fields are Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Total of active alarms shows the total number of active alarms not yet acknowledged or not yet terminated Total of active alarms not acknowledged shows the to tal number of alarms not acknowledged Chapter5 307 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects e Total of alarms not returned shows the total number of alarms not terminated still present in the device Fields FEENETE Properties Identification Name ActivedlarmViewer Comment O Override default grid size Width 10 ai Height 10 a The General mask can be used to insert a name and an iden tifying comment for the Alarm table being edited In addition you can overwrite the default dimensions of the editing grid of the page see chap 5 Main window page 113 introducing new measures in pixels valid only for editing the current field The graphic properties fonts and colors of the Active Alarm View grid can be configured by using together the Fields and the Priorities mask of the Alarms see chap 5 Fields page 159 and see chap 5 Priorities page 175 Properties Fields General
485. ts indefinitely continuous run e Single alarm the timer goes off at the date and time specified and then stops e Alarm time the timer goes off at the specified time then resets and another cycle starts continuous run A Warning Irrespective of the type of Timer used it is always necessary for the Timer to be activated in runtime by the related Start function called up by the button or Script see Appendix B Predefined functions page 701 and see chap 9 The object ESATIMER page 530 otherwise the related count or control will not be initialised The duration attribute also takes on various meanings depending on the operational mode specified If the Mode is One run or Normal it represents the trigger time in tenths of a second 0 disables the Timer If the Mode is Single alarm it represents the date trigger time in ANSI C format number of seconds from time 0 0 0 of the 1 J anuary 1970 the data can be selected in SmartClick using an convenient calendar window If the Mode is alarm time it represents the trigger time in seconds after midnight assigning a inadmissible value disables the Timer and is flagged to the operator by means of an error dialog box The value of direction indicates the counting mode of the Timer this may be arrived at by increasing the count variable or decreasing it this choice has no operative consequences on the working of the Timer but merely on the internal count value Polyma
486. tyle of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle i ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 AreaVisibility BorderVisibility Chapter5 239 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 24 Properties of the Dynamic Text Properties Description Font related to the text shown in the field by clicking on you can edit multilanguage Fonts see chap 5 Password configuration page 194 Reference variable for the value to be displayed This is a numerical variable Tagld Using the appropriate keys you can create a new variable or edit an exist ing one Indicates the blinking mode of the text TextBlink displayed can be No Blinking Slow Blinking or Rapid Blinking Determines the color of the Field text which can be selected using the RGB TextColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the type of horizontal alignment of the text this can be Cen TextHAlign ter Left or Right The value can be as sociated with Tag or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the type of horizontal alignment of the text this can be Cen TextVAlign ter Top or Bottom The value can be associated with Tag or it can be man aged with thresholds Active if the type of control is value orientated the values on which to a
487. ue of the field is changed using the keyboard OnValueChange Bar Field A Bar field can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon Pa or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Value Fields gt Bar field After clicking on the icon use the mouse to Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 254 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects indicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Field The Bar field serves to give a graphic indication of the value of a variable within a Scroll bar guided by a scale of values If the field is editable the operator can change the value simply by moving the pointer onto desired the Scale value The reader is advised to consult the following subsections to learn about the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Bar field Properties of the Bar field Table 32 Properties of Bar field Properties Description Name Identifying name of the Bar field Must be unique among the graphic elements Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Bar field which that can be selected using the AreaColor RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the Sector has a background area or should be trans AreaVisibility parent a Boolean variable can be as signed to this value or it can be managed with threshold
488. unken PageBorderColor Color of the Border PageBorderEnabled Defining whether to display the Border of the Page PageBorderSize Dimensions of the Border PageBorderStyle Style of the Border Solid or Broken Backgroundl mage Defines whether the page must have a Enabled background image Chooses the background image from the list of images introduced Horizontal positioning of the image adeno Centered Right or Left Mode of representation of the image can be Cut Stretched Stretched maintaining the proportions and Posi tion sete Vertical positioning of the image Cen made yore tered Top or Bottom Events related to Pages Backgroundl magel d I mageReprMode Table 12 Events related to Page Event Description OnPageOpen Activated after a Page is shown Activated when a Page is about to be closed OnPageClose Properties of Popup pages The properties of the Popup page editor are exactly the same as those of the standard pages see chap 5 Page properties page 192 Events related to Popup pages Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 194 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects The Editor events that can be assigned to the Popup pages are exactly the same as those of the standard pages see chap 5 Events related to Pages page 193 Predefined SmartClick has a set of predefined graphic elements that can graphic be added to a page These
489. up is now ready to accept objects placed in it As al ready mentioned we will start by inserting a label by clicking on A in the toolbar and drawing its outline inside the pop up m m By double clicking on the object we have just added it will be possible to enter the sub masks and decide which properties to assign to it H Edit Label Lakel Fert field Sytem homal Tahoe Text Text Let s assign the multilanguage text of the label Are you sure you want to quit and Confirm exit from project the font 30 yellow and a color for the background and border of the label both blue as well as the border dimension of 5 pixels and the Bump 3D effect Now the label looks like this Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 521 Tutorial The only things missing now are the buttons confirming or canceling the Quit command We create these as set out in de tail for the last parameter remembering to assign the close current pop up function to the Cancel key and the exit from runtime function to the Confirm key In our example we create a blue key for cancelling with a label saying Cancel and An nulla and a red one for the confirmation The resulting pop up will be as follows with the label saying OK and Confer ma Defining a Help page for the Pop up In phase 2 we configured the project to manage the global keys specifically we stipulated that when
490. update the preview at the back of the mask 303 Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 304 Chapter5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Intervals Selected Pen Properties CEMER Color range From this mask insert the values relative to the intervals to which different representation colours can be attributed The interval scale must present values in increasing order Interval Colours Selected Pen Properties Ranges Min Max Color 0 0 0 gk ee ee C i rr 0 0 0 100 100 110 In this mask a colour can be associated to each of the value intervals described in the Interval mask The colour is applied when the value read by Buffer is contained in the relative in terval Active Alarm Active Alarm View is a predefined element in SmartClick one View that can be inserted into the project pages It allows the op erator to access the alarm list and perform the principal oper ations with a simple click To insert an Active Alarm table into a page click on the icon or alternatively use the main menu Fields gt Create gt Complex Controls gt ActiveAlarm View After clicking draw just its outline in the page and the table appears automatically Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 305 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects General Help page Keys Events Page Properties a ee ee S ee Page up eae aon P
491. urned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the border of the rectangle of the label should blink or not Possible values of this property are 0 No blinking 1 Slow blinking 2 Rapid blinking If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 Modifying this command provokes an immediate redrawing without needing to invoke the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the label currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines the value of the text currently written on the label Can be varied by providing a new string and the on screen update happens after the Draw method has been invoked Chapter8 427 Scripts Table 31 Properties of ESACNTRL Label Properties TextColor TextBlink FontFace Name Fontl talic Description Defines the color of the text currently being written on the label Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Defines whether the text of the label should
492. ursor jump automatically to the next input field in runtime If this option is activated each time the operator enters a value into a numeric field and presses the Enter key the focus of the application that is the selection moves to the next field the order of the selection passage between fields is defined by the Tabl ndex attribute to be assigned to the page objects See chap 6 Properties of the Numerical Field page 302 for example It is also possible to overwrite the default grid dimensions for the current page by specifying the desired dimensions This option is useful when a different degree of precision is required during the editing phase of the page When low values are entered the grid becomes denser and there is greater freedom in positioning objects within the page by entering a high value the grid becomes less dense and the freedom in positioning objects in the page becomes more limited Hel ages Fields General PATEE Keys Events Page Properties O Enable Text Position Left Top Dimension Width Height Preview Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter4 111 Project Explorer A each project page can have a Help page assigned to it giving information relating to the working of the mother page The Help page is essentially a window into which a text to guide the operator can be introduced Apart from the text displayed other properties like the position and the dimensions of
493. using the RGB BorderColor code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether there will be a Border to the Rectangle or not a Bool ean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable could be assigned if de sired or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds TvpeOfBox Determines whether the Rectangle yP must be normal or rounded BorderVisibility Editable if the Rectangle is rounded corresponds to the horizontal distance between the position of the corner and the point at which the curve joins the horizontal side of the Rectangle Editable if the Rectangle is rounded corresponds to the vertical distance Roundy between the position of the corner and the point at which the curve joins the vertical side of the Rectangle Determines whether the object is ini tially visible It is also possible to as sign a Boolean variable for changes in Runtime or it can be managed with thresholds Determines if the object can move or Lock ROE Determines whether to make a partial Partial Fill color infill The value can be assigned to a whole variable Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 1
494. ut the details of the properties and events that can be assigned to a Numerical Field In SmartClick the value of the Numerical Field is represented by a series of hash charac ters which in Runtime are substituted by the effective value Note an alternative method of creating a Numerical Field is to drag a numerical variable from the Project Explorer directly onto the destination page in the work area Properties of the Numerical Field Properties Description Identifying name of the Numerical field Must be unique among the graphic elements Comment Identifying comment within SmartClick Determines the color of the Numeric Field which can be selected using the AreaColor RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines whether the numerical field must have the background area AreaVisibility or if it must be transparent A Boolean variable can be associated to this value or it can be managed with thresholds Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 234 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties Border3D BorderBlink BorderColor BorderVisibility BorderStyle Keyboardld Representation Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description Determines a 3D effect for the Border which can be Flat Relief Recessed Bump or Etched The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it ca
495. ve colors can be defined the window also allows you only to specify the limits in relation to the scale to be displayed Indicates the number of divisions on the scale of values The number relat ScaleSectors ing to the value above the division is also displayed calculated according to the number of divisions Reference variable corresponding to the position of the indicator Using the Tagi d appropriate keys you can create a new variable or edit an existing one Determines whether the object is ini tially visible You can also assign a Boolean variable for Runtime chang es or it can be managed with thresh olds cell if the object can move or Lock StartAngle Determines the Indicator start position given as an angle SweepAnale Determines the angle in degrees o i the aperture of the Indicator Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 ScaleColorRanges 260 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 34 Properties of the Indicator Properties Description Color of the values figures related to the numerical subdivisions of the scale This can be selected using the RGB code or the color palette ScaleValueColor Determines the color of the Indicator hand using the RGB code or color palette The value can be assigned toa whole variable TipColor Simple Controls Simple Controls are objects that can be inserted into a page to show the operator the value o
496. version page 133 and see chap 5 Thresholds page 135 to the user Thus we have finished configuring the first variable num_ pezzi the other 3 variables are configured in exactly the same way and thus we can edit them to give an integer variable called int_ var with an address of word 1 a real variable called real_ var with an address of word 2 a string variable called str_var with an address starting at word 3 and having a length of 8 characters so it also occupies word 4 5 and 6 as shown in the figure below Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter9 487 Tutorial FC 03 16 read write registers v Type String Length 8 Fill character Right 0 Address 3 Defining system variables We will now define a further two project variables indicating the current status of the process in runtime the variables that allow us to do this are system variables see Appendix A System Variables page 693 General Events Identification Name SYS_Languagel Comment lt MT gt Type System he System address SYS_Lanquage1 Name of the first project language For example we will define one variable indicating the ID num ber of the language currently in use in the project SYS_CurrentLanguagelD and one indicating the date and time of the panel SYS_DateAndTime Defining internal variables We w
497. voking the Draw method Defines the color of the internal area of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value AreaColor returned for example by the RGB function e g BorderColor RGB 24 255 0 The change will appear in runtime after invoking the Draw method Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter8 423 Scripts Table 27 Properties of ESACNTRL Polygon Properties Description Defines infill direction of the object currently being redrawn the values may be as follows 0 From bottom to top 1 From top to bottom 2 From left to right 3 From right to left If a different value from the preceding ones is attributed the property is forced to 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Defines the percentage infill of the object currently being redrawn The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Defines the infill color of the object currently being redrawn Can be changed by attributing an RGB Long value returned for FCO example by the RGB function e g FillColor RGB 24 255 0 The change is shown in runtime after the Draw method is invoked Methods of ESACNTRL Polygon Table 28 Methods of ESACNTRL Polygon Method Description Redraws the whole object from the beginning updating all the graphic properties that were changed Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 424
498. w at the bottom of the mask Intervals Properties GATES Color range I Gana This mask is used to insert the values relating to the intervals to which different representation colors can be attributed The scale of intervals must present values in increasing order Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Interval colors Selected Pen Properties Ranges Min Max Color 0 0 0 This mask lets you assign a color to each of the value intervals set out in the Interval mask A color is applied when its value read by the Buffer memory is within the corresponding inter val TrendXY A TrendXY can be inserted inside of the page clicking on the icon or from the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Controls Complexes gt TrendxyY Note With SmartClick you can insert up to 10 different TrendXY After having clicked the icon indicate the area in which Smar tClick must designate the TrendXY using the mouse inside of the page The TrendXyY is the field inside of which the content of the TrendBufferXyY is displayed the functioning of which was de scribed in the previous paragraph see chap 4 TrendBuffer SXY page 147 Editing the TrendXY You edit TrendXY in the same way as seen previously for Trend see chap 5 Editing a TrendView page 289 Properties of TrendXY View The properties that can be associated to a
499. warnings detected in the process of compilation are Signalled in the Errors Viewer window see chap 7 Errors Viewer page 458 Errors appear in red while Warnings appear in yellow color Warning It is always advisable to correct errors in red signalled by the compiler before downloading the project onto the panel as failure to do so could cause runtime malfunctioning By contrast the warnings relate to incomplete parts of the project that it would be advisable to correct although their runtime impact is less grave Building APPMSG_O0O1 TRN Building APPMSG_001 TRN Succeeded Building images library Building images library Succeeded Building SYSMSG_002 TRN Building SYSMSG_002 TRN Succeeded Building NetworkTags xml Succeeded Binary compiler pages page Alarms page Start 1 page Page alarm signal AlarmSignal frames frame ActiveAlarmViewer frame TrendViewerXY frame ActiveAlarmViewer frame signal AlarmSignal reports Errors Viewer Warnings Viewer Compiler Output When the compilation has finished the project is ready to be downloaded onto the panel When there is an attempt to download a project that has not been compiled or that contains changes compared with the last compilation Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Project simulation Chapter7 363 Compiling Downloading and Runtime SmartClick will advise the user and ask whether to go ahead with the c
500. wer window list shows in real time any war nings associated with the project you are editing and valida ting warnings are highlighted in yellow Double clicking the description of a problem focuses the appli cation on the source of the error opening a window Proper ties Editor window in the work area etc where you can make the necessary corrections Errors disappear as soon as they are corrected in the associated area Compiler In Compiler Output mask the log information relative to the Output last compilation if already carried out during the actual ses sion of the project currently being edited is reported During the compilation phase the log in this window is updated in re al time showing the object and the compiled file on which it IS working Compiler Output Processing recipe types fields EPMCECCDEVICEINTERFACE Deleting files Files deleted Compiling Obj file Compiling line ports Compiling device addresses Compiling tags Compiling tag groups Compiling tag group S7 Project SCZO07A SP1 ETH1L TrendBuffersXY TrendBuf ferXY TRENDBUFFERSOURCE 1 Compiling tag group S7 Project SCZ07A SP1 ETH1 TrendBuffers TrendBuf fer TRENDBUFFERSOURCE 1 Compiling protocol frames Compiling pointer header of database Compiling final CRC value of text database Compiling EXT file Compiling INT file Compiling SYS file Building configuration files succeed
501. when using movement keys of the cursor within a page It also con trols the order in which data is intro duced in several fields when the automatic setting of the next field of the page is enabled see chap 5 General page 124 AsciiLen Determines the maximum length of the string represented in the Field Allows you to select the type of Pen to Image Field Tabi ndex An Image field can be introduced into a page by clicking on the icon or using the Main Menu Fields gt Create gt Simple fig ures gt mage After clicking on the icon use the mouse to in dicate the area in the page where SmartClick should draw the Image The area created in this way will contain one of the im ages added to the project see chap 5 Frames page 166 To define the characteristics of the Image they must be set in the Properties Editor as indicated in the following section Note An image can also be added to a page by simply dragging it from Project Explorer into the work area to the page position re quired With this procedure SmartClick automatically creates an Image field relating to the dragged image Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 214 Chapter 5 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Properties of the I mage field Table 22 Properties of the Image Field Properties AreaVisibility Border3D BorderBlink BorderColor Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Description
502. with thresholds Determines the flashing of the Border which can be No blinking Slow blinking BorderBlink or Rapid blinking The value can be as signed to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the color of the Border us ing the RGB code or color palette The BorderColor value can be assigned to a whole vari able or it can be managed with thresh olds Determines whether there will be a Border to the Symbol Field or not a Boolean variable can be assigned to this value Determines the size of the Border which must be a number to which a BorderSize whole variable can be assigned if wished or it can be managed with thresholds Determines the style of the Border which can be Solid or Broken The val BorderStyle ue can be assigned to a whole variable or it can be managed with thresholds BorderVisibility Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter5 247 Properties and Events that can be associated to the objects Table 28 Properties of the Symbol Field Properties Description Reference variable for the value to be displayed This is a numerical variable Tagld Using the appropriate keys you can create a new variable or edit an exist ing one Active if the type of control is value oriented it is necessary to indicate the values on which to apply the strings in Value i nee the list By clicking on v you access the mask for associating values with elements in the list
503. wn menu that appears click on Cancel Eliminating a connection To eliminate a connection from the Hardware Configuration window just click on and then on the connection line to be eliminated To eliminate it once the connection has been selected press the Canc key of the keyboard or alternatively click with the right hand key of the mouse on the element then using the drop down menu that appears click on Can cel Changing a Changes to the general data of a project can be made at any project s data moment throughout the project editing process over and above changes to its components as seen in the last para graph To access the editing menu of a project double click the Project option within the Explore project menu see chap 5 Project Explorer page 107 There are three editing masks User Information File Information and Components Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Chapter3 57 Managing the project User Information File information Components Name Project Comment Author LMASK Company ESA Elettronica S p 4 257 Version 1 Using the User Information mask you can edit general data re lating to the project such as Name Comment optional Au thor Company and Version The data relating to the creation and editing of the project are not editable File Information User information Ak itiu Components Information File Mame Project 001 scpry
504. xplorer From the previous screen it is possible to choose between the following options by acting on the keys and by selecting the various present check boxes e From what row of the list the variables import should be Started e Select the individual variables to be imported e Select all variables to be imported by clicking the Se lect all key e Uncheck all variables to be imported by clicking the Un check all key e Overwrite the already present variables inside the project or not e After how many errors the variables import is stopped After having made the selection the following screen is obtai ned by clicking on the Import key 21514 File Import Start import 04 10 2011 16 42 47 Importing file TEST xls OK tag Tag OK tag Tag_1 OK tag al OK tag Tag_2 Finish import 04 10 2011 16 42 47 Imported 4 Tags If everything is done correctly there are no error reports Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 102 Chapter 4 Project Explorer PLC Format EN Import loj x Choose type of import Excel format PLC Format Cancel After clicking Next and selecting the file to be imported the following screen is obtained Eqtags Import lol x Choose the tags to import Starting importing from row 4 r Tes RTU Master Jadaresso O eea RTU master s address 0_ O fa o SRo Master fadaresso O rea RTU Master s address 0 gt l Sel
505. ystem Alarms Text Lists Recipe Types M Recipe Headers Touch Buttons Alarms Alarm Headers Pages A PopUp Pages Labels YJ DataLogs J DataLog Headers Trend Viewers JE Cancel Select the elements to be exported and click on the Create ta ble Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 106 Chapter 4 Project Explorer Tann change current User Cannet delete default User Cann dhingi eastercrd Bad lengeh of the Padeword ett be 1 14 ghari Conhren Loput Once the texts have been added just click on OK to save the changes made or on Delete to delete them There is no default translation but SmartClick furnishes the same text the one introduced for the main language for all the languages amp Note There is no particular limit for the translation of secondary languages their length may exceed that of the reference language P Note While programming with SmartClick the display language for the project elements e g labels and buttons can be changed simply by selecting the required language from the Display gt project language menu or the option from the tools menu if the field has been set to be present in both cases the changes will be immediate and all the objects will be displayed in the required language Polymath SmartClick User Manual rev 1 0 Pages Chapter4 107 Project Explorer Character fonts Size Kb

Manuale Utente User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents